Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan 2024-2030

1.2. Türkiye’s Climate Response Process ............................................................................ 19 1.3. Türkiye’s Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) ............................................. 20

1.4. Türkiye’s Greenhouse Gas Emissions ........................................................................... 20

1.5. Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) Preparation Process .............................................................................................................................................. 23 1.6. Overview of Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) ......... 25

1.7. CCMSAP Monitoring System ...................................................................................... 28 2. Current Situation and Relevant Strategies and Actions regarding CCMSAP Sectors 30

2.1. Energy Sector ................................................................................................................ 30

2.1.1. Current situation ................................................................................................................. 30

2.1.2. Strategies and actions ......................................................................................................... 37

2.2. Industry Sector .............................................................................................................. 43

2.2.1. Current situation ................................................................................................................. 43

2.2.2. Strategies and actions ......................................................................................................... 55

2.3. Buildings Sector ............................................................................................................ 62

2.3.1. Current situation ................................................................................................................. 62

2.3.2. Strategies and actions ......................................................................................................... 68

2.4. Transport Sector ............................................................................................................ 73

2.4.1. Current situation ................................................................................................................. 73

2.4.2. Strategies and actions ......................................................................................................... 82

2.5. Waste Sector .................................................................................................................. 89

2.5.1. Current situation ................................................................................................................. 89

2.5.2. Strategies and actions ......................................................................................................... 97

2.6. Agriculture Sector ....................................................................................................... 105

2.6.1. Current situation ............................................................................................................... 105

2.6.2. Strategies and actions ........................................................................................................ 115

2.7. Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) Sector ................................... 120

2.7.1. Current situation ............................................................................................................... 120

2.7.2. Strategies and actions ....................................................................................................... 128

2.8. Cross-Cutting Issues .................................................................................................... 135

2.8.1. Just Transition .................................................................................................................. 135 2

2.8.2. Carbon pricing mechanisms ............................................................................................. 138 3. Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) ............................. 144

3.1. Energy Sector .............................................................................................................. 144

3.2. Industry Sector ............................................................................................................ 153

3.3. Buildings Sector .......................................................................................................... 163

3.4. Transport Sector .......................................................................................................... 168

3.5. Waste Sector ................................................................................................................ 179

3.6. Agriculture Sector ....................................................................................................... 189

3.7. LULUCF Sector .......................................................................................................... 201

3.8. Cross-Cutting Issues .................................................................................................... 218

3.8.1. Just Transition .................................................................................................................. 218

3.8.2. Carbon Pricing Mechanisms ............................................................................................ 221 4. Institutions Participating in CCMSAP Preparations.................................................... 227 References ............................................................................................................................. 230 3 Abbreviations TR-Açık Hali TR-ks. EN-abbr. EN-Open Form Avrupa Birliği AB EU European Union Avrupa Birliği ve Dış İlişkiler ABDGM GDEUFR General Directorate of European Genel Müdürlüğü Union and Foreign Relations Afet ve Acil Durum Yönetimi AFAD AFAD Disaster and Emergency Başkanlığı Management Presidency Arazi Kullanımı, Arazi Kullanım AKAKDO LULUCF Land Use, Land Use Change and Değişikliği ve Ormancılık Forestry Araştırma Geliştirme Ar-Ge R&D Research and Development Aile ve Sosyal Hizmetler Bakanlığı ASHB MoFSS Ministry of Family and Social Services Atıktan Türetilmiş Yakıt ATY RDF Refuse Derived Fuel Akıllı Ulaşım Sistemi AUS ITS Intelligent Transport System Altyapı Yatırımları Genel AYGM GDII General Directorate of Müdürlüğü Infrastructure Investments Bankacılık Düzenleme ve BDDK BRSA Banking Regulation and Denetleme Kurumu Supervision Agency Binalarda Enerji Performansı BEP EPB Energy Performance of Buildings Yapı Bilgi Modellemesi BIM BIM Building Information Modelling Birleşmiş Milletler BM UN United Nations Birleşmiş Milletler İklim BMİDÇS UNFCCC United Nations Framework Değişikliği Çerçeve Sözleşmesi Convention on Climate Change Boru Hatları ile Petrol Taşıma A.Ş. BOTAŞ BOTAS Petroleum Pipeline Corporation Balıkçılık ve Su Ürünleri Genel BSGM DGFA General Directorate of Fisheries and Müdürlüğü Aquaculture Bilgi Teknolojileri Genel BTGM GDIT General Directorate of Information Müdürlüğü Technologies Bitkisel Üretim Genel Müdürlüğü BÜGEM DGPP General Directorate of Plant Production Milyar-Araç Km BVKm BVKm Billion Vehicle-Kilometres Sınırda Karbon Düzenleme SKDM CBAM Carbon Border Adjustment Mekanizması Mechanism Coğrafi Bilgi Sistemleri Genel CBSGM DGGIS General Directorate of Geographic Müdürlüğü Information Systems Metan CH4 CH4 Methane Karbondioksit CO2 CO2 Carbon dioxide Uluslararası Havacılığa Yönelik CORSIA CORSIA Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Karbon Denkleştirme ve Azaltma Scheme for International Aviation Şeması Çölleşme ve Erozyonla Mücadele ÇEMGM GDCDE General Directorate of Combating Genel Müdürlüğü Desertification and Erosion Çalışma ve Sosyal Güvenlik ÇSGB MoLSS Ministry of Labour and Social Bakanlığı Security Çevre, Şehircilik ve İklim ÇŞİDB MoEUCC Ministry of Environment, Değişikliği Bakanlığı Urbanization and Climate Change Çevre Yönetimi Genel Müdürlüğü ÇYGM GDEM General Directorate of Environmental Management 4 TR-Açık Hali TR-ks. EN-abbr. EN-Open Form Türkiye Damızlık Koyun Keçi TÜDKİYEB TUDKIYEB Central Union of Sheep and Goat Yetiştiricileri Merkez Birliği Breeders of Türkiye Doğa Koruma ve Milli Parklar DKMPGM GDNCNP General Directorate for Nature Genel Müdürlüğü Conservation and National Parks Devlet Su İşleri Genel Müdürlüğü DSİ SWH General Directorate of State Hydraulic Works Türkiye Damızlık Sığır TDSYMB CBAT Central Cattle Breeder's Association Yetiştiricileri Merkez Birliği of Türkiye Doğa Temelli Çözümler DTÇ NBS Nature-based Solutions Elektrikli Araç EA EV Electric Vehicle Enerji Kimlik Belgesi EKB EPC Energy Performance Certificate Enerji Piyasası Düzenleme EPDK EMRA Energy Market Regulatory Kurumu Authority Enerji Piyasaları İşletme A.Ş. EPİAŞ EXIST Energy Exchange Istanbul Enerji Performans Sözleşmesi EPS EPC Energy Performance Contract Enerji ve Tabii Kaynaklar ETKB MoENR Ministry of Energy and Natural Bakanlığı Resources Emisyon Ticaret Sistemi ETS ETS Emissions Trading System Elektrik Üretim A.Ş. EÜAŞ EUAS Electricity Generation Corp. Eğitim ve Yayın Dairesi Başkanlığı EYDB DTP Department of Training and Publication Güneş Enerjisi Santrali GES SPP Solar Power Plant Gıda ve Kontrol Genel Müdürlüğü GKGM GDFC General Directorate of Food and Control Gayri Safi Yurt İçi Hasıla GSYİH GDP Gross Domestic Product Gigawatt GW GW Gigawatt Hektar ha ha Hectare Milyon Hektar Mha Mha Million hectares Hayvancılık Genel Müdürlüğü HAYGEM GDL General Directorate of Livestock Hidroflorokarbon HFC HFC Hydrofluorocarbon Hazine ve Maliye Bakanlığı HMB MoTF Ministry of Treasury and Finance Hızlı Tren HT FT Fast Train Hava Kirliliğinin Ormanlar ICP ICP International Co-operative Üzerindeki Etkilerinin Programme on Assessment And Değerlendirilmesi ve İzlenmesine Monitoring of Air Pollution Effects İlişkin Uluslararası İşbirliği on Forests Programı Hükümetlerarası İklim Değişikliği IPCC IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Paneli Change Uluslararası Transfer Edilebilir ITMO ITMO Internationally Transferred Azaltım Çıktıları Mitigation Outcomes İçişleri Bakanlığı İB MoI Ministry of Interior İklim Değişikliği Azaltım Stratejisi İDASEP CCMSAP Climate Change Mitigation Strategy ve Eylem Planı and Action Plan İklim Değişikliği Başkanlığı İDB DCC Directorate of Climate Change İklim Değişikliği ve Uyum İDUKK CCACB Climate Change and Adaptation Koordinasyon Kurulu Coordination Board 5 TR-Açık Hali TR-ks. EN-abbr. EN-Open Form İzleme, Raporlama ve Doğrulama İRD MRV Monitoring, Reporting and Verification Türkiye İş Kurumu İŞKUR ISKUR Turkish Employment Agency İyi Tarım Uygulamaları İTU GAP Good Agricultural Practices Kamu Gözetimi, Muhasebe ve KGK POA Public Oversight, Accounting and Denetim Standartları Kurumu Auditing Standards Authority Karayolları Genel Müdürlüğü KGM KGM General Directorate of Highways Kamu İhale Kurumu KİK PPA Public Procurement Authority Karbondioksit eşdeğeri CO2-eş CO2-eq Carbon dioxide equivalent Küçük ve Orta Ölçekli İşletme KOBİ SME Small and Medium Enterprise Küçük ve Orta Ölçekli İşletmeleri KOSGEB KOSGEB Small and Medium Enterprises Geliştirme ve Destekleme İdaresi Development Organization Kültür ve Turizm Bakanlığı KTB MoCT Ministry of Culture and Tourism Düşük Karbon Ekonomisi LCE LCE Low-Carbon Economy Milli Eğitim Bakanlığı MEB MoNE Ministry of National Education Meteoroloji Genel Müdürlüğü MGM GDM General Directorate of Meteorology Maden, Petrol İşleri Genel MPİGM GDMPA General Directorate of Mining and Müdürlüğü Petroleum Affairs Maden Tetkik ve Arama Kurumu MTA GDMRE General Directorate of Mineral Research and Exploration Milyon Ton Mt Mt Million tonnes Bin Ton Kton kt Thousand tonnes Müstakil Sanayi ve İşadamları MÜSİAD MUSIAD Independent Industrialists’ and Derneği Businessmen’s Association Megawatt MW MW Megawatt Megawatt Saat MWs MWh Megawatt Hour Mesleki Yeterlik Kurumu MYK VQA Vocational Qualifications Authority of Türkiye Azot Oksit N2O N2O Nitrous oxide Ulusal Katkı Beyanı NDC NDC Nationally Determined Contribution Nükleer Düzenleme Kurumu NDK NRA Nuclear Regulatory Authority Azot Triflorür NF3 NF3 Nitrogen trifluoride Nükleer Güç Santrali NGS NPP Nuclear Power Plant Ulusal Envanter Raporu NIR NIR National Inventory Report Net-Sıfır Emisyon NSE NZE Net Zero Emissions Neredeyse Sıfır Enerjili Binalar NSEB NZEB Nearly Zero-Energy Buildings Orman Genel Müdürlüğü OGM GDF General Directorate of Forestry Orta Vadeli Programme OVP MTP Medium Term Programme Özel Tüketim Vergisi ÖTV SCT Special Consumption Tax Paris Anlaşması PA PA Paris Agreement Personel Genel Müdürlüğü PERGEM PERGEM General Directorate of Personnel Perflorokarbon PFC PFC Perfluorocarbon Posta ve Telgraf Teşkilatı PTT PTT Postal and Telegraph Corporation Radyo ve Televizyon Üst Kurulu RTÜK RTUK Radio and Television Supreme Council 6 TR-Açık Hali TR-ks. EN-abbr. EN-Open Form Cumhurbaşkanlığı Strateji ve SBB PSB Presidency of Strategy and Budget Bütçe Başkanlığı Kükürt Hegzaflorür SF6 SF6 Sulphur hexafluoride Strateji Geliştirme Başkanlığı SGB SDD Strategy Development Department Sosyal Güvenlik Kurumu SGK SGK Social Security Institution Sürdürülebilir Kentsel Hareketlilik SKHP SUMP Sustainable Urban Mobility Plan Planı Sürdürülebilir Kentsel Lojistik SKLP SULP Sustainable Urban Logistics Plan Planı Sermaye Piyasası Kurulu SPK CMB Capital Markets Board Sanayi ve Teknoloji Bakanlığı STB MoIT Ministry of Industry and Technology Su Yönetimi Genel Müdürlüğü SYGM GDWM General Directorate of Water Management Tarımsal Araştırmalar ve TAGEM TAGEM General Directorate of Agricultural Politikalar Genel Müdürlüğü Research and Policies Tarım İşletmeleri Genel TİGEM TIGEM General Directorate of Agricultural Müdürlüğü Enterprises Ticaret Bakanlığı TB MoT Ministry of Trade Türkiye Bankalar Birliği TBB BAT Banks Association of Türkiye Türkiye Cumhuriyeti Devlet TCDD TCDD State Railways of the Republic of Demiryolları İşletmesi Genel Türkiye Müdürlüğü Türkiye Çevre Ajansı TÜÇA TEA Turkish Environment Agency Türkiye Elektrik Dağıtım A.Ş. TEDAŞ TEDAS Turkish Electricity Distribution Corp. Türkiye Elektrik İletim A.Ş. TEİAŞ TEIAS Turkish Electricity Transmission Corp. Türkiye Elektromekanik Sanayi TEMSAN TEMSAN Turkish Electromechanical Industry A.Ş. Inc. Türkiye Enerji, Nükleer ve Maden TENMAK TENMAK Turkish Energy, Nuclear and Araştırma Kurumu Mineral Research Agency Ton Eşdeğer Petrol TEP TOE Tonne of Oil Equivalent Tarım ve Kırsal Kalkınmayı TKDK ARDSI Agriculture and Rural Development Destekleme Kurumu Support Institution Tapu ve Kadastro Genel TKGM GDLRC General Directorate of Land Müdürlüğü Registry and Cadastre Türkiye Kömür İşletmeleri TKİ TKI Turkish Coal Enterprises Türk Lirası TL TRY Turkish Lira Tarım ve Orman Bakanlığı TOB MoAF Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry Türkiye Odalar ve Borsalar Birliği TOBB TOBB Union of Chambers and Commodity Exchanges of Türkiye Türkiye Petrolleri Anonim TPAO TPAO Turkish Petroleum Corporation Ortaklığı Tarım Reformu Genel Müdürlüğü TRGM GDAR General Directorate of Agricultural Reform Türk Standardı TS TS Turkish Standard Türk Standartları Enstitüsü TSE TSE Turkish Standards Institute 7 TR-Açık Hali TR-ks. EN-abbr. EN-Open Form Türkiye Sınai Kalkınma Bankası TSKB TSKB Industrial Development Bank of Türkiye Türkiye Bilimsel ve Teknolojik TÜBİTAK TUBITAK Scientific and Technological Araştırma Kurumu Research Council of Türkiye Türkiye İstatistik Kurumu TÜİK TURKSTAT Turkish Statistical Institute Türkiye Nükleer Enerji A.Ş. TÜNAŞ TUNAS Turkish Nuclear Energy Corp. Türkiye Raylı Sistem Araçları TÜRASAŞ TURASAS Türkiye Rail System Vehicles Sanayii Anonim Şirketi Industry Inc. Türk Patent ve Marka Kurumu TÜRK TURK Turkish Patent and Trademark PATENT PATENT Office Türkiye Yem Sanayicileri Birliği TÜRKİYEM TURKIYEM Association of Turkish Feed BİR BIR Industrialists Türk Sanayicileri ve İş İnsanları TÜSİAD TUSIAD Turkish Industry and Business Derneği Association Türkiye Yem Katkıları Üreticileri TÜYEKAD TUYEKAD Turkish Feed Additives İthalatçıları ve Dağıtıcıları Derneği Manufacturers, Exporters and Distributors Association Tabiat Varlıklarını Koruma Genel TVKGM GDPNA General Directorate for Protection Müdürlüğü of Natural Assets Terawatt Saat TWh TWh Terawatt Hour Türkiye Ziraat Odaları Birliği TZOB TZOB Turkish Union of Chambers of Agriculture Ulaştırma ve Altyapı Bakanlığı UAB MoTI Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure Ulusal Atık Yönetimi ve Eylem UAYP NWMAP National Waste Management and Planı Action Plan Ulaştırma, Denizcilik ve UDHAM DoTMC Directorate of Transport, Maritime Haberleşme Araştırmaları Merkezi Affairs and Communications Başkanlığı Research Centre Ulaştırma Hizmetleri Düzenleme UHDGM DGRTS General Directorate of Regulation Genel Müdürlüğü of Transport Services Kat Edilen Araç-Km VKT VKT Vehicle-Kilometres Travelled Yenilenebilir Enerji Kaynak YEK-G YEK-G Renewable Energy Source Garanti Sistemi Guarantee System Yenilenebilir Enerji Kaynak YEKA YEKA Renewable Energy Source Areas Alanları Yenilenebilir Enerji Kaynakları YEKDEM YEKDEM Renewable Energy Sources Support Destekleme Mekanizması Mechanism Ulusal Yeşil Sertifika Sistemi YeS-TR YeS-TR National Green Certification Scheme Yüksek Fen Kurulu YFK YFK Higher Technical Board Yüksek Hızlı Tren YHT HST High-Speed Train Yüksek Öğretim Kurumu YÖK CHE Council of Higher Education Yeşil Kamu Satın Alımları YSA GPP Green Public Procurements Kentsel Ulaşım Talep Analiz KUTAB UTDAZ Urban Transport Demand Analysis Bölgesi Zone Ulusal Havza Rehabilitasyon UHRS NBRS National Basin Rehabilitation Stratejisi Strategy 8 TR-Açık Hali TR-ks. EN-abbr. EN-Open Form Ulusal Arazi Örtüsü Sınıflandırma UASİS NLCC&MS National Land Cover Classification ve İzleme Sistemi and Monitoring System Bölge Kalkınma İdaresi BKİ RDA Regional Development Administrations Sivil Toplum Kuruluşu STK NGO Non-Governmental Organization 9 List of Tables Table 1. Greenhouse gas emissions and removals, 1990-2021[1] 21 Table 2. Fluorinated greenhouse gas emissions, Mt CO2-eq[1] 22 Table 3. Number of strategies and actions by sectors 25 Table 4. Sectoral strategies 26 Table 5. Total greenhouse gas emissions from electricity and heat generation, Mt CO2-eq [1] 31 Table 6. Key legislation on energy 33 Table 7. Key policy papers relating to energy 34 Table 8. Industry sector energy and process emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 46 Table 9. Industry sector combustion emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 47 Table 10. Industry sector process emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 48 Table 11. Key legislation on industry sector 49 Table 12. Key policy papers relating to industry sector 51 Table 13. Greenhouse gas emissions from residential buildings, Mt [1] 63 Table 14. Greenhouse gas emissions from businesses and services (in thousands of metric tonnes) [1] 64 Table 15. Key legislation on buildings 64 Table 16. Key policy papers relating to buildings sector 65 Table 17. National Road Transport VKT value based on Vehicle Registration System Data [10] 72 Table 18. Greenhouse gas emissions for transport sector by main systems, Mt CO2-eq [1] 75 Table 19. Key legislation on transport sector 76 Table 20. Key policy papers relating to transport sector 78 Table 21. Greenhouse gas emissions from waste sector by year, Mt CO2-eq [1] 91 Table 22. Key legislation on waste sector 93 Table 23. Key policy papers relating to waste sector 95 Table 24. Agricultural lands in Türkiye, 2022 [19] 105 Table 25. Cultivation area, production and yield of field crops grown in Türkiye, 2022 [19] 106 Table 26. Greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye, Mt CO2-eq [1] 108 Table 27. Key legislation on agriculture sector 109 Table 28. Relevant policy papers relating to agriculture sector 110 Table 29. Changes in forest lands in Türkiye according to Food and Agriculture Organization Global Forest Resources Assessments Report [22] 122 Table 30. Total greenhouse gas emissions and LULUCF sequestration in Türkiye, Mt CO2-eq [1] 122 Table 31. Distribution of LULUCF sector sequestration by categories, Mt CO2-eq [1] 123 Table 32. Greenhouse gas emissions/sequestration of LULUCF categories in 2021 [1] 125 Table 33. Key legislation on LULUCF sector 125 Table 34. Key policy papers relating to LULUCF sector 126 10 List of Figures Figure 1. Greenhouse gas emissions and removals, 1990-2021[1] 21 Figure 2. Sectoral distribution of greenhouse gas emissions in 2021 [1] 22 Figure 3. Fluorinated greenhouse gas emissions, 1990-2021 [1] 23 Figure 4. NDC and CCMSAP preparation process principles 24 Figure 5. Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan preparation process 25 Figure 6. Emissions resulting from power generation over years [1] 31 Figure 7. Evolution of power generation and emissions 32 Figure 8. Relative decoupling in electricity sector [1] [2] 32 Figure 9. Shares in gross domestic product, at current prices, at A21 level, by economic activity, 2021-2022 44 Figure 10. Level of technology in manufacturing industry by number of enterprises, 2022 [6] 44 Figure 11. Level of technology in manufacturing industry by enterprise turnover, 2022 [6] 45 Figure 12. Industry sector energy and process emissions [1] 46 Figure 13. Industry sector combustion emissions [1] 47 Figure 14. Industry sector process emissions [1] 48 Figure 15. Change in key indicators relating to buildings [1] [2] [7] 62 Figure 16. Distribution by residential (a) and non-residential (b) energy resources in 2021 [2] 63 Figure 17. Greenhouse gas emissions for transport sector by main systems [1] 75 Figure 18. Waste characterization [16] 88 Figure 19. Greenhouse gas emissions of the waste management sector by year [1] 90 Figure 20. Amount of methane generated and recovered in landfills per year [1] 93 Figure 21. Use of chemical fertilisers in Türkiye [20] 107 Figure 22. Number of livestock in Türkiye [21] 107 Figure 23. Greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye [1] 108 Figure 24. Shares of greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye by source, 2021 [1] 109 Figure 25. Total greenhouse gas emissions and LULUCF sequestration in Türkiye [1] 123 Figure 26. Distribution of LULUCF sector sequestration by categories. [1] 124 11 Foreword Mehmet ÖZHASEKİ Minister of Environment, Urbanization and Climate Change Climate change is one of the greatest environmental threats we face in our times. This universal problem adversely affects not only individuals and countries but also the Earth, which is our shared home, posing a serious risk to the sustainability of our planet. According to current research, the average global temperature has reached 1.1°C above pre industrial levels and has already exceeded 1.5°C as of early 2024. Meanwhile annual global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have reached 59 billion tonnes of CO2 equivalent. At this critical point, we bear the responsibility of taking a determined stance to reduce GHG emissions that lead to climate change. In order for an effective climate response, we need to increase efforts to limit the global temperature rise to 1.5°C as laid down in the Paris Agreement. In this regard, Türkiye signed the Paris Agreement in 2021 and declared its target to achieve “Net Zero Emission” by 2053. Following these developments, Türkiye updated its Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) which was submitted to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) in 2015, and increased the mitigation target which was previously set as 21% to 41% compared to the Business as Usual (BAU) scenario. These developments have demonstrated the determination of our country in the fight against climate change. It was decided to formulate a new climate change strategy and action plan in order to set Türkiye’s climate response targets for the future and design the activities to be undertaken in 12 this context, taking into account the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, Twelfth Development Plan, Medium-Term Programme, and our NDCs. In this framework, the “Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) for 2024-2030” was formulated under the coordination of our Directorate of Climate Change and with contributions from all relevant stakeholders. This paper aims to present a roadmap on climate response covering the period until 2030 and includes the relevant strategies and action plans in this regard. Built on a scientific basis, it offers a comprehensive approach by bringing together institutional policies, expert views, and GHG reduction needs The Strategy and Action Plan includes 49 strategies and 260 actions covering GHG reduction policies in energy, industry, buildings, transport, waste, agriculture, and land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF) sectors as well as in areas of carbon pricing mechanisms and just transition. This Strategy and Action Plan must be seen as a milestone for our country’s combat against climate change and implemented through strong cooperation among public and private sectors, NGOs, and individuals. This paper aims to unite around a common vision in climate response and build a sustainable future together. In this context, it is my belief that our Strategy and Action Plan will contribute to achieving our vision to take national and global action for a more sustainable world. 13 Executive Summary Today, the adverse impacts of climate change have started to be felt prominently, with increased regional and global occurrences of extreme climate and weather events such as extreme heatwaves, sudden and heavy precipitation, floods and drought. The main cause of this situation is regarded as the rapid increase in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions released to the atmosphere as a result of increased fossil fuel use in the age of Industrial Revolution. Accordingly, the global average temperature increased by nearly 1.1°C from 1850 to 2020 and if this continues, global temperature rise is expected to reach 3°C by the end of this century. In order to combat climate change on a global basis, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) was adopted in 1992, Kyoto Protocol in 1997, and Paris Agreement in 2015. With the Paris Agreement, a paradigm shift was achieved in climate response by setting quantified targets to limit global temperature rise. To achieve the target of limiting global temperature rise to 1.5°C as set by the Agreement, it is stated that emissions must be reduced by 45% by 2030 and net zero emissions must be reached by the end of the century. Türkiye continues its efforts towards GHG emission reduction and adaptation to the adverse impacts of climate change in the framework of the “common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities” principle of UNFCCC to which Türkiye became a Party in 2004. Türkiye’s ratification of the Paris Agreement was announced on 21 September 2021, and its 2053 Net Zero Emission Target on 27 September 2021 as a part of the green development revolution. Soon after these developments, Türkiye became a Party to the Paris Agreement on 11 November 2021, demonstrating its determinedness to combat climate change by setting a net-zero-emission target as well as becoming a Party to the Paris Agreement. After becoming a Party to the Paris Agreement, Türkiye, in cooperation with the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), launched its efforts to update its Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) and formulate a Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan and 2053 Long-Term Climate Change Strategy. The national mitigation target which was declared in 2015 as a 21% reduction compared to the Business as Usual (BAU) scenario was updated to 41%, and the Updated First Nationally Determined Contributions were submitted to UNFCCC on 13 April 2023. Following Türkiye’s announcement of its 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, the first Climate Council was held on 21-25 February 2022 by the Ministry of Environment, Urbanization and Climate Change, with a view to setting the milestones for the country’s long-term climate change roadmap with all stakeholders. The Council was attended by nearly 5,000 people from various stakeholder groups including public and private sectors, universities, NGOs and students. After the Council, a roadmap was drawn including a total of 217 recommendations, 76 of which were prioritized, guiding Türkiye’s long-term climate change policies. The roadmap served as a basis for the preparations for the Climate Law, NDCs, Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan, and Long-Term Climate Change Strategy. 14 The Twelfth Development Plan 2024-2028 includes, in the section “Environmental Protection”, a measure relating to reducing GHG emissions and strengthening climate adaptation actions, by considering national circumstances in the framework of the Paris Agreement and Türkiye’s Nationally Determined Contributions. The Medium-Term Programme (MTP) for 2024-2026 includes a “Green Transformation” section which states that “In line with the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target and national development priorities, the green transformation process will be accelerated with an approach that supports reduction of GHG emissions, strengthens capacity to adapt to climate change, prioritizes competitiveness, efficiency and just transition, and develops incentive mechanisms by making maximum use of global financial resources”. With the Presidential Decree No. 85 of 29/10/2021 (Official Gazette of 29/10/2021 issue 31643), the duty of “determining national and international policies, strategies and actions under Türkiye’s climate response and adaptation efforts, executing negotiation processes and ensuring coordination with institutions and organizations” were entrusted to the Directorate of Climate Change. In this direction, the Climate Council Conclusions, Twelfth Development Plan and MTP 2024- 2026 included decisions and measures to formulate a Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan, and the Directorate of Climate Change was accordingly charged with the task. In this context, after the NDC studies were completed, Türkiye’s Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) 2024-2030 was formulated in a transparent and participatory process. The scope of the Action Plan was determined as 7 main mitigation sectors namely energy; industry; buildings; transport; agriculture; waste; and land use, land use change and forestry, and 2 cross-cutting thematic areas as just transition and carbon pricing mechanisms. As part of the preparatory works, a needs assessment and policy mapping studies were conducted by considering existing national and international studies, followed by a process with all stakeholders to formulate policies and measures to be incorporated in the Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan. Accordingly, numerous sectoral workshops and meetings were held, with more than 2,000 participants from a total of 175 institutions and organizations from public and private sectors and NGOs, in order to determine and consult on strategies and actions intended for the said sectors. The key sectoral strategies in the Action Plan, which comprises 49 strategies and 260 actions for 7 main mitigation sectors and 2 cross-cutting thematic areas, include: ● Promoting energy efficiency across all sectors, ● Maximizing use of renewable energy, ● Reducing product-based carbon footprint and carbon intensity in industry, ● Promoting sustainability reporting, ● Promoting circular economy and resource efficiency across manufacturing industry, ● Promoting Nearly Zero Energy buildings, ● Promoting use of district heating and cooling systems, ● Developing electrification systems in transport sector, 15 ● Developing integrated transport systems, ● Ensuring transition to zero- or low-emission transport systems, ● Protecting and increasing sink areas for effective climate response, ● Ensuring transition of forestry and agricultural enterprises to circular bioeconomy with high added value, ● Extending eco-friendly agricultural practices, ● Ensuring rational fertiliser use, ● Reducing methane emissions originating from livestock, ● Preventing and reducing waste generation, ● Increasing use of waste as raw material/resource in production, ● Establishing an emissions trading system in Türkiye, ● Conducting infrastructure studies on other carbon pricing mechanisms, ● Developing and promoting clean technologies, ● Achieving digitalization in all sectors, ● Developing incentive and support mechanisms for GHG reduction, ● Developing sustainable investment instruments, ● Planning for transition to a low-carbon economy with the principle of just transition, ● Building capacity for just transition and employment transformation, ● Integrating Türkiye’s net zero emission target into the education system. Establishing sectoral GHG reduction policies through a participatory and inclusive perspective, the Action Plan provides a roadmap for responsible and relevant institutions. It outlines key strategies and actions for direct GHG emissions reduction, aiming to achieve the targets under NDCs. The effective implementation and monitoring of the Action Plan requires cooperation and coordination among various sectors and levels of government. In this context, it is essential that the designated strategies and actions are implemented with utmost sensitivity by relevant institutions and organizations. 16 1. Introduction According to the Sixth Assessment Report published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), human activities primarily through emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) have unequivocally caused the global warming. Thus, global temperatures have reached 1.1°C above pre-Industrial levels; and if we proceed as usual, global warming will exceed pre-Industrial levels by approximately 3°C by the year 2100. GHG emissions arising from unsustainable energy use, land use and land-use change as well as other activities continue to increase, causing widespread and rapid changes in all ecosystems. Other significant findings in the report include the fact that human-induced climate change has been affecting climate across the world, which is already leading to adverse impacts globally, and vulnerable communities who have historically contributed the least to climate change are disproportionately affected. The IPCC “Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C” emphasizes that the global emission projections in the current Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) cannot limit global warming to 1.5°C after 2030. Furthermore, climate risks relating to health, livelihoods, food security, water supply, human security, and economic growth are projected to increase with global warming of 1.5°C and increase further with 2°C.

1.1. International Process and Paris Agreement in the Context of Climate Change Founded jointly by the World Meteorological Organization and UN Environment Programme to present scientific assessments of the scale, timing, and potential environmental and socio- economic impacts of climate change and to develop potential response strategies, IPCC released its First Assessment Report in 1990 of IPCC revealing that human activity significantly increased the amount of GHGs in the atmosphere and led to global warming. The outputs of this report constituted a basis for the adoption of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in 1992. The international climate change regime is shaped by UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol and Paris Agreement as well as the studies of the relevant bodies thereof. It is subjected to continuous review and updated to respond to new or changing circumstances and scientific knowledge. According to Article 2 of UNFCCC, the objective of the Convention is described as “achieving stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system”. Such stabilization should be achieved within a time-frame sufficient to allow ecosystems to adapt naturally to climate change, ensure that food production is not threatened and enable economic development to proceed in a sustainable manner. Within the meaning of achieving the ultimate objective of the Convention, the Kyoto Protocol, which included quantified emission limitation and reduction targets for the countries covered 17 in Annex-I, was signed in 1997. However, the exclusion of some countries and developing economies with high GHG emissions caused a gradual narrowing of the scope of the Protocol in terms of total global GHG emissions, and led to the realization that a broader-based approach was required to include all countries, particularly highly-emitting countries and economies, in the global efforts to combat climate change. At this point, the Cancun and Durban Conferences constituted the basis of negotiations that led to the adoption of the Paris Agreement. The Cancun Agreements set a long-term goal to limit global mean temperature rise to below 2°C above pre-industrial levels. The Durban Conference, with a view to strengthening the multilateral, rules-based regime under the Convention, launched “a process to develop a protocol with legal force, another legal instrument or an agreed upon legal outcome under the Convention applicable to all Parties”. The Paris Agreement, formulated to accelerate efforts to combat climate change and to set further ambitious targets, was adopted by 196 Parties at the 21st UN Climate Change Conference (COP21) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France, on 12 December 2015. It entered into force on 4 November 2016. With an overarching goal to keep the increase in the global average temperature well below 2°C pre-industrial levels and, if possible, to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C, the Paris Agreement is a legally-binding international treaty on climate change. According to the IPCC, limiting global warming to 1.5°C requires global GHG emissions to peak before 2025 at the latest, be reduced by 45% by 2030 compared to 2019, and reach net zero by mid-century. The Paris Agreement is a milestone in the multilateral climate change process, as it is the first time that an Agreement brings all countries together to combat and adapt to the impacts of climate change. Implementation of the Paris Agreement requires economic and social transformation, based on the best available science. The Agreement works on a five-year cycle of increasingly ambitious climate action, referred to as Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), undertaken by countries. According to the Agreement, Parties are obliged to submit their NDCs to the UNFCCC Secretariat and each successive NDC is meant to reflect an increasingly higher degree of ambition compared to the previous version. In their NDCs, countries communicate actions they will take to reduce their GHG emissions and adapt to climate change impacts in order to reach the goals of the Paris Agreement. To better frame the efforts towards the long-term goal, Article 4 of the Paris Agreement invites Parties to submit long-term low GHG emission development strategies. Under Long-Term Climate Change Strategies which, to date1, have been submitted by 70 countries, Parties declare their long-term strategies and actions in accordance with their own capabilities and circumstances. 1 As of January 2024 18 Long-term strategies offer a long-term horizon to the NDCs. Nevertheless, they place the NDCs into the context of countries’ long-term planning and development priorities, providing a vision and direction for future development.

1.2. Türkiye’s Climate Response Process Türkiye addresses economic, social and environmental issues in a balanced manner, by considering its development priorities and international developments, and aims to progress on the path of sustainable development. In this regard, it also contributes to global efforts to combat climate change with its special circumstances and national means. According to the IPCC, the Mediterranean Basin which also includes Türkiye is one of the regions that will be most affected by climate change. Especially since 2018, there has been a significant increase in the number of meteorological disaster occurrences in Türkiye. Between 2010 and 2021, 8,274 meteorological natural disasters were reported which affected different parts of the country at varying degrees. Natural disasters that are projected to increase due to climate change in Türkiye are forest fires, storms, floods, hails, heatwaves, landslides, and avalanches. Türkiye became a Party to UNFCCC in 2004 and the Kyoto Protocol in 2009. The Paris Agreement, which was adopted on 12 December 2015 and went into effect on 4 November 2016 under the Convention, covering the period after the Kyoto Protocol, is a significant milestone. Türkiye adopted the Paris Agreement in 2015 and signed on 22 April 2016, with an emphasis that it was a developing country. The Law on Ratification of the Paris Agreement was published in the Official Gazette of 7 October 2021 issue 31621, and states that “The Republic of Turkey declares that Turkey will implement the Paris Agreement as a developing country and in the scope of her nationally determined contribution statements, provided that the Agreement and its mechanisms do not prejudice her right to economic and social development.” The 2053 Net Zero Emission Target was announced by the President of Türkiye Recep Tayyip Erdoğan on 27 September 2021, thus launching the country’s move towards green development. The green transformation process, with the announcement of 2053 Net Zero Emission Target and Türkiye’s will to become a Party to the Paris Agreement, brings along a comprehensive change and transformation in all sectors. In order to execute this process with all of our institutions, the Directorate of Climate Change (DoCC) was established on 29 October 2021 under MoEUCC. DoCC was charged with setting national and international policies, strategies and actions under Türkiye’s climate response and adaptation efforts, executing negotiations, and ensuring coordination with institutions and organizations. With a belief that the Paris Agreement offers a significant opportunity for a green and sustainable world, Türkiye supports the implementation of climate change mitigation and adaptation policies. Furthermore, as a country going through the European Union (EU) accession process, Türkiye closely follows EU policies and has been formulating legislation on climate change and environment in order to align with the relevant acquis. Türkiye’s climate change policy is structured by various regional and national policy papers, strategies and action plans on mitigation and adaptation. Furthermore, relevant ministries and public institutions 19 have formulated, updated, or are currently formulating various plans and strategies to determine and realize Türkiye’s mitigation potential.

1.3. Türkiye’s Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) NDCs are at the heart of the Paris Agreement and achievement of its long-term goals. By considering the principle of “common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities”, Parties to the UNFCCC are called to contribute, as much as possible and through their own efforts, to global climate actions. In this context, they are asked to update and submit to the UNFCCC Secretariat every five years their NDCs, which include their activities to implement their main objectives of mitigation, adaptation, finance, technology transfer and capacity building. In accordance with decisions 1/CP.19 and 1/CP.20, the Republic of Türkiye submitted its Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) towards achieving its ultimate objective laid down in Article 2 of the Convention to the UNFCCC Secretariat in September 2015, declaring its target of achieving up to 21% reduction in GHG emissions from the Business as Usual (BAU) level by 2030. The countries that are Parties to the Paris Agreement are obliged to submit to UNFCCC their NDCs every five years with increasingly ambitious mitigation targets (and optionally, climate adaptation targets). In this context, Türkiye submitted its Updated First Nationally Determined Contributions to UNFCCC on 13 April 2023, with a commitment to reduce its GHG emissions by 41% compared to the BAU scenario by 2030 (695 MT CO2-eq by 2030). Türkiye’s Updated First Nationally Determined Contributions cover the overall economy and include comprehensive mitigation and adaptation actions as well as means of implementation. Türkiye’s mitigation target is a step towards its long-term target to reach net zero by 2053.

1.4. Türkiye’s Greenhouse Gas Emissions National GHG emission inventories are prepared using the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. GHG inventories include direct GHGs such as carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrogen oxide (N2O), fluorinated gases (F-gases), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF3). They cover emissions originating from energy, industrial processes and product use, agriculture and waste, as well as emissions and removals from land use, land use change and forestry. Total GHG emissions, excluding the Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) sector, were calculated as 564.4 Mt CO2-eq in 2021. This represents an increase of 40.4 Mt, or 7.7%, compared to 2020, and a 157.1% increase compared to 1990 [1] (Table 1, Figure 1). 20 600,00 Emissions/Removals (Mt CO2-eq) 500,00 400,00 300,00 200,00 100,00 0,00 -100,00 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Energy Industrial Processes and Pruduct Use Agriculture LULUCF Waste Figure 1. Greenhouse gas emissions and removals, 1990-2021 [1] Emissions from energy increased by 9.8% to 402.5 Mt CO2-eq in 2021 compared to 2020. However, there is a 188.4% increase compared to 1990. Emissions from industrial processes and product use occurred at 75.1 Mt CO2-eq in 2021 which is 10.6% higher than those in 2020. Emissions in the agriculture and waste sectors were 72.1 Mt CO2-eq and 14.7 Mt CO2-eq, respectively in 2021. Table 1. Greenhouse gas emissions and removals, 1990-2021 [1] 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 2021 Energy 139.54 166.30 216.04 244.48 287.88 341.99 366.57 402.48 Industrial Processes and 22.86 25.52 26.20 34.25 49.06 59.72 67.96 75.14 Product Use Agriculture 46.05 44.08 42.33 42.44 44.41 56.13 73.15 72.08 LULUCF -66.51 -67.77 -68.05 -71.78 -71.88 -72.81 -56.95 -47.15 Waste 11.08 12.35 14.34 16.40 17.45 17.12 16.31 14.70 Figure 2 presents a pie-chart breakdown of the national inventory in terms of the four main emission categories. In 2021, the energy sector accounted for the largest share of total emissions with 71.3%. Following this, industrial processes and product use represented with 13.3%, agriculture with 12.8%, and waste with 2.6% of total emissions. The pie-chart to the right shows the shares of energy sub-sectors in total emissions. 21 Waste 3% Production Industry 12% Agriculture Electricity and Heat 13% 26% Energy Transport 71% 16% Building Other 11% Industrial Processes 6% and Product Use 13% Figure 2. Sectoral distribution of greenhouse gas emissions in 2021 [1] Quantitative data on fluorinated GHG emissions from industrial processes and product use is presented below (Figure 3, Table 2). Table 2. Fluorinated greenhouse gas emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 2021 HFCs 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.1 3.1 4.8 6.5 7.2 PFCs 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 SF6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 22 8,0 7,0 Emissions (Millon ton CO2-eq) 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years HFCs PFCs SF6 Figure 3. Fluorinated greenhouse gas emissions, 1990-2021 [1]

1.5. Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) Preparation Process Türkiye becoming a Party to the Paris Agreement accelerated the national efforts in the context of climate response. As a result of Türkiye’s first Climate Council held on 21-25 February 2022, adopted 217 recommendations, 76 of which were priority, to create a vision for Türkiye’s 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, and all recommendations were shared with the public. These recommendations served as a basis for the preparations for the Climate Law, Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation Action Plans, and Long-Term Climate Change Strategy. The Twelfth Development Plan 2024-2028 includes, in the section “Environmental Protection”, roadmaps on reducing GHG emissions and strengthening climate adaptation actions, and measures regarding formulating relevant strategies and roadmaps, by considering national circumstances in the framework of the Paris Agreement and Türkiye’s Nationally Determined Contributions. The Medium-Term Programme (MTP) for 2024-2026 includes a “Green Transformation” section which states that “In line with the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target and national development priorities, the green transformation process will be accelerated with an approach that supports GHG emission reduction, increases capacity to adapt to climate change, prioritizes competitiveness, efficiency and just transition, and develops incentive mechanisms by making maximum use of global financial resources”. In Türkiye, the duties of “determining national and international policies, strategies and actions under Türkiye’s climate response and adaptation efforts, executing negotiation processes and ensuring coordination with institutions and organizations” were entrusted to the Directorate of 23 Climate Change pursuant to the “Presidential Decree No. 85 of 29/10/2021 on Organization of Presidential Office” (Official Gazette of 29/10/2021 issue 31643). Preparatory works for the Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) 2024-2030 were started in the framework of the Climate Council Decisions, Twelfth Development Plan, and MTP 2024-2026, and the process was executed in a transparent and participatory manner. The preparation process of CCMSAP was executed in parallel with NDC preparations; the core principles for the works were set and implemented throughout the process (Figure 4). Figure 4. NDC and CCMSAP preparation process principles CCMSAP was built on seven main mitigation sectors namely “Energy, Industry, Buildings, Transport, Waste, Agriculture and LULUCF”, and two cross-cutting thematic areas which are “Just Transition and Carbon Pricing Mechanisms”. The preparation works for the Action Plan were executed in coordination with NDC policy making works, aiming for the alignment and consistency of NDC with action plans for 2030. The works began with a needs assessment dealing with Türkiye’s climate change policies, strategies, plans and measures. After the needs assessment and policy mapping study was completed, all ministries and private sector organizations were engaged in the process of data collection, identifying assumptions, and formulating NDC and CCMSAP policies and measures. The documenting process involved more than 100 meetings with stakeholders from all sectors. The meetings were attended by more than 2,000 individuals from public and private sectors and NGOs, and gender balance among participants was ensured. As part of the meetings, stakeholder views were sought through bilateral discussions and e-mail as well as two official letters, and reflected in the Action Plan. After these studies, CCMSAP 2024-2030 was submitted for the approval of the 24 Climate Change and Adaptation Coordination Board (CCACB). The preparation process of CCMSAP is shown in Figure 5. 4 Figure 5. Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan preparation process

1.6. Overview of Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP) The Action Plan deals with seven main mitigation sectors namely energy, industry, buildings, transport, waste, agriculture and LULUCF. Electricity generation was covered under the energy sector while energy consumption in other sectors were addressed under the relevant sectors. When preparing the Action Plan, topics such as sectoral incentives, financing needs, technology, capacity-building and training activities were discussed under the strategies and actions of the relevant sectors for the sake of integrity. As a result of the meetings and studies conducted during the preparations for the Action Plan, it was decided to give separate headings for “just transition and carbon pricing mechanisms”, under which the relevant strategies and actions would be detailed. Attention was paid to mainstream equal social opportunities in the strategies and actions for all sectors. Table 3. Number of strategies and actions by sectors Energy 5 strategies, 37 actions Industry 8 strategies, 32 actions Buildings 6 strategies, 18 actions Transport 4 strategies, 36 actions Waste 9 strategies, 34 actions Agriculture 7 strategies, 27 actions 25 LULUCF 5 strategies, 49 actions Just Transition 1 strategies, 7 actions Carbon Pricing Mechanisms 4 strategies, 20 actions Total 49 strategies, 260 actions There are 49 strategies under the Action Plan comprised of 9 chapters in total, and 260 actions under these strategies (Table 3). The strategies lay down the actions required in different areas on a sectoral basis, including legislation, technical infrastructure, technology, finance, capacity building, training and public awareness (Table 4). Various monitoring indicators as well as responsible institutions and organizations were designated for each action under the strategies. There are a total of 47 responsible institutions and organizations under the Action Plan. Table 4. Sectoral strategies ENERGY ● Reducing carbon intensity of electricity generation ● Coupling electricity sector with other sectors and supporting demand-side engagement ● Strengthening electrical infrastructure, and reducing technical loss rate in transmission and distribution by increasing efficiency ● Promoting use of low-carbon production technologies and strengthening alternatives in electricity generation ● Developing a roadmap on carbon capture, utilization and storage to reduce unavoidable GHG emissions INDUSTRY ● Optimizing energy efficiency potential for manufacturing industry ● Increasing use of renewable energy in manufacturing industry ● Reducing carbon footprints and CO2-eq intensity per GDP in manufacturing industry ● Promoting sustainability reporting ● Building capacity for manufacturing industry stakeholders ● Promoting circular economy and resource efficiency across manufacturing industry ● Developing new technology options through R&D and innovation with national resources ● Developing sustainable investment instruments and creating suitable sources of finance for investors BUILDINGS ● Improving energy efficiency of existing buildings ● Improving energy efficiency of new buildings 26 ● Improving energy efficiency in using electrical appliances, equipment and devices in buildings sector ● Promoting use of district heating and cooling systems ● Promoting use of eco-friendly design and construction materials through the National Green Certification Scheme (YeS-TR) application ● Ensuring and promoting use of Building Information Modelling (BIM) tools to ensure digital transformation of construction ecosystem TRANSPORT ● Ensuring modal shift to maritime/railway transport ● Increasing efficiency in transport sector ● Use of sustainable/clean energy sources in transport systems ● Engaging in necessary infrastructure activities for sectoral decarbonisation WASTE ● Preventing and reducing waste and wastewater before generation ● Improving waste recycling and recovery rates ● Reducing amount of untreated waste deposited to sanitary landfills ● Improving wastewater management and treatment infrastructure ● Developing human resources and social awareness as part of zero waste practices and reduction of GHG emissions ● Developing incentive and financing mechanisms to improve waste management, taking into account circular economy principles and GHG emission reduction ● Increasing R&D activities and developing technological infrastructure to improve waste management, taking into account circular economy principles and GHG emission reduction ● Increasing use of waste as raw material / resource in production processes ● Reducing GHG emissions from waste handling equipment & vehicles AGRICULTURE ● Mitigating methane emissions from livestock breeding ● Increasing efficiency in using chemical fertilisers ● Reducing use of pesticides and antimicrobials ● Developing loss, waste and residue management in agricultural production ● Increasing efficiency of land and soil management ● Providing farmers with access to affordable financing ● Promoting training, awareness-raising and capacity-building activities for stakeholders operating in agriculture sector considering gender balance LAND USE, LAND USE CHANGE AND FORESTRY (LULUCF) 27 ● Increasing GHG sequestration annually by protecting and sustainably managing ecosystems and increasing sink areas, and reducing ecosystem-based emissions ● Ensuring transition of forestry and agricultural enterprises to a circular bioeconomy with high added value ● Doubling project supports to 2020 level by 2030 to strengthen the sector in terms of R&D and innovation ● Increasing number of technical personnel and professionals trained in carbon management in the sector ● Developing technology infrastructure for LULUCF sector JUST TRANSITION ● Building capacity for just transition and employment transformation CARBON PRICING MECHANISMS ● Establishing Emissions Trading System (ETS) in Türkiye ● Conducting infrastructure studies on other carbon pricing instruments ● Building infrastructure for voluntary carbon market and national offset system ● Conducting studies to evaluate participation in Article 6 of Paris Agreement

1.7. CCMSAP Monitoring System Monitoring and evaluation are critical for the long-term success of the Action Plan. The monitoring process plays two key roles: ● Monitoring the performance of actions under the Plan ● Determining whether planned outputs and action results have been achieved A successful monitoring and evaluation process plays a key role in enhancing the effectiveness of actions and ensuring accountability. A sound monitoring system can help achieve continuous support and additional financing that may be required for the actions. In order to effectively monitor the Action Plan, an online monitoring system will be established under the climate portal created by the Directorate of Climate Change, ensuring that the activities of all responsible and relevant institutions are monitored and reported on a continuous and timely basis. The institutions responsible for each action under CCMSAP will input the previous year’s developments into the online monitoring system every year between 1 January-31 March. Annual monitoring and evaluation reports will be prepared by the Directorate of Climate Change by no later than 30 June of every year, with the contributions of the key responsible institutions and in accordance with the information put into the system. 28 The recommendations and required actions set out in the monitoring and evaluation report will be discussed in CCACB Working Groups. The annual evaluation reports prepared in coordination with the Directorate of Climate Change of MoEUCC will be submitted to the CCACB until 31 December. Where needed, case-by-case revisions can be made to the action plan. 29 2. Current Situation and Relevant Strategies and Actions regarding CCMSAP Sectors

2.1. Energy Sector

2.1.1. Current situation Population increase and economic growth in Türkiye have led to an increase in demand for energy. According to the Energy Balance Table for 2021, total energy supply stood at 159,432 million TOE (tonne of oil equivalent), and electricity and heat generation at 334,723 GWh [2]. By end of November 2023, the total installed power capacity of Türkiye was 106,071 MW. The share of renewable energy sources in the total installed capacity reached around 53%. There was a remarkable increase in distributed power capacity, especially based on solar power, with the entry into force of the repealed “Regulation on Unlicensed Power Generation in the Electricity Market” in 2013. Hydropower plants constitute the largest share of installed capacity with 31,496 MW. The second largest installed capacity of 25,352 MW is accounted for by natural gas-fired cycle plants. Wind installed power capacity ranks third with 11,643 MW, with domestic coal-fired power plants accounting for 11,440 MW and imported coal-fired power plants for 10,374 MW in installed power capacity. With a significant surge, solar power capacity rose to 11,268 MW. [3] In the last two decades, the share of electricity generation from renewable energy sources increased in terms of share as well as resource diversity, together with the strategies and policies followed and the support mechanisms implemented. As of the end of 2022, electricity generation based on imported coal and domestic coal had approximately 35% share in total electricity generation. The share of natural gas in electricity generation, on the other hand, stood around 50% since 2008 and declined to 23% at the end of 2022. As of the end of 2022, renewables also became a significant energy source with an installed power capacity for 56,393 MW in Türkiye [4]. This rapid growth rate in the recent years can be briefly explained by the abundance of renewable energy sources in the country, policies and incentives implemented for renewable energy sources, and shifting of private sector investments from fossil fuels to renewable energy. Electricity generation, which is a significant emission source in Türkiye, has been increasing over years. While electricity generation in Türkiye has increased, the change in GHG emissions may vary depending on primary energy sources used (Figure 7). 30 160,00 140,00 120,00 Emissions ( Millon Ton CO2-eq) 100,00 80,00 60,00 40,00 20,00 0,00 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Electricity Production Combined Heat and Power Generation Figure 6. Emissions resulting from electricity generation over years [1] In 2021, electricity and heat generation emissions were 149,395 Mt CO2-eq, with that resulting only from the electricity sector being 140,720 Mt CO2-eq (Table 5). Emissions resulting from electricity generation has a share of 24.8% in total emissions [1]. Table 5. Total greenhouse gas emissions from electricity and heat generation, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Emissions 32.9 46.0 73.4 85.4 108.9 120.0 120.9 116.1 127.0 128.0 135.6 146.2 150.0 139.1 131.7 149.4 For example, the share of hydropower sources decreased in 2021 and was replaced by natural gas, and emissions from electricity generation increased compared to previous years. 31 350 160 330 140 310 Electricity Production, thousand GWh 290 120 Emissons Millon ton 270 250 100 230 80 210 190 60 170 150 40 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years CO2 Emissons Electricity Production Figure 7. Evolution of electricity generation and emissions Furthermore, there is a relative decoupling between electricity generation and associated emissions (Figure 8). Electricity generation shows a continuous increase while the resulting emissions follow an up-and-down path. This situation may allow room for absolute decoupling as Türkiye renders its electricity sector a low-carbon one. 32 175 165 155 145 2008 = 100 Index 135 125 115 105 95 85 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Electricity Production CO2 Emissons Figure 8. Relative decoupling in electricity sector [1] [2] The key legislation as well as policy and strategy papers relating to the Turkish energy sector are shown in Table 6 and Table 7. Table 6. Key legislation on energy Key Legislation Purpose and Scope The purpose of this Law is to ensure the establishment of a financially sound, stable and transparent electricity market operating in a competitive environment under, and subject to, private law Law on Electricity provisions as well as to ensure the independent regulation and Market (Law No. 6446) supervision of this market for purposes of delivering sufficient, good quality, uninterrupted, low cost and environment-friendly electricity to consumers. Law on Utilization of The purpose of this Law is to increase the use of renewable energy Renewable Energy sources for generating power; benefit from these resources in a Sources for Electrical secure, economic and qualified manner; increase the diversification Energy Generation of resources; to reduce GHG emissions; use waste products; protect Purposes (Law No. the environment, and develop the related manufacturing industries 5346) required to achieve these objectives. The purpose of this Law is to increase efficiency in using energy Energy Efficiency Law sources and energy in order to use energy effectively, avoid waste, (Law No. 5627) alleviate the burden of energy costs on the economy, and protect the environment. 33 This regulation aims to encourage electricity generation from Regulation on renewable energy sources and covers the issuance of Renewable Certification and Energy Source Certification to generation license holder legal Support of Renewable entities for their generation plants based on renewable energy Energy Sources sources. The purpose of this regulation is to create large-scale Renewable Regulation on Energy Source Areas (YEKAs) in public, treasury or private real Renewable Energy properties, and ensuring the domestic production of the advanced Source Areas technology components used in electricity generation plants based on renewable energy sources. The objective of this regulation is to lay down principles and Electricity Market procedures regarding pre-licensing and licensing practices in the Licensing Regulation electricity market, and to designate the rights and obligations of pre- license and license holders. The purpose of this regulation is to lay down principles and procedures that apply to natural and legal persons who are entitled Regulation on to generate electricity, with a view to enabling consumers to meet Unlicensed Power their electricity requirements from their generation facilities, Generation in the incorporating the small-scale generation facilities to the national Electricity Market economy to ensure supply security, and ensuring efficient use of small-scale generation resources. The objective of this regulation is to lay down principles and Regulation on procedures regarding the conduct of acceptance procedures of Acceptance of electricity generation and storage facilities in accordance with the Electricity Generation relevant legislation and standards, connection of said facilities to and Storage Facilities compatible transmission or distribution grids, and acceptance process authorization. The purpose of this regulation is to establish a renewable energy source guarantees system, which enables the certification and supply of electrical energy from renewable energy sources to consumers, Regulation on through tracking, proving and disclosure that a certain amount or Renewable Energy percentage of the electricity supplied to consumers was generated by Source Guarantees in license holder legal entities from renewable energy sources, with a the Electricity Market view to increasing the use of renewable energy sources in electricity generation and consumption and protecting the environment, and to lay down principles and procedures regarding non-discriminatory, objective and transparent operation of such a system. The purpose of this regulation is to lay down principles and Regulation on procedures regarding the establishment of electricity storage units or Electricity Market facilities, connection of such units or facilities to transmission or Storage Activities distribution systems, and use of such units or facilities in market activities, under Law No. 6446 of 14/3/2013 on Electricity Market. 34 Table 7. Key policy papers relating to energy Policy Papers Goals and Objectives The main objective is to achieve a competitive structure, based on the uninterrupted, quality, sustainable, safe and affordable supply of energy, resource diversification in energy supply, and the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target; that utilizes domestic renewable energy sources to maximize energy self-reliance, increases energy efficiency, prioritizes localization in energy technologies, integrates new technologies, and strengthens our strategic position in the international energy trade. The development plan includes the following measures: Works will continue for the efficient use of energy in all areas. Akkuyu Nuclear Power Plant (NPP) will commence electricity generation with all of its units. Works to increase NPP installed power capacity will continue. Works will be undertaken towards new technologies such as small modular reactors, fusion technologies, and advanced generation Twelfth reactors. Electricity generation from renewable energy sources will be Development Plan boosted and integrated into the grid in order to achieve electrification 2024-2028 through cleaner resources as part of the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target. Tenders will be made for new Renewable Energy Source Areas (YEKAs) with domestic component requirements, and works will be conducted to develop offshore YEKA projects. Planning and investment works will be conducted to enhance power grids, taking into consideration their potential renewable source areas and the development rate of renewable energy and electric vehicles. Flexibility of power grids will be increased to mitigate the negative impacts of noncontinuous generation from renewable energy sources on the grid. Energy storage systems will be installed, including pumped-storage HPPs. Works will be conducted for domestic electrolyser development to achieve green hydrogen generation. R&D works will continue for hydrogen transport and storage. Works will be conducted to increase the number of qualified personnel required in the energy sector. The policies relating to the energy sector in the NDC include; to utilize the energy efficiency and renewable potential at the highest level possible; reach approximately 33 GW of installed solar power capacity, 18 GW of installed wind power capacity, 35 GW of hydropower-installed power capacity, and 4.8 GW of installed nuclear power capacity; reach a battery and electrolyser capacities of 2.1 GW and 1.9 GW by 2030, NDC 2023 respectively; increase renewable energy sources in primary energy consumption to 20.4% by 2030; achieve primary energy intensity of

0.113 TOE/thousand $2015 and final energy intensity of 0.08 TOE/thousand $2015 in 2030; establish an Emissions Trading System which will be one of the mitigation instruments in emission-intensive sectors. 35 Plan had these strategies; to identify the potential cogeneration and district heating and cooling systems and prepare a roadmap; present consumers with comparable and further detailed billing data; create an National Energy energy data platform for smart management of measurement data; Efficiency Action extensify smart meters; implement minimum performance standards for Plan 2017-2023 transformers; improve energy efficiency in public lighting; improve energy efficiency in electricity transmission and distribution; improve efficiency in existing power plants; build market infrastructure for demand-side response. To increase efficiency in generation, transmission and distribution of electricity; reduce energy losses and harmful environmental emissions; increase the total average cycle efficiency of coal-fired thermal power Energy Efficiency plants in the country to over 45% by 2023, including waste heat Strategy 2012-2023 recovery; develop measures regarding the demand-side management in order to reduce electrical energy intensity by at least 20% were the main focus areas of strategy In the Plan following goal were aimed; by 2035, to achieve a primary energy consumption of 205.3 Mtoe, electricity consumption of 510.4 TWh; achieve a share of 24.9% in electricity/final energy consumption; reduce energy intensity by 35.3%; increase installed power capacity to Türkiye National 189.7 GW (52.9 GW in Solar, 29.6 GW in Wind, 7.2 GW in Nuclear Energy Plan 2022 Power) and achieve an additional installed power capacity for 96.9 GW; increase the share of renewable energy to 54.7% in total electricity generation and 64.7% in installed power capacity; establish battery (7.5 GW), electrolyser (5 GW), and demand-side (1.7 GW) installed power capacity. The objective is to create an effective value chain from the production of green hydrogen to its final use based on domestic and national Türkiye Hydrogen technologies and contribute to the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target. The Technologies targets in this context include reducing the cost of green hydrogen Strategy and production to less than $2.4/kgH₂ by 2035 and less than $1.2 /kgH₂ by Roadmap 2053, and increasing electrolyser installed power capacity to 2 GW by 2030, 5 GW by 2035 and 70 GW by 2053. To use clean generation technologies and techniques at the highest level, in the framework of financing (internal and external) and by considering National Climate the topics of energy supply security of renewable energy sources and Change Strategy climate change; promote the use of zero emission technologies and R&D 2010-2020 studies therefor; complete the improvement of existing thermal power plants; to develop economic instruments for alternative fuels. Climate Change To reduce energy intensity; to increase the share of clean energy in Action Plan 2011- energy production and use; to limit GHG emissions originating from use 2023 of coal in electricity generation, by using clean coal technologies and 36 taking efficiency increasing measures; to reduce losses and illicit use in electricity distribution. To continue to support renewable energy and make the system infrastructure further flexible for production as well as self-consumption, and develop R&D and support mechanisms for all purposes; consider developing a roadmap and using alternative fuels to reduce emissions resulting from electricity generation, in line with the target to achieve net zero emission by 2053, and improve natural gas exploration and Climate Council production activities and transmission infrastructures; promote the use 2022 of waste heat and heat pumping, district heating, and solar collector practices in heating and cooling; reduce emissions resulting from electricity generation by employing carbon capture, utilization and storage technologies in electricity generation from coal; increase training, green employment, digital transformation, storage, and demand-based applications to transform the energy sector.

2.1.2. Strategies and actions Five strategies including the following topics were formulated: Decarbonization of electricity generation in the energy sector, which plays a decisive role in ensuring low-emission development across the economy; matching the sector with other sectors and supporting demand-side engagement; strengthening electrical infrastructure and boosting efficiency; and developing a roadmap on carbon capture, utilization and storage to reduce unavoidable GHG emissions. Strategy E-S.1: Reducing carbon intensity of electricity generation Energy policies have intertwined with climate policies and become one of the most significant components and instruments in the fight against climate change. The Paris Agreement as well as Türkiye’s vision for 2053 call for greater importance to renewable energy. As of 2022, renewable energy sources comprise more than half of the total installed power capacity. Yet, despite this acceleration, higher renewable energy installed power capacity is required to reduce emissions at the national scale. While Türkiye has achieved an increase above the global average in terms of enhancing resource diversity and share of renewable energy, especially solar and wind installed power capacity, which the country has a high potential, should be further increased to reduce the current deficit and ensure the security of energy supply. In this context, Türkiye aims to increase solar (32,900 MW), wind (18,100 MW), hydropower (35,100 MW), geothermal and biomass (5,100 MW) and electrolyser (2,000 MW) installed power capacity and reduce CO2 emissions per unit of electricity generation by 20%, in line with the targets laid down in the Türkiye National Energy Plan. It is also important to provide financial and technical support for distributed renewable energy applications for small-scale grid users, and residential units in particular, and continue renewable energy support mechanisms such as YEKA. Other actions include supporting R&D activities and developing roadmaps for advancing technologies such as wave, offshore wind and floating SPP energy. 37 Strategy Actions E-S.1.1 Increasing installed solar power capacity E-S.1.2 Increasing installed wind power capacity E-S.1.3 Increasing installed hydropower capacity E-S.1.4 Increasing both installed geothermal and biomass power capacity E-S.1.5 Boosting hydrogen use in electricity generation and increasing installed electrolyser power capacity during the plan period E-S.1.6 Developing a biomass roadmap E-S.1.7 Supporting R&D activities to mitigate carbon intensity in electricity Strategy E- generation S.1: Reducing E-S.1.8 Increasing use of Renewable Energy Source Guarantee System (YEK-G) carbon and green tariff intensity of electricity E-S.1.9 Increasing distributed renewable energy applications for small-scale grid generation users, and residential units in particular E-S.1.10 Boosting Renewable Energy Source Area (YEKA) applications and identifying potential YEKAs E-S.1.11 Designating a roadmap on wind, solar and wave power technologies E-S.1.12 Developing and supporting R&D activities on technologies to generate electricity from wave energy E-S.1.13 Reducing carbon intensity in electricity generation through increasing low-carbon energy investments E-S.1.14 Increasing installed nuclear energy capacity Strategy E-S.2: Coupling electricity sector with other sectors and supporting demand- side engagement It is essential to build a flexible structure in Türkiye that will not compromise system security in coupling high capacities and quantities of demand and supply when transitioning to a smart grid. Innovative business models need to be developed that enable the expansion of energy storage systems for grid and distributed energy, create structures that allow for demand-side energy management, and enable consumers and producers to choose flexibility structures in free market conditions. Coupling the electricity sector with other main sectors such as buildings, transport and industry will be possible through the efficient equilibration of supply and demand. It is also aimed to promote R&D studies for the use of solar power in the agriculture sector. 38 An Energy Efficiency Obligations System (EEOS) will be established, and targets will be set for distribution or supply companies in order to ensure the efficient use of energy from production to final consumption. Additionally, in order to the effective execution of EEOS, standards will be created for such market mechanisms as White Certification, and verification processes will be designated. Such processes will be monitored and evaluated in a transparent manner. Certification is important for the continuity and sustainability of alternative renewable energy sources (e.g., sustainable biogas and green hydrogen). Türkiye aims to undertake sustainable biogas and green hydrogen certification works, formulate legislation and standards for biogas, and conduct studies relating to biogas injection to natural gas networks which will be completed by 2030. With regard to the introduction of system entry incentives for the sustainable biogas and green hydrogen which will be transported in the natural gas transmission and distribution system, it is planned to first establish a legal infrastructure and secondly undertake secondary legislation and infrastructure efforts. Strategy Actions E-S.2.1 Boosting battery capacity E-S.2.2 Enhancing integration of renewable energy systems into charging Strategy E- infrastructures S.2: Coupling E-S.2.3 Raising awareness of energy efficiency in electricity consumption electricity sector with E-S.2.4 Promoting R&D studies for use of solar energy in agriculture other sectors and E-S.2.5 Delivering training aligned with green transition on distributed systems supporting and low-carbon energy technologies demand- side E-S.2.6 Developing a white certification system and market in energy efficiency engagement E-S.2.7 Certification of sustainable biogas and green hydrogen, establishing legislation and standards for biogas, conducting works for injection into natural gas networks Strategy E-S.3: Strengthening electrical infrastructure, and reducing technical loss rate in transmission and distribution by increasing efficiency Strengthening electrical infrastructure requires robust transmission and distribution infrastructures. The areas where energy efficiency can be implemented most perceptibly are electricity transmission and distribution improvements. It is aimed to reduce the technical loss rate which currently stands at 12%. In this context, it is important to enhance the safety and efficiency of network activities and increase support for distributed production and self- consumption from renewable energy sources. It is required to build a distributed electrical infrastructure where electricity is generated near its place of consumption, can meet the peak loads demanded by electric charging capacities, allows producing consumers to take part in the 39 market, enables bi-directional energy flow, and can transform and store electricity in different forms of energy. An action plan that lacks a systematic roadmap for the digital transformation of energy will fall short in practice. The integration of digital systems with energy technologies should be enhanced. In this context, it is aimed to develop a digital transformation roadmap for energy, and rehabilitate distribution grids, including transformers. It is also aimed to integrate digital systems with energy technologies through extensifying smart meters and supporting R&D activities. Another target involves strengthening transmission and distribution lines and taking supportive measures for smart grid and micro grid applications, especially for the effective system integration of renewable energy sources. It Is aimed to raise awareness to ensure that the energy sector can make further and better use of efficiency boosting projects, which requires regular training activities. Strategy Actions E-S.3.1 Reducing nationwide technical loss rate Strategy E-S.3: Strengthening E-S.3.2 Extensifying smart meters and supporting R&D activities electrical infrastructure, E-S.3.3 Raising awareness to ensure the energy sector makes more and better and reducing use of efficiency boosting projects technical loss rate in E-S.3.4 Strengthening transmission and distribution lines and taking supportive transmission measures for smart grid and micro grid applications to ensure effective system and integration of renewable energy sources distribution by increasing E-S.3.5 Rehabilitating distribution grids, including transformers efficiency E-S.3.6 Developing a roadmap for digital transformation in energy Strategy E-S.4: Promoting use of low-carbon production technologies and strengthening alternatives in electricity generation Despite currently being regarded as an innovative technology with high potential for increased use in the area of nuclear energy, small modular reactors are not a new concept in the nuclear energy industry. What makes current small modular reactors so seminal is not their size but their superior security features of their designs, their production and installation processes, and cost effectiveness compared to large reactors. Small modular reactors contain numerous technical features that increase predictability, reduce construction costs and shorten deadlines in project management, which can help in reducing GHG emissions. In general terms, while small modular reactors may offer some potential benefits as a low-carbon energy source, it is essential to thoroughly assess all of their potential environmental and security impacts before employing them as a GHG reduction strategy. It is also aimed to implement education and training programmes at various levels regarding nuclear energy and security in order to rapidly 40 develop the competent human resource, and improve the vocational and technical training capacities in nuclear energy technologies. Furthermore, legislative arrangements should be made to create an incentive mechanism regarding hybrid systems in which small modular reactors and clean energy technologies (hydrogen, power-to-fuel, power-to-x, etc.) can be used concomitantly. Supporting the applications for hydrogen production, storage, distribution and use, and dealing with hydrogen within the integrity of an energy system is essential for low-carbon energy supply. Again, in this context, it is aimed to map out storage areas for green and pink hydrogen, build an infrastructure for the transmission and distribution through existing natural gas pipelines, conduct feasibility studies for using them in existing natural gas-fired cycle plants, and ensure the distribution of hydrogen through the existing infrastructure for natural gas. In the context of the expansion and use of alternative energy sources, one of the objectives is to designate the potential supply and areas of use for resources including synthetic methane, synthesis gas, sodium borohydride, ammonia, methanol, and fuel cell. Strategy Actions E-S.4.1 Conducting technical and commercial feasibility studies and exploring potential sites for use of small modular reactors E-S.4.2 Implementing education and training programmes at different levels to rapidly develop the competent human resource relating to nuclear energy and security Strategy E-S.4: E-S.4.3 Supporting R&D projects for the production, storage, distribution and Promoting use use of hydrogen of low-carbon production E-S.4.4 Mapping out green and pink hydrogen storage areas, conducting the technologies feasibility studies required for transmission and distribution through existing and natural gas pipelines, implementing training programmes at different levels for strengthening the rapid development of competent human resources, and undertaking alternatives in legislative works to determine the appropriate ratio of the hydrogen mixture to electricity be added to distribution lines generation E-S.4.5 Identifying the potential supply and areas of use for resources such as synthetic methane, synthesis gas, sodium borohydride, ammonia, methanol, and fuel cell E-S.4.6 Creating an incentive mechanism regarding hybrid systems in which small modular reactors and clean energy technologies (hydrogen, power-to-fuel, power-to-x, etc.) can be used concomitantly 41 Strategy E-S.5: Developing a roadmap on carbon capture, utilization and storage to reduce unavoidable GHG emissions Carbon capture, utilization and storage (CCUS) is a significant mitigation strategy that captures the carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions originating from power plants and other industrial sources, utilizes them in potential areas, and stores them in underground geological formations. CCUS is regarded as a potential technology to mitigate the GHG emissions often arising from fossil- fired power plants, and particularly, coal-fired power plants which are the main sources of CO2 emissions. It is aimed to complete, by 2025, the technical feasibility process to explore emission reduction technologies such as CCUS, and their economic potential, appropriate supply chain infrastructure and processes, and to set targets. In this context, it is aimed to develop a roadmap on CCUS, prepare a carbon storage atlas, and determine the relevant potential of Türkiye. It is essential to support R&D activities on CCUS, implement pilot facilities and create incentive mechanisms, as well as supporting the sectors in which such mechanisms can be implemented. Strategy Actions E-S.5.1 Exploring emission reduction technologies such as carbon capture, utilization and storage, and their economic potential, appropriate supply Strategy E-S.5: chain infrastructure and processes for fossil-fired power plants, and setting Developing a targets roadmap on carbon capture, E-S.5.2 Preparing a carbon storage atlas for Türkiye utilization and storage to reduce E-S.5.3 Developing a roadmap on carbon capture, utilization and storage unavoidable GHG emissions E-S.5.4 Supporting R&D activities on carbon capture, utilization and storage, implementing pilot facilities, and creating incentive mechanisms 42

2.2. Industry Sector

2.2.1. Current situation Industry is one of the most important sectors in the Turkish economy, and the manufacturing industry has the largest share of added value created in the industry sector. The Turkish industry sector is comprised of a variety of subsectors that collectively account for a significant portion of the country’s GDP. Some significant subsectors of export include iron-steel, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, electrical and electronic equipment, construction materials, automotive industrial products, and apparel. According to TURKSTAT data for 2022, GDP at current prices by production method increased by 106.9% compared to the previous year, reaching 15 trillion 11 billion and 776 million TRY. The share of the manufacturing industry in overall GDP, which stood at 22.1%, is shown in Figure 9. [5] 43 C - Manufacturing 22,1 22,2 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of 13,5 motor vehicles and motorcycles 13,0 H - Transport and storage 10,0 8,8 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 6,5 5,5 F - Construction 4,9 5,1 O - Public administration and defence; 3,9 compulsory social security 4,5 L - Real estate activities 3,7 4,9 K - Financial and insurance activities 3,3 2,9 I - Accommodation and food service 3,2 activities 2,6 P - Education 2,9 3,5 N - Administrative and support service 2,5 activities 2,6 J - Information and communication 2,4 2,8 Q - Human health and social work activities 2,3 2,6 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air 2,2 conditioning supply 1,7 M - Professional, scientific and technical 2,0 activities 2,1 B - Mining and quarrying 1,4 1,3 R - Arts, entertainment and recreation 1,3 1,4 E - Water supply, sewerage, waste 0,8 management and remediation activities 0,8 S - Other service activities 0,7 0,8 0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 2022 2021 Figure 9. Shares in gross domestic product, at current prices, at A21 level, by economic activity, 2021-2022 One of Türkiye’s main goals is to improve production by sectors that mainly produce import- oriented intermediate products and final products. The status of the technical infrastructure and the period of change during which the sector has undergone are critical in achieving such goals. New technologies play a significant role in achieving the competitiveness and low carbon targets in the global market. In order for enterprises to engage in a further challenging competition in the global economy, new technologies must be adopted and companies must be able to innovate, especially in the manufacturing industry. 44 When looking at the distribution of the number of companies in the sector in 2022 by technology levels, the share of high- and medium-high-technology companies is approximately 12.17% (Figure 10). However, in terms of turnover the share of high- and medium-high- technology enterprises increases to 27.8% (Figure 11). 300.000 262.514 250.000 200.000 Number 146.540 150.000 100.000 53.387 50.000 3.314 - High Technology Medium-High Medium-Low Technology Low Technology Technology Figure 10. Level of technology in manufacturing industry by number of enterprises, 2022 [6] While the high-technology companies account for 0.7% of the total, their share of turnover almost quadruples to 2.8%. The share of turnover of medium-high-technology companies is 25%, which is 2.2 times higher than their share in the number of enterprises. While the ratio of medium-low-technology remains unchanged, low-technology companies which account for more than half of the total number of industrial companies make up only 35.2% of turnover. The cost of low-carbon development will depend on the technological profile in the industry sector. 45 ₺4.500.000 ₺4.019.301 ₺4.000.000 ₺3.828.864 ₺3.500.000 ₺3.000.000 ₺2.714.334 Turnover (Million TL) ₺2.500.000 ₺2.000.000 ₺1.500.000 ₺1.000.000 ₺500.000 ₺308.651 ₺0 High Technology Medium-High Medium-Low Low Technology Technology Technology Figure 11. Level of technology in manufacturing industry by enterprise turnover, 2022 [6] In 2021, the industry sector emissions were 141.4 Mt CO2-eq, accounting for 25% of the overall emissions in Türkiye. These emissions include energy and process emissions with 66.24 and

75.14 Mt CO2-eq, respectively. The emissions discussed in this section are direct emissions only and do not include those arising from the electricity consumption of the sector. Total industrial emissions, which stood at 60.0 Mt CO2-eq in 1990, increased to 141.4 Mt CO2-eq in 2021. [1] (Table 8, Figure 12) 46 160,00 Emissions (Million Ton CO2-eq) 140,00 120,00 100,00 80,00 60,00 40,00 20,00 0,00 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Energy Process Figure 12. Industry sector energy and process emissions [1] Table 8 presents the energy and process emission data for the industry sector. Table 8. Industry sector energy and process emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Energy 37.16 40.33 39.33 39.99 35.88 40.00 50.59 56.04 55.48 47.37 57.94 45.66 57.12 66.69 63.86 63.01 Process 22.86 24.58 24.29 24.80 24.11 25.52 26.16 27.01 27.31 25.78 26.20 25.85 26.83 28.18 30.76 34.25 Total 60.02 64.91 63.62 64.79 59.99 65.52 76.75 83.04 82.79 73.16 84.14 71.51 83.95 94.87 94.62 97.26 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Energy 70.09 71.88 47.36 46.23 52.33 52.59 61.06 52.98 54.44 59.59 60.08 60.19 59.67 54.56 60.19 66.24 Process 36.76 39.67 41.69 43.07 49.06 53.96 56.27 59.33 60.06 59.72 63.75 66.63 67.74 59.00 67.96 75.14 Total 106.85 111.55 89.04 89.30 101.39 106.55 117.32 112.31 114.50 119.31 123.83 126.82 127.41 113.57 128.15 141.37 Four main subsectors stand out when looking at the energy-related emissions of the industry sectors. Cement (non-metallic minerals), iron-steel, food, beverage, tobacco and paper production comprise a significant part of the energy-related emissions of the industry sector, maintaining the general trend although varying over years depending on order of magnitude and production amounts (Figure 13, Table 9). 47 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Iron and Steel Non-ferrous Metals Chemicals Pulp, Paper and Printing Food, Beverages and Tobacco Minerals Others Figure 13. Industry sector combustion emissions [1] Table 9 presents the data on combustion emissions of the industry sector over years. Table 9. Industry sector combustion emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Iron and Steel 6.69 6.55 7.07 6.41 6.24 5.59 6.33 6.35 6.15 5.58 6.57 6.73 6.46 6.19 5.06 5.48 Non-ferrous 1.09 1.02 1.07 0.98 1.31 1.76 1.36 1.25 1.17 1.70 1.95 1.99 2.14 1.94 2.19 2.23 Metals Chemicals 4.89 4.46 4.93 4.81 4.24 4.96 4.88 4.95 4.09 3.59 3.76 5.07 4.56 4.39 6.86 5.35 Pulp, Paper 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 and Print Food, Beverage and 2.91 2.91 2.35 2.15 1.58 1.69 2.24 2.19 2.65 2.03 2.15 3.99 3.92 2.71 2.35 2.13 Tobacco Minerals 8.26 9.40 8.20 8.16 9.51 8.79 10.35 9.50 8.40 10.76 9.25 8.85 8.91 10.15 13.22 14.88 Other 13.32 16.00 15.73 17.49 13.00 17.21 25.43 31.80 33.03 23.71 34.26 19.04 31.13 41.31 34.19 32.95 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Iron and Steel 4.52 4.64 4.22 2.04 3.66 3.99 4.38 4.64 4.99 5.29 4.19 4.33 4.27 4.62 5.63 5.82 Non-ferrous 2.49 2.40 0.24 0.99 1.15 0.76 1.17 0.76 0.99 1.20 1.41 1.14 0.81 0.77 0.69 0.87 Metals Chemicals 4.49 2.06 0.95 2.45 2.90 3.14 4.65 3.94 3.70 6.69 6.07 5.32 7.03 6.40 6.84 8.30 Pulp, Paper 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.78 0.74 0.77 0.89 0.96 1.08 0.94 0.98 1.02 1.27 1.28 and Print Food, Beverage and 2.02 1.39 1.37 0.46 0.88 3.39 3.54 3.61 3.33 4.37 4.97 4.93 5.09 5.19 5.88 6.34 Tobacco Minerals 14.90 13.50 18.59 16.51 21.36 25.34 27.94 26.37 28.26 29.95 31.63 32.58 30.22 25.45 29.62 32.72 Other 41.67 47.90 21.98 23.77 22.38 15.20 18.64 12.89 12.29 11.13 10.73 10.96 11.27 11.10 10.25 10.91 48 100% 80% 60% 40% 20% 0% 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Cement Production Lime Production Ammonia Production Nitric Acid Production Iron and Steel Production F-gasses Others Figure 14. Industry sector process emissions [1] Table 10 presents the data on process emissions of the industry sector over years. Table 10. Industry sector process emissions, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Cement Production 10.44 12.02 13.27 13.05 13.49 14.13 14.66 15.10 15.29 14.59 15.18 15.09 15.51 16.02 17.21 19.12 Lime Production 2.25 2.18 1.45 2.13 2.39 2.36 1.96 2.24 2.00 1.86 1.65 1.52 1.62 1.70 1.82 1.92 Ammonia Production 0.42 0.40 0.39 0.35 0.27 0.35 0.33 0.33 0.30 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.36 0.36 0.46 0.57 Nitric Acid Production 1.06 0.85 0.96 0.94 0.65 1.00 1.02 1.04 0.99 0.92 0.85 0.74 0.83 0.75 0.72 1.35 Iron and Steel 6.95 7.31 6.37 6.43 5.44 5.68 6.03 5.93 6.25 5.90 5.73 5.79 5.62 6.09 6.75 6.91 Production F-gases 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.12 0.23 0.42 0.63 0.91 1.15 Other 1.73 1.81 1.86 1.90 1.86 2.01 2.17 2.36 2.49 2.41 2.59 2.40 2.47 2.63 2.90 3.24 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Cement Production 20.84 22.78 24.85 27.04 29.98 31.45 31.37 33.91 34.50 34.44 37.53 39.47 39.41 32.35 40.81 44.23 Lime Production 2.08 2.28 1.92 1.61 1.71 2.03 2.61 2.49 2.51 2.43 2.66 2.68 2.79 2.56 2.81 2.75 Ammonia Production 0.12 0.00 0.15 0.00 0.12 0.86 1.04 0.64 0.82 1.19 0.79 0.52 1.05 0.56 0.54 1.49 Nitric Acid Production 1.68 1.53 1.47 1.34 1.65 1.74 1.78 1.79 1.81 1.45 1.22 1.16 1.82 2.02 2.01 2.02 Iron and Steel 7.16 7.73 8.05 8.11 8.88 9.93 10.48 10.58 10.49 10.74 11.72 11.93 11.95 10.62 10.15 11.91 Production F-gases 1.42 1.71 1.90 2.11 3.05 3.43 4.26 4.47 4.93 4.82 5.11 5.26 5.04 5.68 6.50 7.21 Other 3.45 3.64 3.34 2.86 3.66 4.52 4.73 5.45 5.01 4.65 4.73 5.61 5.68 5.22 5.15 5.52 49 Cement, and iron and steel production lead in the process emissions of the sector, accounting for approximately 74.4% of total process emissions in 2021 (Figure 14). The key legislation as well as policy and strategy papers relating to the Turkish industry sector are shown in Table 11 and Table 12. Table 11. Key legislation on industry sector Key Legislation Purpose and Scope The purpose of this Law is to increase efficiency in using energy sources and energy to ensure effective energy use , avoid waste, alleviate the burden of energy costs on the economy, and protect the environment. Law on Energy Efficiency (Law No. This law covers the practices to increase and promote energy 5627) efficiency in electricity generation, transmission, distribution and consumption phases at industrial establishments, buildings, electricity generation plants, transmission and distribution grids and transport, to raise energy awareness in the general public, and to utilize renewable energy sources. The purpose of this regulation is to lay down principles and procedures relating to the monitoring, reporting and verification of the GHG emissions that originate from the activities included in its scope. The regulation covers activity groups such as the combustion of fossil fuels, oil refining, iron and steel, ferrous and non-ferrous Regulation on metal production, primary aluminium production, mining industry, Monitoring of pulp and paper production, chemical industry, and acid production. Greenhouse Gas Since 2015, GHG emissions from more than 700 industrial plants, Emissions corresponding to approximately half of the total GHG emissions of Türkiye, have been monitored in the framework of this regulation. The MRV system in Türkiye is based on the European Union Emissions Trading System which is the largest international Emissions Trading System implemented since 2005. The purpose of this regulation is to establish a framework that applies to energy-related products placed on the market or put into service. It provides for the labelling of those products and the provision of standard product information on energy efficiency, energy consumption and consumption of other resources during use, Energy Labelling and supplementary information concerning such products, thereby Framework Regulation enabling customers to choose more efficient products in order to reduce their energy consumption. The regulation covers suppliers’, dealers’ and competent bodies’ obligations regarding energy-related products placed on the market or put into service. It includesmarket surveillance, inspection and 50 control of such products; procedure for dealing with products posing a risk at national level; procedure for protective measures; and other works and processes relating to the implementation and reclassification of labels and harmonization standards. The purpose of this regulation is to promote the use of products and services with reduced environmental impact throughout their lifecycles. It aims to build an environmental labelling system on a voluntary basis, ensuring accurate and scientific knowledge flow to consumers, and regulate the administrative and technical issues in this respect as well as the system, in accordance with sustainable Regulation on environmental objectives. Environmental Labelling The environmental labelling system established by this regulation aims to prevent ecosystem degradation and mitigate adverse impacts on environment, human beings, health, climate and wildlife in the consumption of natural resources. This includes all processes of the lifecycle, from the use of natural resources to raw material until final disposal of products and services, including production, utilization, consumption, and recycling phases. The purpose of this regulation is to lay down principles and procedures regarding the management of fluorinated GHGs and other fluorinated substances in order to control the emission of fluorinated GHGs, which are partially included in the scope of the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer to which our country is a party. With this amendment, it is undertaken Regulation on to gradually reduce the consumption of fluorinated GHGs in Türkiye Fluorinated by a total of 80% CO2-eq until 2045, starting from 2024. Greenhouse Gases This regulation covers the labelling, data collection, leakage detection, reporting, placing on the market, import, export and use, quota distribution, and recovery and disposal of fluorinated GHGs and other fluorinated substances, including those in the product and equipment, and the rules regarding the training and certification of natural and legal persons who deal with equipment containing fluorinated GHGs or whose operation is based on these gases. This regulation aims to regulate the use and termination of substances that are controlled by the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, to which our country is a Regulation on party. Substances that Deplete the Ozone The regulation covers reporting and informing the public of any and Layer all information on the production, foreign trade, use, placement on the market, recovery, recycling, reclamation and destruction of controlled substances, new substances, products or equipment that contain or function with these substances. 51 The purpose of this regulation is to establish a framework on and lay Regulation on down the requirements for environmentally-sensitive design in the Environmentally- placement on the market or putting into service of energy-related Sensitive Design of products, with a view to contributing to sustainable development by Energy-related increasing the environmental protection level and security of energy Products supply. Communiqué on The purpose of this communiqué is to regulate the registration of the Voluntary Carbon projects aimed at GHG reduction and developed to obtain carbon Market Project certification. Registration Table 12. Key policy papers relating to industry sector Policy Papers Goals and Objectives The main objective is to transition to a high value-added production structure by enhancing competitiveness and productivity in terms of green and digital transformation in all sectors of the manufacturing industry, and priority sectors in particular. The plan includes the following measures: Green transformation in the manufacturing industry will be supported, and circular and sustainable production practices will be increased. R&D activities and technology transfer for the employment, improvement and expansion of sustainable production and green transformation will be supported. Generation and use of clean energy will be promoted. The green transformation awareness Twelfth Development of SMEs will be raised and sectoral transformation profiles will be Plan 2024-2028 created. Support for the energy efficiency practices of enterprises will be increased, and high-technology investments with high energy efficiency and savings potential that contribute to facility and process optimization will be supported. Standardized national applications will be developed for carbon and water footprint calculation and verification. The development and commercialization of components, equipment and systems through domestic and national means will be supported with regard to production, storage, transport and industrial utilization processes, particularly in the hydrogen value chain, as part of green transformation. Institutional capacity and awareness of the public and private sectors will be increased in terms of the green transformation of industry. This strategy covering 2010-2023 lays down the national mitigation, National Climate adaptation, technology, finance, and capacity-building policies in the Change Strategy 2010- framework of its short- and long-term objectives, with a view to 2023 contributing to reducing GHG emissions and combating climate change within the special circumstances and capabilities of Türkiye. 52 It focuses on such objectives as replacing the resources used in the industry with those suitable for clean production and utilizing alternative materials; encouraging heat recovery and industrial cogeneration systems; promoting R&D activities and technology transfer; commissioning encouraging mechanisms to make people choose clean production technologies, climate-friendly and innovative technologies; effectively implementing inspection and enforcement mechanisms. Türkiye’s main mitigation policies for the industry sector for 2030, as declared in the NDC include: to increase using biofuels, refuse- derived fuel (RDF), alternative fuel, and raw materials in industrial facilities; to reduce the carbon footprint of industrial products and increase using renewable energy and resource and energy efficiency in the industry sector; to prepare National Cooling Action Plan covering sustainable and natural cooling technologies, as well as NDC 2023 innovative financing solutions and higher energy efficiency cooling gases (being prepared); to conduct Green Growth Technology Roadmap studies for the iron-steel, aluminium, cement, chemicals, plastics and fertiliser sectors, which are critically important for the Turkish economy and have high carbon emissions; to support “Green Transition in the Industry” by prioritizing certification of industrial facilities that use “Best Available Techniques” as an indicator for clean and green industrial production. Under the National Energy Efficiency Action Plan implemented in the period of 2017-2023, it was aimed to reduce the primary energy consumption of Türkiye by 14% by 2023 through 55 actions defined in 6 categories,, buildings and services, energy, transport, industry and technology, agriculture, and cross-cutting areas. It was also projected to achieve savings of 23.9 Mtoe cumulatively by 2023, for National Energy which 10.9 billion USD of investment would be made. According to Efficiency Action Plan the progress report prepared for 2017-2020, works were conducted 2017-2023 through national and international collaborations in such areas as process efficiency, energy management, industrial symbiosis, and the creation of green OIZs. As part of the Efficiency Increasing Project Support Scheme, between 2011 and 2023, 122 million TRY of support was provided to 517 projects, achieving financial savings of 803 million TRY and energy savings of 117,000 TOE. Prepared with the vision of “National Technology, Strong Industry” and targeting the year 2023, this strategy is divided into five main components and 23 sub-policies: (1) High Technology and Industry and Innovation, (2) Digital Transformation and Industry Movement, (3) Technology Strategy Entrepreneurship, (4) Human Capital and (5) Infrastructure. The 2023 Strategy aims to increase the number of software engineers across Türkiye from 140,000 to 500,000 and make Türkiye a world leader by releasing at least 23 smart products or services based on disruptive technologies on a global scale by 2023. The paper also 53 localizes the concept of “unicorn” ventures, which start at venture level and reach valuation of 1 billion USD or more. In this context, it is estimated that by 2023, the number of Turcorn-Turkish technology ventures exceeding 1 billion USD in value will reach at least 10, and the investment capacity of technology-based firms will exceed 5 billion TRY. The Action Plan, prepared with a view to aligning Türkiye with EU Green Deal and Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) and achieving green transformation in certain sectors, aims to support circular and greener economy and includes a total of 32 goals Green Deal Action and 81 actions under 9 main headings. Plan (2021) The main headings under the Action Plan to achieve these goals are carbon border adjustments; green and circular economy; green finance; clean, affordable and secure energy supply; sustainable agriculture; sustainable smart mobility; combating climate change; diplomacy, and awareness-raising regarding European Green Deal. This paper focuses on these five main areas relating to the country’s vulnerability to climate change: water resources management; agriculture and food security; ecosystem services, biodiversity and forestry; natural disaster risk management; and public health. While the industry sector is not included in these five priority areas in terms of vulnerability, it is regarded as a stakeholder for numerous efficiency-driven activities in the actions which were designated National Climate based on vulnerable sectors and themes. Adaptation Strategy The climate risks involved in the industry sector were assessed as and Action Plan 2011- part of the Joint Programme on Enhancing the Capacity of Türkiye 2023 to Adapt to Climate Change, and the Eco-Efficiency (Cleaner Production) Programme was implemented as the industry-related component of the Joint Programme. Seyhan River Basin Eco- Efficiency and Cleaner Production Pilot Studies were conducted under the responsibility of the Eco-Efficiency (Cleaner Production) Programme of the United Nations Industrial Development Organization, and capacity-building works were undertaken in the areas of clean production and eco-efficiency in industry. This paper aims to mitigate the impacts of climate change on water supply in all sectors, and particularly urban, agricultural, industrial water utilization. Water Efficiency The plan includes the following strategies: strengthening the legal, Strategy and Action administrative and technical infrastructure to increase water Plan in the Framework efficiency in the industry sector; raising awareness in the context of of Adaptation to the water efficiency practices in industry, disseminating good practices Changing Climate and ensuring cooperation between public institutions, universities, 2023-2033 NGOs relating to the industry and private sectors; developing the institutional connection and cooperation structure between the institutional structure of basin water management and organized 54 industrial zone managements, chambers of industry, and industrial NGOs for the control of efficient use of water; establishing regulations on water pricing that will encourage efficiency in industrial water use; calculating the size of the blue and grey water footprint in agriculture and industry, and establishing reduction measures as well as incentives and support mechanisms. The Council decided for the following actions: within the framework of the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, determining the long-term shares of the manufacturing industry and its sub-sectors, and preparing projections; developing low-carbon roadmaps for manufacturing sectors; increasing renewable energy utilization and energy efficiency in industry; conducting studies to determine and developing support mechanisms for the mandatory use rates of reuse Climate Council 2022 of waste, use of waste as by-products and alternative raw materials, and products obtained through recycling/recovery; establishing the infrastructure for the implementation of the Green Organized Industrial Zone (OIZ) and Green Industrial Zone certification system; scaling up other alternative emission reduction methods such as green hydrogen and its derivatives and carbon capture, use and storage in all sectors, especially in carbon-intensive sectors, and developing support mechanisms.

2.2.2. Strategies and actions Eight strategies focusing on mitigation were designated for the industry sector which has one of the largest shares in the GHG emissions of Türkiye. These strategies cover ensuring energy efficiency, increasing the use of renewable energy, reducing carbon footprint and carbon intensity, promoting corporate sustainability reporting, promoting circular economy and resource efficiency, developing new technologies through R&D and innovation with national resources, providing sources of finance, and capacity building. Strategy S-S.1: Optimizing energy efficiency potential for manufacturing industry The industry sector accounts for a significant share in energy consumption and, by extension, GHG emissions. For this reason, energy efficiency is an important area of application for the manufacturing industry in climate response. Industry is the second sector with the largest share of emissions globally, after the electricity generation sector. Global response to climate change, increased energy prices and limited resources require the prevalent execution of energy efficiency schemes to mitigate energy consumption in energy-intensive manufacturing sectors. Energy efficiency can be addressed under two main complementary headings which are reducing the final demand for energy through less energy use, and making further efficient use of energy by optimizing generation. Reducing the final demand for energy features technical solutions and awareness-raising activities for employees. Energy efficiency investments can be enhanced in terms of financial support, through designating subsidies to reduce investment costs and efforts to be undertaken based on return 55 on investment and total ownership costs. In this context, surveys and benchmarking studies will be conducted for energy efficiency in the emission- and energy-intensive manufacturing industry sectors. Additionally, numerous factors other than the operating practices that affect energy efficiency independent of the operator must be considered on a sub-sector basis, by also considering normalization. The objectives addressed under this strategy include performance assessment based on the amounts presented in the project and the actual values, and in the case of the manufacturing industry, domestic production of heat pumps and exploring their potential use, as a result of the surveys and benchmarking studies for energy efficiency in the emission- and energy-intensive manufacturing industry sectors. Strategy Actions S-S.1.1 Preparing mandatory energy efficiency survey reports and conducting benchmarking studies under the energy efficiency legislation and updating savings potential S-S.1.2 Increasing the amount of support by removing through a legislative Strategy S- amendment the limit for efficiency increasing project fees, setting performance S.1: criteria by considering climate change, and supporting projects with relatively Optimizing high potential for savings energy efficiency S-S.1.3 Promoting verified energy efficiency performance enhancements potential for through carbon pricing instruments manufacturi ng industry S-S.1.4 Providing support for the expansion of heat pumps in the manufacturing industry sectors, conducting awareness-raising studies and preparing guiding documents. S-S.1.5 Promoting the establishment of digitalization systems for energy efficiency measurement, monitoring and reporting activities in SMEs Strategy S-S.2: Increasing use of renewable energy in manufacturing industry A great majority of the emissions caused by the manufacturing industry sector arise from energy utilization. Different options for transitioning from renewable energy sources to alternative methods of electricity generation are being considered in the sector in order to reduce the use of fossil energy. The development and implementation of renewable energy options as an alternative to fossil fuels are critical in terms of achieving increasing innovation, growth and competitiveness in global clean electricity generation. Although it requires significant amounts of investment, transitioning to renewable energy in the manufacturing industry production will achieve longer term energy security and a structure that is resilient to climate risks. Diversification of energy sources is important in terms of financial sustainability against the fluctuations in fossil fuel prices and can reduce the rate of exposure to supply disruptions. 56 The number of commercial entities that request suppliers to declare their goals and strategies on renewable energy use increases day by day. Increasing the use of renewable energy will significantly contribute to reducing supply chain emissions, as well. For this reason, a diversified energy portfolio will be among the key determinants of sustainable development for producers in the future. Additionally, the use of existing renewable energy sources such as solar and wind resources will advance the potential to utilize new technologies such as green hydrogen in the near future. This strategy aims for the reduction of GHG emissions through incentives for generation and utilization of renewable energy for the industry sector establishments, procurement of the heat required by industrial processes from renewable energy sources, and activities to increase the use of electricity generated from certified renewable energy by industrial plants. Strategy Actions S-S.2.1 Increasing the use of renewable energy in terms of self- Strategy S-S.2: consumption in the industry sector Increasing use of renewable energy in S-S.2.2 Considering the options for alternative raw materials and manufacturing additional fuel for non-recoverable waste, and engaging in legislative industry improvement and promotion activities to increase the use of waste as resources Strategy S-S.3: Reducing carbon footprints and CO2-eq intensity per GDP in manufacturing industry Product demand, including for manufacturing industry products, is linked to the production and consumption of goods and services which enable sustainable development and reduced carbon footprint. Climate response requires transitioning to carbon neutral operations within producing entities as well as transitioning to carbon neutral value chains. Conducting product carbon footprint studies to calculate the total GHG emissions produced by a product is a significant step towards reducing the carbon footprint of the manufacturing industry. It will be a significant starting point for the efforts to be undertaken by 2030 to develop a roadmap which covers all industry sub-sectors and particularly energy- and carbon-intensive sectors and includes an implementation schedule. The prominent areas of action under this strategy include reducing the clinker ratio in the cement used in public construction and infrastructure investments, conducting infrastructure works to introduce a low-carbon intensity criterion for iron and steel, designating newly developed techniques and innovative applications as financial support criteria, analysing and planning necessary activities to monitor the performance of SMEs which are critical in reducing 57 GHG emissions, based on achieving green transformation throughout the supply chain and the principle to leave no one behind, in order to reduce carbon footprint on a product basis. Strategy Actions S-S.3.1 Developing a roadmap on reducing carbon footprint in sub-sectors Strategy S-S.3.2 Conducting works to reduce the clinker ratio in the cement to be used in S-S.3: public construction and infrastructure investments, with a view to reducing carbon Reducin footprint on a product basis g carbon footprint S-S.3.3 Creating mechanisms to provide technical and financial support in the s and commercialization phase of new technological solutions for carbon footprint CO2-eq reduction in industry sectors intensity per GDP S-S.3.4 Reviewing the policies on the provision of the scrap metal supply required in for low carbon emission steel production manufac turing S-S.3.5 Identifying the SMEs which are critical in GHG emission reduction and industry creating a monitoring system for their climate performance, in order to contribute to green transformation Strategy S-S.4: Promoting sustainability reporting The introduction and transformation of new frameworks and standards for sustainability reporting have recently gathered momentum, and voluntary reporting will soon be changed to become a part of mandatory legislation. In this context, the establishments that prepare for such new regulations early and adopt the legislative changes will yield extensive benefits, starting with competitive edge and reputation management. Currently, the global environment for sustainability reporting is mainly on a voluntary basis, comprising an increasing number of voluntary reporting frameworks and standards, in addition to certification and sustainability rating institutions. However, many changes have occurred with the transition to mandatory reporting in recent years. There is still an evolving relationship between climate transitioning criteria and European Union’s taxonomy works. In the current situation, the EU pressing forward in terms of climate change, sustainability, and sustainability reporting requirements. While the EU leads the integration of broader sustainability material issues into a mandatory reporting regime, the United Kingdom is currently more focused on integrating climate-related issues into the annual Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures reporting. The mandatory EU Directive 537/2014 on Corporate Sustainability Reporting published at the end of 2022 requires enterprises to engage in gradual reporting on sustainability, depending on their size, starting in 2024. Having closely monitored these developments, Türkiye has been building an institutional and technical infrastructure in this regard. With the amendment to the Turkish Commercial Code 58 No. 6102 which was published in the Official Gazette of 2022 and issue 31856, the Public Oversight, Accounting and Auditing Standards Authority was authorized to designate and publish the Sustainability Reporting Standards for Türkiye. The Authority has published drafts in line with the Sustainability Reporting Standards published by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), and continues efforts to publish the Sustainability Reporting Standards for Türkiye which is aligned with international standards. In light of all these advancements, building a platform to which the public and private sectors are members to promote sustainability reporting will be useful in ensuring alignment with global developments. The sustainability working group, participated by the relevant institutions, has conducted a scope determination for the enterprises to engage in mandatory reporting, by seeking the benefit-cost relationship. This strategy also aims to conduct an assessment to increase the international reliability of sustainability reporting and building a third-party assurance or verification system and implement this system, and to prepare and implement a gradual transition schedule for Türkiye in the framework of a detailed transition schedule, ranging from sustainability reporting which has become mandatory in the EU to SMEs. Strategy Actions S-S.4.1 Promoting Corporate Sustainability Reporting and building a platform with the public and private sectors as members S-S.4.2 Publishing Sustainability Reporting Standards for Türkiye aligned with Strategy S-S.4: international standards and building a third-party assurance and verification Promoting system for sustainability reporting sustainability reporting S-S.4.3 Preparing a gradual transition schedule aligned with the European Union on a scale basis with regard to mandatory sustainability reporting S-S.4.4 Reviewing the CMB’s Sustainability Principles Coherence Framework in the context of international standards and developments Strategy S-S.5: Building capacity for manufacturing industry stakeholders It is important for the success of the Action Plan to review the institutional capacity-building needs and plan the next steps to achieve the targets. As in with many sectors, change of behaviour in climate response is also key for the decarbonization of the industry sector. How industrial enterprises, and particularly small and medium enterprises (SMEs) manage their mitigation and adaptation activities in the light of current developments is directly relating to their institutional capacity. 59 For SMEs to become more open to share and reuse their mitigation and adaptation activities regarding climate change will be decisive in their sustainability management and decarbonization process in a further knowledge-intensive environment. The activities covered by this strategy include determining priority stakeholder groups, holding consultation meetings, reviewing good practices and building knowledge and experience sharing platforms with a view to strengthening the know-how capacity for mitigating and adapting to climate change impacts. Furthermore, all of these activities will include the assessment of the results of just transition and transformation in employment in terms of women’s employment, and projection of measures to increase women’s employment. Strategy Action Strategy S-S.5: S-S.5.1 Strengthening the know-how of industrial enterprises, particularly Building SMEs, on climate change impact mitigation and adaptation capacity for manufacturing industry S-S.5.2 Building capacity and developing a roadmap for just transition and stakeholders transformation of employment Strategy S-S.6: Promoting circular economy and resource efficiency across manufacturing industry In addition to its environmental, economic and social benefits, transition to a further resource efficient and circular economy is also important in terms of climate response. The objectives covered by this strategy include awareness-raising activities for the context of climate change in the national strategies developed and planned on sustainable material management, resource efficiency and circular economy, and supporting pilot applications and investments. Transitioning to circular economy can be an opportunity for the sectors that are more resilient to the pressures on ecosystem services, in addition to its economic benefits at the macroeconomic level, such as resource efficiency, competitiveness, new job opportunities and innovation. The areas of implementation of this strategy in the context of circular economy practices include holding informative, training and other activities covering resource efficiency, reuse, recovery and alternative raw materials for industry sector representatives, encouraging pilot applications and investments, and developing policies to promote circular economy. Additionally, it is aimed to identify the critical raw materials for green transformation, and develop policies to achieve security of supply. 60 Strategy Actions S-S.6.1 Conducting awareness-raising activities on circular economy and resource efficiency for sub-sectors Strategy S- S.6: S-S.6.2 Conducting the Green Transformation Support Scheme which aims to Promoting support the investments covering circular economy and resource efficiency circular practices, with a view to achieve the green transformation of the manufacturing economy industry and resource S-S.6.3 Drafting legislation on a product initiative and digital product passport efficiency system aligned with the European Union, with a view to implementing and across promoting the circular economy model manufactur ing S-S.6.4 Developing policies to promote circular economy models industry S-S.6.5 Identifying the raw materials critical for green transformation and developing policies to achieve security of supply Strategy S-S.7: Developing new technology options through R&D and innovation with national resources Technological development plays a critical role in climate response. The ability to steer change and manage the transition to climate-friendly technologies is extremely important in the decarbonization process at the national and sectoral scale. Achieving the net zero targets will be impossible without R&D and innovation. On the path to the net zero target in the industry sector, the primary areas of development are regarded as technological innovations relating to electricity generation from renewable sources and storage capacities; electrification of suitable processes; CO2 capture, utilization and storage; and use of hydrogen and hydrogen-based fuels. Through capacity-building activities and pilot applications, it is aimed to support R&D and innovation activities aimed at GHG reduction. The areas of action also covered by this strategy also include conducting studies and implementing pilot applications for the use of hydrogen technologies in industry, and supporting projects on carbon capture, utilization and storage. Strategy Actions Strategy S-S.7.1 Supporting R&D and innovation activities aimed at GHG reduction S-S.7: Developin S-S.7.2 Developing patented pilot applications and technological solutions 61 g new S-S.7.3 Conducting studies and implementing pilot applications for the use of technology hydrogen technologies in industry, creating incentive mechanisms for use in the options industry sector through R&D and S-S.7.4 Supporting projects on carbon capture, utilization and storage (CCUS) innovation with S-S.7.5 Developing R&D and application projects on the electrification of low and national medium heat treatments in industrial sectors resources Strategy S-S.8: Developing sustainable investment instruments and creating suitable sources of finance for investors The need for climate finance continues despite the rapid increase in private sector investment in recent years. Reducing emissions and promoting adaptation to existing impacts require financial resources and sound investments. Furthermore, the benefits yielded from these investments are significantly more valuable than any initial cost. It is aimed to increase public investment for infrastructure, R&D and renewable energy technologies that will support and encourage the flow of climate finance into the private sector; review and improve the data gaps and reporting standards for sustainable finance, and make efficient use of sustainable sources of finance. It is also aimed to harmonize the taxonomy and reporting framework, and plan for studies to provide technical and financial support for the decarbonization of the production and supply chain of SMEs. Strategy Actions S-S.8.1 Making efficient use of sustainable sources of finance and harmonizing Strategy S- the necessary taxonomy and reporting framework in the transformation process S.8: of the industry sector Developing sustainable S-S.8.2 Providing technical and financial support for the efforts to decarbonize investment the production and supply chain of SMEs instruments and creating S-S.8.3 Developing incentive and support mechanisms to replace existing suitable electric engines with efficient engines, particularly in SMEs sources of S-S.8.4 Supporting through regulations the export of green/sustainable labelled finance for debt instruments in order to support green transformation, energy efficiency and investors technology development projects

2.3. Buildings Sector

2.3.1. Current situation Türkiye's growing population and increasing urbanization rate, combined with rising prosperity, are among the driving forces underlying the increase in the number and floor area of buildings 62 in Türkiye. According to an estimation based on the Turkish Statistical Institute's (TURKSTAT) statistics on building and construction permits and utilization permits and the depreciation rate of Türkiye's building stock, there are approximately 9.5 million buildings (residential and non- residential) with a total floor area of 3.6 billion m2 in Türkiye. According to the energy balance table of the Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources (MoENR), about 38.3 Mtoe of energy (directly used primary energy sources and electrical energy) was used in buildings (residential, commercial, and services) in 2021. Between 1990 and 2021, energy use increased by 82%, and emissions from buildings increased by 136%, while the emission intensity of buildings decreased by 33% (Figure 15). 250 200 150 100 50 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Building Emissions Population Fuel consumption in buildings Emission Intensity Figure 15. Change in key indicators relating to buildings [1] [2] [7] Buildings are divided into two main groups based on energy use: “residential” and non- residential “commercial and services”. In 2021, 53% of the total energy used in residential buildings is determined to come from natural gas, 20% from electricity, 14% from coal, 11% from renewables and 2% from petroleum products (Figure 16a). In terms of energy use in the non-residential sector, electricity accounts for the largest share (53%). This is followed by natural gas (32%), coal (7%), renewable energy sources (4%) and petroleum products (4%) (Figure 16b) [2]. As the energy statistics for commercial and services before 2015 are not included in the energy balance tables, it is not possible to analyse the change compared to the resource distribution in 1990. However, reviewing the data in 2021, the fact that more than half of the energy used is electricity indicates that the reduction potential could be high. 63 Coal Electricit 7% Petrol Coal y 14% 4% 20% Petrol 2% Renewab le Natural 11% Electricit y Gas 53% 32% Natural Gas 53% Renewabl e 4% Figure 16. Distribution by residential (a) and non-residential (b) energy sources in 2021 [2] Table 13 presents the distribution of GHG emissions. Observing the change in emissions between 1990 and 2021, it can be seen that residential, commercial, and services sectors were considered together in the emissions until 2015 and were reported separately after 2015. Accordingly, emissions, which were 27.3 Mt CO2-eq in 1990, increased by 93% by 2014 to reach

52.7 Mt. On the other hand, emissions from the residential sector increased from 32 Mt to 50 Mt between 2015 and 2021. The increase in emissions in this short term is about 56%. Table 13. Greenhouse gas emissions from residential buildings, Mt [1] Years 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 CO2-eq 27.2 28.4 30.6 29.8 25.7 29.5 30.0 32.5 28.8 26.6 28.2 22.3 23.7 26.8 29.5 32.5 Years 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 CO2-eq 31.3 33.4 49.3 56.2 53.3 57.7 58.2 53.8 52.7 32.2 33.4 42.6 38.8 43.7 50.3 50.3 Table 14 presents information on GHG emissions from commercial buildings and services. According to the GHG Emission Inventory Report of Türkiye, GHG emissions in the commercial and services sector declined. Emissions, which were 23.4 Mt in 2015, decreased by 40.5% to 13,949 Mt in 2021. Table 14. Greenhouse gas emissions from commercial and services (in thousands of metric tonnes) [1] Year CO2-eq 2015 23,353 2016 22,139 2017 20,647 2018 13,539 2019 14,678 2020 13,637 64 2021 13,949 The key legislation, policy and strategy documents relating to the buildings sector in Türkiye are listed in Table 15 and Table 16. Table 15. Key legislation on buildings Key Legislation Purpose and Scope The purpose of this Law is to increase efficiency in using energy Law on Energy sources and energy in order to use energy effectively, avoid waste, Efficiency (Law alleviate the burden of energy costs on the economy, and protect the No. 5627) environment. Regulation on It establishes principles and procedures for the effective and efficient Energy use of energy and energy sources in buildings, the prevention of energy Performance of waste and the protection of the environment. Buildings The objective is to establish evaluation and certification systems to reduce the negative impact of buildings and settlements on the Regulation on environment through the efficient use of natural resources and energy, Green Certificate to lay down principles and procedures for the qualification of green for Buildings and certificate experts, green certificate evaluators and educational Settlements institutions, and to establish evaluation criteria for green buildings and green settlements. The objective is to establish the requirements to be met by creating a Regulation on Eco- framework for eco-design requirements for energy-related products design of Energy- when they are placed on the market or put into service, in order to Related Products contribute to sustainable development by improving energy efficiency, (EuP) level of environmental protection and security of energy supply. Law on Land Development The purpose is to ensure that settlements and structures in these Planning and locations are developed in accordance with planning, scientific, Control (Law No. health and environmental conditions. 3194) The objective is to lay down principles and procedures for the Regulation on preparation and implementation of spatial plans, which are used to Making Spatial make decisions on land use and construction, and which are prepared Plans to support sustainable development at the spatial level and to create a healthy and safe environment providing a high standard of living. The purpose of the regulation is to lay down principles and procedures Planned Areas for design and construction in accordance with scientific, health and Zoning Regulation sustainable environmental requirements, as well as for project design and inspection. 65 Presidential Circular No. The energy efficiency target for public buildings, which are required 2023/15 on Energy to appoint energy managers, has been updated to increase from 15% to Saving in Public 30% by 2030. Buildings Table 16. Key policy papers relating to buildings sector Policy Papers Goals and Objectives The plan outlines the following measures: To accelerate the energy transformation of buildings, energy-efficient buildings supported by renewable energy will be promoted and relevant regulations will be prepared. In the field of energy efficiency, particularly in buildings, alternative methods such as Energy Performance Contracts, the Energy Service Twelfth Company model and the use of the Treasury Guarantee Scheme will be Development scaled up. Studies on heat market legislation will be completed, the use Plan 2024-2028 of district heating/cooling systems and heat pumps will be increased where technically and economically appropriate, and studies will be conducted to increase the use of geothermal resources for heating. The potential for increasing the use of renewable energy sources in the residential sector will be identified and a roadmap for the steps to be taken, including cost-benefit analysis, will be developed and implemented. The Nationally Determined Contribution includes the measures: renovation of existing buildings, construction of more energy efficient buildings, use of district heating solutions in densely populated areas, use of new techniques and technologies, and use of best available technologies throughout the design, construction and life cycle of buildings to increase resource and energy efficiency and reduce environmental impact and carbon emissions. Designing integrated buildings using techniques, developing and promoting Building NDC 2023 Information Modelling (BIM) and modular construction technologies, introducing incentives for the use of grey water and rainwater, introducing zero waste systems, promoting self-consumption of renewable energy; implementing building performance codes and standards for residential and non-residential buildings, including renewable portfolio targets, energy efficiency labelling, strengthening existing buildings, implementing smart grids and regional energy systems, and increasing the use of energy efficient white goods and electrical appliances. 66 In the Action Plan, the aim is to encourage the creation of a database containing energy consumption data for buildings, the renovation of existing buildings and the improvement of their energy efficiency, the promotion of the use of central and regional heating/cooling systems, National Energy the increase in the ownership rate of Energy Performance Certificates Efficiency Action for existing buildings, the promotion of the certification of sustainable Plan 2017-2023 green buildings and settlements, the promotion of energy efficiency in new buildings, the improvement of the energy performance of existing public buildings and the expansion of the use of renewable energies and combined heat and power systems in buildings. The Strategy sets maximum energy demand and emission limits for buildings, imposes administrative sanctions on those whose CO2 emissions exceed the minimum levels set by the relevant legislation Energy Efficiency from 2017, restricts the sale of products that use energy inefficiently and Strategy 2012- activates market control of annual energy consumption in buildings and 2023 facilities of public institutions. Strategies include reducing 20% reduction by 2023 and implementing efficiency-enhancing practices in public sector buildings and facilities through Energy Performance Contracts. The Strategy stipulates that the initial investment costs of renewable energy systems in new buildings will be recouped within 10 years for buildings with a floor area of up to 20,000 m2 and within 15 years for National Climate buildings with a floor area of 20,000 m2 or more, taking into account Change Strategy energy economics. This includes the construction of these systems and 2010-2020 the support of the systems with solar power collectors in the central heating and sanitary hot water systems in newly constructed hotels, hospitals, dormitories and similar non-residential buildings with a useful area of more than 1,000 m2, as well as sports facilities. In the Action Plan, at least 1 million residential, commercial and public buildings with a total floor area of more than 10,000 m2 will be insulated Climate Change and equipped with energy-efficient systems to meet standards by 2023, Action Plan 2011- and at least 20% of the annual energy demand of new buildings will be 2023 met by renewable energy sources by 2017. By 2023, GHG emissions in new settlements will be reduced by at least 10% compared to existing settlements. The Council's decisions include the use of carbon pricing based incentive/support mechanisms for existing buildings, credit/tax support mechanisms for new buildings, and the creation of the necessary financial infrastructure to increase energy efficiency and renewable Climate Council energy use in buildings, with the aim of limiting the energy demand of 2022 buildings and meeting this limited demand with renewable energy. Improving the legislative infrastructure for green certification and Nearly Zero Energy Building (nZEB) for green building/settlement, developing and promoting the use of integrated building design and Building Information Modelling (BIM) and modular construction 67 technologies, creating legislation on water efficiency in buildings, building decisions including the creation of a database, infrastructure development, awareness and education to increase the share of use of environment-friendly building materials, energy saving and environment-friendly products in building construction.

2.3.2. Strategies and actions In the buildings sector, there are six strategies to improve the energy efficiency of existing and new buildings, improve the energy efficiency of electrical appliances, equipment and devices used in buildings, increase the use of district heating and cooling systems, increase the use of environment-friendly design and construction materials, and ensure the digital transformation of the building ecosystem and actions to support the implementation of these strategies are identified. Strategy B-S.1: Improving energy efficiency of existing buildings The objective is to complete the preparation of a comprehensive set of indicators by 2025 through researching the existing data in institutions on buildings. There are many reasons for the objective of improving energy efficiency of existing buildings (residential and non- residential) and developing sanctions for obtaining an Energy Performance Certificate (EPC). These include the Law No. 5627 on Energy Efficiency, Regulation on Energy Performance of Buildings, Climate Change Action Plan, National Climate Change Strategy, National Climate Change Action Plan, National Energy Efficiency Action Plan and the decisions of the Climate Council. First of all, the completion of the EPC procurement for existing buildings is a necessary policy to calculate the building energy inventory in a transparent and accurate way. Considering that about one third of final energy consumption takes place in buildings, the EPC will fill the most important gap in the building inventory and monitor energy efficiency and renewable energy use practices on site in a bottom-up manner. Increasing the EPC class to reduce total final energy consumption will ensure that the overall dysfunction can be brought under control to meet the energy needs of buildings. It is envisaged that the EPC certification of existing buildings, as required by the Law No. 5627 on Energy Efficiency, will be completed by 2030. Presidential Circular No. 2023/15 of 04/10/2023 updated the energy efficiency target for public buildings that are required to appoint energy managers, increasing it from 15% to 30% by 2030. It is estimated that public buildings (including education and hospitals) account for 1.5% of the total building stock. Energy efficiency improvements in public buildings will be closely monitored to set an example for improvements in existing buildings. The aim is to effectively implement incentive and support mechanisms for energy efficiency improvements in existing buildings. With the amendment to the Law on Energy Efficiency, the building sector has been included in the support for efficiency improvement projects. Low- interest loans for thermal insulation of residential buildings have been implemented and it is 68 important to continue activities to increase the level of promotion and awareness. In order to increase the level of awareness of energy efficiency in buildings, awareness-raising activities on buildings will be continued in the framework of the Strategic Communication Plan on Energy Efficiency. The objective is to develop and disseminate Energy Performance Contracts (EPCs) for existing buildings, a financing mechanism based on the repayment of the initial investment costs of energy efficiency or renewable energy projects by means of the savings achieved in the following years. Strategy Actions B-S.1.1 Preparing a set of indicators by cross-checking the existing databases of the institutions in relation to buildings B-S.1.2 Including building indicator sets in the official statistics programme B-S.1.3 Establishing penalties to improve the energy efficiency of existing Strategy buildings and obtain an Energy Performance Certificate (EPC). B-S.1: Improving B-S.1.4 Monitoring the progress made in improving the energy efficiency of public energy buildings obliged to appoint Energy Managers efficiency of existing B-S.1.5 Providing incentives and support mechanisms for energy efficiency buildings improvements in existing buildings and their sustainable operation. B-S.1.6 Conducting awareness-raising activities in order to increase the level of awareness of energy efficiency in buildings. B-S.1.7 Increasing the use of Energy Performance Certificate (EPCs) for existing public buildings Strategy B-S.2: Improving energy efficiency of new buildings The objective is to develop the standards and certification system for the missing workforce in the scope of professional competence in order to establish standards for the activities and qualifications of the workforce required for the dissemination of renewable energy and energy efficiency systems in buildings. In addition, architects, engineers and technicians need to be trained in the processes of building construction and use for the Nearly Zero Energy Building (nZEB) approach, with the aim of creating the workforce and capacity building required for the broad use of on-site and renewable energy sources and energy efficiency systems in buildings. The amendment to the Regulation on Energy Performance of Buildings in 2022 adopted the nZEB approach and set targets for holistic energy management in buildings. Buildings with high energy performance and that use a certain amount of renewable energy are defined as nZEB in the Regulation on Energy Performance of Buildings. From 2023 to 2025, 5% of renewable energy should be used in buildings with a total floor area of 5,000 m2, and after 2025, 10% of renewable energy should be used in buildings with a total floor area of 2,000 m 2. In addition, the increased use of renewable energy will reduce GHG emissions, CO2 in particular. 69 Furthermore, by reducing the use of fossil fuels, it will be possible for buildings to become energy self-sufficient rather than energy consumers, and contribute to the energy supply by becoming direct producers. In addition to primary energy sources such as solar, wind and geothermal as renewable energy, heat pumps, which provide heat transfer and transfer natural energy to the required areas or points, and combined heat and power technologies, which allow the use of waste or waste heat, are also being evaluated in this context. The aim is to develop legislation so that all new buildings are constructed in accordance with the nZEB concept. This will complement the Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) classification, which shows that buildings using the nZEB approach consume less energy. It will be possible for households, businesses and the service sector to benefit from lower operating costs and contribute more to emission reduction. The main assumption of such a policy is that the nZEB approach can be applied to all new buildings after 2026 without imposing m2 restrictions. The objective is to improve the energy limits in TS 825 standard and to update it to take into account national/international energy efficiency approaches. The relevant standard needs to be updated to take into account the cooling requirement as well as the net heating energy, and the energy limits need to be improved to align them with the EU level. Strategy Actions B-S.2.1 Preparing and updating national vocational standards and national qualifications for the workforce lacking in vocational qualifications, and implementation and dissemination of examination and certification activities Strategy B- according to the prepared national qualifications. S.2: Improving energy B-S.2.2 Developing legal regulations for all new buildings aligned with the efficiency of concept of Nearly Zero Energy Buildings (nZEB). new buildings B-S.2.3 Improving energy limits in TS 825 standard and updating them to take account of national/international energy efficiency approaches. Strategy B-S.3: Improving energy efficiency in using electrical appliances, equipment and devices in buildings sector It is intended to promote the use of the most efficient technologies in terms of energy consumption for lighting, electrical appliances, white goods and similar products used in residential and non-residential buildings. It also aims to determine and improve the energy efficiency of household electrical appliances and equipment by harmonising the regulations on energy efficiency and eco-design of white goods, to be implemented simultaneously with the EU. These studies will be conducted in the framework of the Law No. 5627 on Energy Efficiency, Energy Efficiency Strategy 2012-2023, Regulation on Eco-Design of Energy- Related Products, National Energy Efficiency Action Plan and Framework Regulation on Energy Labelling. 70 Strategy Actions B-S.3.1 Raising the awareness of end users on the use of devices, Strategy B-S.3: equipment and appliances with high energy efficiency levels Improving energy efficiency in using electrical appliances, B-S.3.2 Harmonizing regulations on energy efficiency and eco-design equipment and devices of white goods to be implemented simultaneously with the EU in buildings sector Strategy B-S.4: Promoting use of district heating and cooling systems As a prerequisite for this strategy, the implementation of studies to raise awareness and promote the diffusion of regional heating and cooling systems in mass settlements and indoor areas will improve energy efficiency by exploiting economies of scale. The use of renewable energy sources and technologies in regional energy use will both spread the nZEB approach and ensure the economic use of energy (reduction of energy intensity). A mapping study is needed to match the potential of heat pumps, waste heat sources and renewable energy sources with the energy needs of buildings in order to implement district heating and cooling systems more efficiently. Strategy Actions B-S.4.1 Conducting studies to raise awareness and promote the Strategy B-S.4: increased use of regional heating and cooling systems. Promoting use of district heating and B-S.4.2 Conduct a mapping study to match the potential of heat pumps, cooling systems waste heat sources and renewable energy sources with the energy requirements of the buildings. Strategy B-S.5: Promoting use of eco-friendly design and construction materials through National Green Certification Scheme (YeS-TR) application “ The "Green Certificate Regulation for Buildings and Settlements" provides a legal basis for the use of environment-friendly materials and building design to be implemented while improving the energy performance of new and existing buildings in order to reduce emissions in the building sector in the framework of combating climate change in Türkiye. The regulation covers the evaluation and certification of sustainable environmental, social and economic performance of existing and new buildings and settlements. In this context, a green certificate for buildings and the use of eco-compatible materials can be promoted. In particular, the fact that energy efficiency and the use of environment-friendly materials can activate the emission reduction potential of buildings can be certified with the green certificate system. Dissemination of the use of the National Green Certification Scheme (YeS-TR) will be achieved by promoting certified new building and settlement projects and by making it mandatory to obtain a YeS-TR certificate for new public buildings. 71 Strategy Actions Strategy B-S.5: Promoting use of eco- B-S.5.1 Promoting the National Green Certification Scheme (YeS- friendly design and TR) and promoting certified new building and settlement projects. construction materials through National Green B-S.5.2 Introducing obligation to obtain a YeS-TR certificate for Certification Scheme newly constructed public buildings (YeS-TR) application Strategy B-S.6: Ensuring and promoting use of Building Information Modelling (BIM) tools to ensure digital transformation of construction ecosystem By incorporating comprehensive inventory, design and material information during the design, construction, use and demolition phases of buildings using Building Information Modelling (BIM), an infrastructure can be created to control and reduce GHG emissions. BIM processes will make it possible to determine the energy, raw materials and material inputs of the building at the design stage, and to select alternative building materials to reduce emissions. Strategies can be developed to disseminate and promote Building Information Modelling from the building permit to the occupancy permit process. To this end, training will be provided on the use of digital tools based on Building Information Modelling (BIM) in the life cycle of buildings, in particular in the design, construction and operation phases. Strategy Actions B-S.6.1 Increasing the use of Building Information Modelling Strategy B-S.6: Ensuring (BIM) tools in the design, construction and operation of sustainable, and promoting use of energy-efficient and low-carbon buildings, and developing and Building Information promoting domestic BIM software. Modelling (BIM) tools to ensure digital B-S.6.2 Ensuring and promoting the production and use of transformation of information laden smart objects relating to building materials and construction ecosystem their adaptation to the global BIM ecosystem in the creation of a sustainable and performance-oriented built environment. 72

2.4. Transport Sector

2.4.1. Current situation Transport sector is one of the key contributors to GHG emissions, mainly due to its energy- intensive structure and fossil fuel dependency. Additionally, the existence of a positive relationship between travel demand and economic development increases mobility along with development. The increasing dominance of road transport emissions in Türkiye originates from increased vehicle ownership, increased mobility as measured by vehicle-kilometres travelled (VKT) and investments in road network infrastructure over the last two decades, and fossil fuel dependency of road transport motor vehicles. Economic development since the 1990s has almost tripled the number of motor vehicles from 8.66 million in 2002 to 26.48 million in 2022. [8] In Türkiye, where the total number of private vehicles is 14.27 million, these vehicles reached an average share of 55.5% in the national motor vehicle park. Considering that the population of Türkiye is 85.28 million [7] (2022), the current vehicle (private vehicle) ownership rate is around 161 vehicles per 1000 inhabitants, which is significantly lower than the rates in developed countries. It is expected to increase further in parallel with economic developments in the future. There has also been a sharp increase of 388% in the number of vans in the last two decades, reaching 4.28 million. [8] According to the statistics of General Directorate of Highways of Türkiye, a high rate of increase in inter-city mobility was observed after the 1990s [9]. In 2022, the total amount of inter-city travel was measured as 140.53 billion-vehicle kilometres (BVKm), of which 92.46 BVKm (65.8%) was travelled on state roads and 28.74 BVKm (19.7%) on highways. In 2004, inter-city VKT was 57.77 BVKm, representing a total increase of 143%. The 270% increase in highway VKT over the same period is partly due to the increase in highway network length, but mainly due to the combined effect of increases in vehicle ownership, economic development, and related mobility [8]. Statistics on national VKT figures based on the vehicle registration system in 2021 indicated a total of 329.59 BVKm travelled, the majority of which was by private vehicle owners (178.83 BVKm). Vans and trucks contributed respectively 70.62 BVKm and 41.34 BVKm. In the same year, the total VKT on the inter-city road network was 142.48 BVKm, suggesting that demand for non-inter-city short distance (urban and suburban) travel accounted for 56.8% of total road mobility [10] (Table 17). While diesel vehicle trips reached 89.36 BVKm, LPG registered vehicles travelled 55.25 BVKm and gasoline powered vehicles travelled 34.22 BVKm [10]. Table 17. National Road Transport VKT value based on Vehicle Registration System Data [10] 73 2020 2021 Number of Vehicle-km Average year- Number of Vehicle-km Average year- Vehicle type vehicles (million) km vehicles (million) km Total 22,115,821 300,615 13,593 23,145,631 329,591 14,240 Automobile 13,099,041 163,402 12,474 13,706,065 178,832 13,048 Gasoline 3,201,894 29,661 9,264 3,495,172 34,218 9,790 Diesel 5,087,129 80,577 15,839 5,287,618 89,362 16,900 LPG 4,810,018 53,164 11,053 4,923,275 55,252 11,223 Minibus 493,395 11,223 22,747 484,806 13,643 28,142 Bus 212,407 8,767 41,272 208,882 10,749 51,459 Van 3,938,732 63,540 16,132 4,115,205 70,621 17,161 Truck 859,670 40,748 47,400 886,303 41,340 46,643 Motorcycle 3,512,576 12,934 3,682 3,744,370 14,406 3,847 Air transport, significantly supported by deregulations in the sector and reductions in taxes and fees, has shown a rapid increase since 2003, particularly in domestic transport. Number of 33.78 million passengers in 2002 (8.7 million domestic passengers) reached 182.23 million passengers in 2022; 78.32 million of this demand was met by domestic flights [11]. Compared to 2002 values, there is an increase of more than 439% in total number of airline passengers, whereas the increase in domestic travel is approximately 797%. Additionally, air cargo transport has also increased consistently over this period. The main reason for this increase is the continuous support for the development of air transport in Türkiye. The number of active airports increased from 26 in 2006 to 57 today. [11] Since railway transport is considered to be more sustainable than road and air transport, Türkiye invested especially in High-Speed Train (HST) services with large budgets in the last two decades. Currently, there are 13,919 km of railway network, consisting of 11,668 kilometres of conventional lines and 2,251 kilometres of HST and FT network. However, the share of railway transport in total mobility is low, with only 27 million inter-city railway passengers in 2022. Yet the number of trips made by HST has increased since its introduction in 2009, reaching 9.4 million in 2022, and this is achieved by shifting demand from conventional trains, inter-city bus and air travel, which it replaced. In 2022, the total number of passengers on inter-city railway lines reached 27 million passengers (9.36 million HST passengers) [12]. While the number of passengers transported by suburban trains in 2022 is registered at 209.7 million passengers, the short distances travelled by these services makes a much smaller contribution to the VKT. Railway cargo transport mainly serves bulk cargo types (i.e., minerals, coal, iron, etc.) between production and consumption points. Furthermore, the progress in electrification of railway lines and the further increase in this level creates a clean fuel advantage for this system. Maritime passenger transport is mostly operated by the private sector and the private sector approaches such transport activities in free market conditions under supply and demand balance and evaluates them according to their operating costs. Passenger and vehicle transport is provided by ferries between the provinces Istanbul-Bursa, Istanbul-Yalova, Istanbul- Çanakkale, Tekirdağ-Balıkesir, Yalova-Izmit in the Marmara Sea in Türkiye. Maritime 74 passenger transport is used for urban passenger transport in Istanbul, Izmir and Çanakkale provinces. In order to regulate and encourage these transport services, SCT-free fuel application and Regulation on Regular Voyages by Ships were adopted. Additionally, under the Regulation on Incentivization of Building New Ships to Replace Turkish Flagged Ships To Be Scrapped, incentives were granted for the renewal of ships engaged in urban and inter-city cargo and passenger transport. In maritime transport, alternative fuels are one of the key measures to ensure that the GHG emission reduction rates set by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) are achievable. A carbon-free maritime future depends on the availability of newly built ships or ships with green transformation that can operate on zero-emission fuels or other zero-emission energy sources. The Directorate General of Maritime Affairs of the Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure aims to reduce the average age of Turkish-flagged vessels by providing incentives and support under the "Regulation on the Promotion of Building New Ships in Place of Turkish-Flagged Ships Scrapped" while also aiming to contribute to innovation, investment, and employment in the shipbuilding industry in Türkiye. The project, initially designed for ships between 1000 GT and 5000 GT, was expanded to include ships larger than 50 GT as of 2022. Additionally, the number of ships to benefit from the incentive was increased from 5 to 10 per year. Furthermore, the amount of support for conventional ships to be built in place of scrapped ships is increased from 1 time the scrap cost per tonne to 1.5 times the scrap cost per tonne, resulting in an increase of 50 percent. If an alternative environment-friendly energy source is used in the newly built ship, including LNG and hybrid systems, the amount of support is increased to 2.5 times the scrap cost per tonne. Ship owners transforming the main engines of existing ships from fossil fuels to an alternative environment-friendly energy source will be provided with a grant of 25 percent of the transformation cost. 75 120,00 Emissions ( Million Ton CO2-eq) 100,00 80,00 60,00 40,00 20,00 0,00 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Agriculture/Forestery/Fiching (Off-road Vehicles and other Machinery) Other Transportation Domestic Navigation Railways Road Transportation Domestic Aviation Figure 17. Greenhouse gas emissions for transport sector by main systems [1] Since 1990s, total emissions have almost tripled to 102.3 Mt CO2-eq. The largest contributor to these emissions is road transport sector with 86.5 Mt CO2-eq (84.5% share). The second largest share consists of vehicles used in agriculture, forestry, and fishing as well as land activities and machinery. However, these activities are often undertaken “off-network” without exposure to other transport modes/systems and are therefore addressed separately without being included in the integrated transport sector framework. [1] GHG emissions of transport sector are presented in Figure 17, Table 18. [1] Table 18. Greenhouse gas emissions for transport sector by main systems, Mt CO2-eq [1] 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 Domestic 0.92 1.05 1.12 1.49 1.76 2.78 3.05 3.21 3.31 2.87 3.10 3.36 2.50 2.71 4.86 4.09 Airline Road 24.78 23.29 23.87 29.18 27.42 29.76 31.63 29.86 27.88 30.22 31.85 31.51 32.08 33.35 35.09 35.53 Railway 0.72 0.74 0.68 0.75 0.77 0.77 0.80 0.80 0.74 0.72 0.71 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.63 0.76 76 Domestic Maritime 0.51 0.54 0.64 0.66 0.62 0.73 0.70 0.70 0.73 0.66 0.62 0.80 0.82 0.89 1.23 1.30 Transport Other 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.25 0.24 0.36 Transport Agriculture/For estry/Fisheries (Off-road 6.46 6.49 6.50 8.01 8.05 8.22 8.66 8.98 8.89 9.14 9.52 9.11 9.25 9.39 10.09 10.18 Vehicles and Other Machinery) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Domestic 4.51 6.02 5.22 5.15 2.86 3.34 3.73 3.75 4.09 4.21 4.28 3.84 3.69 3.51 2.16 2.86 Airline Road 38.37 43.67 40.56 40.20 39.94 40.90 56.31 62.89 66.97 69.31 75.59 78.71 78.91 76.72 76.60 86.50 Railway 0.76 0.47 0.50 0.48 0.52 0.53 0.49 0.50 0.56 0.48 0.37 0.41 0.43 0.40 0.32 0.36 Domestic Maritime 1.46 1.60 1.54 1.63 1.68 2.24 1.61 1.15 1.35 1.15 0.97 0.94 0.93 1.22 1.26 1.13 Transport Other 0.32 0.34 0.35 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.38 0.56 0.59 0.66 0.62 0.76 0.54 0.58 0.33 0.36 Transport Agriculture/For estry/Fisheries (Off-road 10.93 11.91 15.09 14.79 14.49 16.86 3.33 2.50 3.13 9.56 9.50 9.95 10.10 10.49 11.05 11.11 Vehicles and Other Machinery) The key legislation on the transport sector as well as policy papers are shown in Table 19 and Table 20. Table 19. Key legislation on transport sector Key Legislation Purpose and Scope Regulation on In order to increase energy efficiency in transport, the Regulation Principles and includes provisions on reducing the unit fuel consumption of motor Procedures vehicles, increasing efficiency standards in vehicles, encouraging the Regarding use of environment-friendly alternative fuels, reducing air pollutants Increasing Energy and GHG emissions, promoting public transport, effective Efficiency in implementation of intelligent transport systems, improving transport Transport infrastructures sustainably and developing urban transport plans. The purpose of the Regulation is to make regulations on limiting the Regulation on effects of gasoline and diesel types used in motor vehicles on Environmental environment and human health. 77 Impacts of Gasoline The Regulation addresses environmental issues relating to fuels used and Diesel Types in positive ignition and compression ignition internal combustion engine vehicles, including inland water vehicles, non-road mobile machinery, agricultural and forestry tractors, in order to protect the environment and human health. The purpose of the Regulation is to establish, promote and encourage Combined Transport an integrated, balanced and environment-friendly transport system by Regulation determining the principles, procedures and conditions for combined cargo transport and green logistics activities. The purpose of the Regulation is to provide principles and procedures for monitoring, reporting and verification of GHG emissions from national and international aviation activities. The Regulation lays down principles and procedures for monitoring, Regulation on reporting and verification of GHG emissions from national and Monitoring of international aviation activities. It determines the obligations of Greenhouse Gas verification bodies and aircraft operators generating more than Emissions from 10,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions annually on international Aviation Activities flights due to the use of aircraft with a certified maximum take-off weight of more than 5,700 kg, aircraft operators generating more than 5,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions annually on national flights due to the use of aircraft with a certified maximum take-off weight of more than 5,700 kg. The Regulation is prepared on the subjects relating to planning, design and construction of bicycle paths and bicycle parking stations Regulation on in order to ensure that bicycles can be used for transport, recreation Bicycle Paths and sports purposes. The Regulation includes the principles of integration of different types of bicycle paths with each other, vehicle roads, pedestrian pavements, and transport systems. The Regulation determines the conditions of market entry and the rights, obligations and responsibilities of service producers and service beneficiaries in order to regulate shared electric scooter (e- scooter) operation activities. Its aim is to meet the needs of the national economy, ensure order and safety in these activities, protect Regulation on environmental values by reducing the negative effects of transport on Electric Scooters environment such as exhaust and carbon emissions, increase mobility and promote the use of shared e-scooters instead of personal vehicles for short-distance trips and ensure the development of shared e-scooters within a sustainable transport system integrated with other modes of transport. The Regulation aims to increase regular voyage frequencies between Regulation on Turkish ports and ports of other countries, to increase maritime Supporting Transfer exports by increasing the usage rate of ports with more competitive of Cargo Carried by prices, to reduce the traffic density at road border gates of Türkiye, to 78 Road to Maritime reduce long waiting periods and thus to reduce the emissions Transport released. Regulation on Incentivization of The incentives and supports under the Regulation aim to reduce and Building New Ships rejuvenate the average age of ships in Türkiye, while at the same time to Replace Turkish contributing to the shipbuilding industry in Turkish shipyards in Flagged Ships To Be terms of innovation, investment, and employment. Scrapped Table 20. Key policy papers relating to transport sector Policy Papers Goals and Objectives The main objective is to achieve domestic supply and technological development at all stages from design to production by adapting to the green and digital transformation process in accordance with developing global mobility vision, increasing added value, and increasing the share of branding in international markets. The Plan includes the following measures relating to transport sector: New generation production technologies affecting competitiveness in the automotive main and supply industry will be developed. Green transformation will be implemented in the automotive sector by ensuring transition to circular economy and market transformation. Increasing domestic supply and added value at all stages from design to production in the automotive industry supply chain will be supported. The quality of labour force for the automotive industry will be increased. Public procurement will be used more effectively to support domestic production in rail systems, and design and R&D Twelfth activities will be encouraged. Development Plan The main objective is to develop intermodal and multi-modal 2024-2028 transport systems; to establish a safe, accessible, integrated, environment-friendly and cost-effective transport system; and to maximise the potential of being a regional centre in transport and logistics by providing the infrastructure supporting competitive production and exports. The Plan includes the following measures relating to logistics and transport sector: In order to minimise environmental impacts and costs and increase energy efficiency in transport and logistics sector, railway and maritime transport will be prioritised; alternative financing methods will be developed; safe, continuous, efficient, integrated and sustainable transport network and logistics centres will be established. Efficiency of the existing infrastructure will be increased by reviewing ongoing investments in transport sector in terms of feasibility, sustainability, effectiveness, accessibility, safety and efficiency. In order to increase the share of railway cargo and passenger transport and to improve combined transport opportunities, 79 primarily ongoing railway projects will be completed; railway connections of important cargo centres such as OIZs, ports and mines will be provided. In order to ensure that Türkiye becomes a regional and continental interchange in maritime transport, coastal facilities in our country will be developed and the Turkish maritime trade fleet will be improved. Green port practices will continue to be supported by encouraging the use of low emission/non-emission producing machinery and equipment in order to increase energy efficiency in port operations and minimise environmental impacts. The back areas of coastal facilities will be improved, ports will be operationalised in accordance with holistic coastal planning so as to make maximum use of economies of scale, and their connections with international intermodal transport corridors will be enhanced. Increasing the use of technologies and materials with low noise levels Medium Term and GHG emissions in road construction projects; implementing Programme 2024- projects for the sustainability of transport to facilitate the transition 2026 to low-carbon systems in urban transport. In the Nationally Determined Contribution; ensuring balanced use of transport modes in cargo and passenger transport by reducing the share of road transport and increasing the share of maritime and railway transport for transport sector; developing combined transport; implementing sustainable transport approaches in urban areas; encouraging alternative fuels and clean vehicles; reducing fuel NDC 2023 consumption and emissions in road transport under National Intelligent Transport System Strategy 2014-2023 and Action Plan 2014-2016; achieving high-speed train projects; increasing urban rail systems; removing old vehicles from traffic; implementing green port and green airport projects in order to ensure energy efficiency are included. It is evaluated that the preparation of infrastructure enabling the charging of electric vehicles at home and workplaces and making the tax on the sale and use of electric vehicles more favourable compared Mobility Vehicle to fossil fuel vehicles will have an impact on usage habits. With the Technologies and published Roadmap, it is aimed to reach at least 75% of the electric Roadmap vehicle localisation rate, 35% of the electric vehicle market share and approximately 2.5 million vehicles in the electric vehicle stock by 2030. The Strategy includes the strategic objective of “Reducing the unit fossil fuel consumption of motor vehicles, increasing the share of Energy Efficiency public transport by road, maritime and railway and preventing Strategy 2012-2023 unnecessary fuel consumption in urban areas”. Ensuring the provisions of secondary legislation to be developed in line with the EU legislation on carbon dioxide emissions; preparing and implementing transport master plans in metropolitan areas; 80 encouraging environment-friendly vehicles with low-emission (in accordance with the mandatory type approval legislation) small-sized engines, fuel cell or electric-powered hybrid vehicles and ensuring the gradual removal of vehicles from traffic at the end of their economic life; reducing the share of road transport in total transport, adequately developing the infrastructure of alternative modes of transport to road transport, increasing the share of maritime and railway cargo and passenger transport, ensuring network efficiency in transport and promoting intelligent transport systems and intelligent traffic management practices using information and communication technologies to increase energy efficiency; shifting the load of road transport to railway or maritime transport in long distance public transport by making adjustments especially in cargo transport in line with the “Combined Transport Strategy” based on the use of transport modes in the most technically and economically efficient places; making effective connections to the starting and ending points in railway and maritime transport; encouraging multi- modal transport especially in cargo and passenger transport; encouraging the use of biofuels or synthetic fuels from biomass resources in transport. The Plan includes objectives for transport sector in the following specific 5 main subjects. These are development of intermodal transport system and balanced use of transport modes in cargo and National Climate passenger transport; preparation and implementation of Transport Change Action Plan Master Plan; restructuring of urban transport in accordance with 2011-2023 sustainable transport principles, increasing efficiency in energy consumption of transport sector for the use of alternative fuels and clean vehicles; development of information infrastructure in transport sector. National Climate The Plan addresses transport sector, including ensuring a sustainable Adaptation Strategy spatial development by creating an environmentally sensitive living and Action Plan area, establishing a sustainable urban transport system, and ensuring 2011-2023 the integration of open and green spaces. The Plan covers implementation details for construction including a total of 13,951 km of road expansion and 95 km of new divided road network and the development of a total of 5,839 km of additional highway network by 2035. A total of 8,554 km of railway routes are Transport and planned to be constructed by 2053, including 6,425 km of fast train Logistics Master routes (operating at slightly lower speeds than HST), 1,474 km of Plan conventional routes, 393 km of high-speed trains and 262 km of very high-speed train routes connecting Ankara and Istanbul at 400 km/h. 76 km of additional HST network construction is included, while a 262 km “Very High-Speed Train” corridor connecting Ankara and Istanbul at 400 km/h is proposed. 81 The current maritime transport volume of 254.34 Mt is aimed to reach 420.98 Mt in 2053. While the number of port facilities is currently 217, it is planned to increase to 255 in 2053. 344.39 million air passengers are expected to reach in 2053. Under this master plan, the major shift to railway is expected to be from inter-city busses. In 2053, the largest market share is expected to be consistently in road transport. The main objective of the plan is “to develop cycling as a safer, cheaper and sustainable transport mode for various purposes in non- residential areas, which are mainly outside the jurisdiction and responsibility of municipalities”. Türkiye Bicycle Path The plan thus focuses mainly on the needs and routes of long-distance Network Master cyclists travelling around Europe on holiday or cycling for recreation Plan or sport. Bicycle paths for these long-distance cycling activities, also known as the EuroVelo network, are designed through several European countries, including the neighbouring countries Bulgaria and Greece. It has the capacity to connect Türkiye to European cyclists who may wish to visit Türkiye for vacation. Strategy and 2020-2023 Action Plan are prepared in accordance with the vision of “human and environment-oriented transport system in Türkiye with advanced information technologies” and the mission of “creating an efficient, safe, effective, innovative, dynamic, National Intelligent environment-friendly, value-added and sustainable intelligent Transport Systems transport network in our country that is integrated to all transport Strategy and 2020- modes, uses up-to-date technologies, utilises domestic and national 2023 Action Plan resources”. In the framework of this vision and mission; five main strategic objectives are determined as developing ITS infrastructure, ensuring sustainable intelligent mobility, ensuring road and driving safety, creating a habitable environment and responsible society, and ensuring data sharing and security.

2.4.2. Strategies and actions All transport systems (railway, maritime, air and road) provide services to different transport demand groups with different characteristics (transport duration, capacities, costs, etc.). It is also observed throughout the historical development that it is not possible for one transport system to completely replace the others. Therefore, especially in terms of reducing transport emissions, it is important to create an optimised use of different systems by ensuring that they are increasingly used in the more advantageous demand areas. Additionally, increasing the efficiency of the systems that are currently used and will be used at different rates in the future will indirectly lead to emission reductions. Furthermore, the provision of energy sources used in transport services from cleaner resources also offers a potential for emission reductions. There are three main strategies for transport sector addressing all these issues together and total of four strategies including one inter-sectoral support. 82 Strategy U-S.1: Ensuring modal shift to maritime/railway transport The main policy for the reduction of transport sector emissions is to ensure a shift towards maritime and railway transport, which are more efficient in terms of both energy use and emission per unit mobility (tonne-km and passenger-km). The objective here is to ensure that some of beneficiaries of road and air transport prefer maritime and railway transport without changing the total amount of mobility. In order to achieve this modal shift, it is important to provide services competing with road and/or air transport in both railway and maritime transport services. This is because railway/maritime services are designed as stop-to-stop systems and they usually have to take first-km and last-km connection services by road, which causes longer transport duration and less preferability. In railway cargo and passenger transport, in order to ensure a shift to railway transport, it is aimed to provide support for the expansion of High-Speed Train and Fast Train line network and development of railway cargo transport in line with the 2053 Transport and Logistics Master Plan, development of railway passenger transport by urban rail systems and increase of integration. It is aimed to create an uninterrupted public transport system by integrating public transport systems, especially suburban transport, and urban rail systems (metro, light rail system and trams) with the investments to be made in urban rail systems. Maritime transport is a prominent option for our coastal provinces. The actions addressed at two levels in this context are the development of inter-city maritime passenger transport and the development of urban maritime passenger transport and infrastructure in coastal provinces. Additionally, the development of maritime cargo transport and infrastructure is addressed as a separate action. Maritime and railway transport will create modal shift as alternative options and will additionally cause modal shift through “intermodal” services with intermodal transfers. Thus, the development of connections of railways to ports, organized industrial zones, logistics centres, factories and mining sites and promotion of railway and maritime intermodal and combined transport in cargo transport will be planned in corridors where these activities can be effective. In order to undertake and achieve these activities in integrity, it will be ensured that comprehensive plans are made in national transport and logistics sectors, a digital inventory is created, and monitoring-evaluation is conducted by taking emission values into account. Strategy Actions Strate Ensuring modal shift to railway transport gy U- S.1: Ensuri U-S.1.1 Expanding High-Speed Train and Fast Train network in line with the Transport ng and Logistics Master Plan 83 modal U-S.1.2 Developing railway cargo transport in line with the Transport and Logistics shift Master Plan to mariti U-S.1.3 Developing railway passenger transport with urban rail systems me/rai lway U-S.1.4 Providing support for increasing intermodal integration in Urban Rail System transp transport ort Ensuring modal shift to maritime transport U-S.1.5 Supporting inter-city maritime passenger transport U-S.1.6 Developing urban maritime passenger transport and infrastructure in coastal provinces U-S.1.7 Supporting maritime cargo transport and infrastructure Enhancing intermodal cargo transport U-S.1.8 Improving the connections of railways with cargo centres such as ports, organized industrial zones, logistics centres, factories, and mining sites U-S.1.9 Promoting railway and maritime intermodal and combined cargo transport Strategy U-S.2: Increasing efficiency in transport sector Increasing efficiency in transport systems allows both the energy used and the emissions to be reduced. One of the key actions is the development of a planning system to increase the attraction and preferability of public transport systems in order to reduce the use of private vehicles. Modal shift is not easy to achieve since public transport services are designed as stop- to-stop systems, whereas private vehicle transport is door-to-door. Therefore, there is always an issue of public transport accessibility and time cost. In order to make public transport with lower resource use and emissions per passenger-km an attractive option, it is planned to promote public transport-oriented practices in urban planning in urban transport systems, to increase the share of rubber-tired public transport, and to plan public transport services in accordance with transport demand and accessibility standards in a holistic manner. The speed and capacity of urban rail systems to be built on the main arteries of metropolitan areas will make public transport more attractive. However, in cases where it is not economically feasible to expand rail systems to low population density and demand areas due to their high costs, it is also important to encourage the use of other rubber-tired public transport systems. Thus, in order to make public transport a more attractive system, smart card systems enabling fare collection/charging will be introduced to encourage the use of public transport, and public 84 transport systems will be integrated with each other and with other urban rubber-tired transport modes. Modes such as walking, cycling, e-scooters, etc., which generally have zero or low emissions, are considered under “micromobility” and increasing safe micromobility transport in urban transport is an action to be considered. Additionally, another important contribution of micromobility modes is their use as a connecting service at the starting and ending points of public transport services. Enhancing micromobility options around public transport stops, promoting rubber-tired shared/demand-based transport for urban areas or low-density rural areas where public transport cannot be a strong option, will allow the development of strong alternatives to reduce the use of private vehicles. In addition to modal shifts, reduction of private transport emissions due to traffic flow and congestion is considered as a separate activity in order to prevent inefficiency in engine technologies during the time spent in traffic congestion. Low/zero emission vehicles will be encouraged in public vehicle fleets in order to increase technological efficiency. Studies will be conducted for the recycling of materials after the removal of vehicles from traffic at the end of their lifetime, and the use of low/zero emission vehicles in urban centres and attraction points will be encouraged. The preparation of a national road cargo transport emission reduction roadmap is also included in order to address the relevant activities with a general framework. Strategy Actions Promoting public transport systems and increasing efficiency U-S.2.1 Promoting public transport-oriented practices in urban planning U-S.2.2 Introducing smart card systems enabling fare collection/charging to encourage the use of public transport U-S.2.3 Integrating public transport systems with each other and with other urban rubber-tired transport modes Strategy U-S.2: Increasing U-S.2.4 Enhancing micromobility/walking options around public transport stops efficiency in transport U-S.2.5 Increasing the transition from private vehicle use to rubber-tired public sector transport U-S.2.6 Planning public transport services in accordance with transport demand and accessibility standards Making private and shared transport more efficient U-S.2.7 Increasing safe micromobility in urban transport U-S.2.8 Promoting rubber-tired shared/demand-based transport 85 U-S.2.9 Reducing emissions due to traffic flow and congestion caused by private vehicle use Promoting the use of new generation, low/zero emission vehicles U-S.2.10 Promoting low/zero emission vehicles in public vehicle fleets U-S.2.11 Increasing the use of low/zero emission vehicles in urban centres and attraction points Making cargo transport more efficient U-S.2.12 Preparing a national road cargo transport emission reduction roadmap Strategy U-S.3: Use of sustainable/clean energy sources in transport systems Currently, transport technologies are generally fossil fuel based and diesel, gasoline, LPG are commonly used fuels. Electricity, used as an energy source in railway transport, is also an alternative energy source for road transport. Electrification with its power to zero exhaust emissions provides a considerable potential for the reduction of transport emissions. Thus, increasing electrification of vehicles used in railway/maritime transport and airline ground operations, supporting research on electrification of existing vehicles, supporting research on electric vehicle battery systems, and increasing their lifetime are important activities. Planning and development of charging station infrastructure in required numbers and locations in the road network for increased use of electric vehicles, encouraging the use of renewable energy sources in charging stations is an activity that can create a bidirectional effect in reducing national emissions. It is aimed to increase the use of fuels such as CNG, biofuels, etc., which are still in use among alternative fuels, to increase the use of CORSIA compatible sustainable aviation fuels in air transport and alternative fuels in urban/rural bus transport and to support research for alternative fuelled vehicles (LNG/Hydrogen, etc.) as an investment for the future and to follow international developments. Strategy Actions Expanding electrification in transport systems Strategy U- U-S.3.1 Supporting electrification of vehicles used in railway/maritime transport S.3: Use of and airline ground operations sustainable / clean energy U-S.3.2 Supporting research on electrification of existing vehicles sources in transport U-S.3.3 Supporting research on electric vehicle battery systems and increasing their systems lifetime Increasing the use of alternative sustainable fuels 86 U-S.3.4 Increasing the use of CORSIA compliant sustainable aviation fuels in air transport U-S.3.5 Increasing the rate of alternative fuel use in urban/rural bus transport U-S.3.6 Encouraging the use of renewable energy sources in electric vehicle charging stations U-S.3.7 Planning and development of charging station infrastructure in required number and location in the road network for increased use of electric vehicles U-S.3.8 Supporting research for alternative fuelled vehicles (LNG/Hydrogen, Bio- CNG, Bio-LNG, etc.) U-S.4: Engaging in necessary infrastructure activities for sectoral decarbonisation Considering the transport demand and mobility that is expected to increase in parallel with the developing economy and the transport technologies that are currently changing, the preparation of a transport emission database is one of the supporting activities required to be progressed rapidly in our country. The preparation of sustainable urban mobility plans (SUMP) and sustainable urban logistics plans (SULP) in metropolitan areas and urban and district centres with large population and mobility demand are critical actions in terms of reducing transport emissions. Developing new generation mobility management policies and legislation and preparing the necessary legislation in order to promote the use of new generation light vehicles are important support activities, as they are increasingly attracting attention worldwide. In the transport sector, where electrification will have a significant impact, the development of a national smart integrated electric vehicle charging and parking management interface, the preparation of legislation on placing batteries on the market and recycling, providing research support for electric vehicle battery recycling, and for person/product-based transport related carbon footprint calculation support in passenger and cargo transport will be implemented. Strategy Actions Modelling and estimation studies in transport systems U-S.4: U-S.4.1 Creating a transport emissions database Engaging in U-S.4.2 Preparing sustainable urban mobility plans (SUMP) and sustainable urban necessary logistics plans (SULP) in metropolitan areas and urban and district centres infrastruct ure U-S.4.3 Developing new generation mobility management policies and legislation activities for sectoral U-S.4.4 Providing support for person/product-based transport related carbon decarbonis footprint calculation in passenger and cargo transport ation Electric Vehicle Sector Support 87 U-S.4.5 Developing an electrical energy demand estimation model for transport purposes U-S.4.6 Developing a national intelligent EV integrated charging and parking management interface U-S.4.7 Preparing legislation on placing batteries on the market and recycling and providing research support for electric vehicle battery recycling 88

2.5. Waste Sector

2.5.1. Current situation Due to population growth, industrialization, and shifting consumption habits, the amount of waste generated is increasing steadily. While the aim of waste policy is to protect a healthy urban life and the environment, the use of waste as secondary raw material and a source of energy has come to the fore over time. It is now essential to prevent or reduce waste and, where this is not possible, to reintroduce it into the economy. This new approach is also an important contribution to achieving the net zero GHG emission targets adopted by Türkiye and many countries worldwide. In Türkiye, municipalities report data to TURKSTAT regarding the waste they are responsible for collecting. This waste typically includes similar waste from households, commercial establishments, offices, public institutions, and schools. According to the latest figures published by TURKSTAT for 2020, the amount of waste collected by municipalities reached 32.3 Mt [13]. This amount corresponds to 1.13 kg of waste per person per day and is significantly higher than the EU-28 average of 1.38 kg per person per day [15], which is significantly higher than the world average of 0.74 kg per person per day [14] for the same year. As part of the National Waste Management and Action Plan (NWMAP) 2023-2035, waste characterization studies have been conducted on a provincial basis and benchmarks have been established. The updated waste characterization for the entire country is shown in Figure 18. Metal,1.54 Hazardous Other,3.96 Wastes,0.54AEEE,0.26 Glass,4.7 Other non- combustable, 6.83 Pulp and paper,8.84 Biowaste,50.41 Plastics,9.9 Other Combustable, 13.01 *WEEE: Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment 89 Figure 18. Waste characterization [16] Türkiye is continuing to rely predominantly on landfills for waste management. The transition from irregular disposal of waste to sanitary landfills has accelerated in recent years, and almost all provinces now have sanitary landfills in operation. In 1994, when there were only 2 sanitary landfills in the whole country, municipal waste management was largely provided by irregular landfills. By 2007, the number of sanitary landfills had increased to 32, and today there are 93 sanitary landfills. Significant progress has also been achieved in waste management. Bio- methanization and composting facilities have been established and biodegradable waste has been assessed as products that can be used in energy and agriculture without the need for storage. The material recycling sector has developed very rapidly and recyclable waste has been introduced into the economy. According to the studies conducted in the framework of NWMAP prepared by MoEUCC, 59.6% of the 38.1 Mt of municipal waste generated in 2021 were disposed of in managed landfills and 13.2% in unmanaged landfills whereas 27.2% was recovered in waste treatment facilities (bio-methanization, composting, incineration, recycling facilities) [16]. Remarkably, the recovery rate reached 30.13% in 2022. According to the newsletter "Water and Wastewater Statistics, 2020" [17], which includes the results of the Municipal Wastewater Statistics Survey conducted by TURKSTAT every two years covering all municipalities and published in 2021, 1,362 out of 1,389 municipalities were served by the sewer network. Of the 5 billion m3 of wastewater collected by the sewer network, 49.2% was discharged into rivers, 38.5% into the sea, 3.1% into reservoirs, 1.3% into lakes, 0.4% into land, and 7.5% into other receiving water bodies. And, 4.4 billion m3 of the 5 billion m3 of wastewater discharged from the sewer system was treated in wastewater treatment plants. Of the wastewater treated, 50.7% was treated by advanced methods, 27.1% by biological treatment, 21.9% by physical treatment, and 0.3% by natural treatment. It was determined that 1.6% of the wastewater treated by municipalities is used in industry, agricultural irrigation, etc. [17]. On the other hand, as water resources are one of the most important components of environmental sustainability, and essential element of the environment and our limited resources, is of great importance for the sustainable management of these resources to protect, improve the quality, and use them by observing the balance between protection and use in the short, medium and long term. According to the Ministry of Environment, Urbanization, and Climate Change, the number of urban wastewater treatment facilities in our country will reach 1209 by 2023. Of these, 320 are advanced biological treatment facilities, 833 are biological treatment facilities, 4 are chemical treatment facilities and 52 are deep sea discharge facilities after pre-treatment. Additionally, in the framework of the principle of “sustainability” in wastewater management, policies and strategies are defined that accept treated wastewater as an alternative source of water. Accordingly, wastewater management is taken up in an integrated manner such that the wastewater resulting from the economic use of water in both residential and industrial sectors 90 will be treated, taking into account the highest level of benefit-cost ratio, and that the reuse of treated wastewater will be implemented. Expanding the land area and its alternatives, improving the land by using treated wastewater and treatment sludge in areas that have lost their soil quality, recovering organic matter (nitrogen, phosphorus, etc.) from wastewater and treatment sludge, and ensuring its use as fertiliser in agricultural activities, ensuring that wastewater treatment facilities are operated as biorefineries, and soil and wastewater treatment. With this approach, the reuse of treated wastewater can achieve large savings in clean water resources, protect water bodies from wastewater discharges prevent pollution of surface and groundwater, and make wastewater treatment facilities contribute to the country's economy by working like a factory, generating electricity from treatment sludge and recovering organic matter. To this end, the reuse rate of treated wastewater, which currently stands at 5.20% in Türkiye, is to be raised to 15% by 2030. 20 18 Emissions ( Million Ton CO2-eq) 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Waste Disposal (Managed) Waste Disposal (Unmanaged) Biological Treatement of Solid Waste Incineration and Open Burning of Waste Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Figure 19. Greenhouse gas emissions of the waste management sector by year [1] Data from TURKSTAT Waste Statistics and Water and Wastewater Statistics are used to prepare the waste part of the GHG inventories. According to the recently published GHG inventory for 2021, the emissions of the waste sector were calculated to be 14.7 Mt CO2-eq.. This represents 2.6% of total emissions. Although the waste sector is considered to be a low-emitting sector, it is actually in a low-emitting position in its own right, indirectly contributing to the reduction of emissions mainly from the industrial sector by increasing material recovery. In addition, the energy sector includes emissions from the transport of waste or the incineration of waste for energy. According to the IPCC 2006 guidelines, emissions from the waste sector are reported under 4 main headings. 91 ● Solid waste management ● Treatment of solid waste by biological methods ● Incineration and open burning of waste ● Wastewater treatment and discharge According to the Türkiye 2021 Emission Inventory, solid waste disposal in managed sanitary and unmanaged landfills accounts for 63.5% of all waste sector emissions (12.5% managed sanitary landfills, 51% unmanaged landfills). The second largest emission source is wastewater treatment and discharge, which accounts for 36.3% of waste emissions [1]. Emissions from biological treatment of solid waste, waste incineration, and open burning are negligible. GHG emissions from the waste sector by year are shown in Figure 19 and Table 21. Table 21. Greenhouse gas emissions from waste sector by year, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Solid Waste Landfill 0.06 0.10 0.14 0.22 0.36 0.59 0.85 1.15 1.49 1.82 2.08 2.38 2.64 (sanitary) Solid Waste Landfill 6.73 6.89 7.06 7.19 7.34 7.49 7.71 7.93 8.13 8.32 8.43 8.53 8.61 8.72 8.84 8.92 (unmanaged) Biological Treatment of 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 Solid Waste Incineration of Waste and 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.11 0.16 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.06 0.06 0.03 0.05 Open Burning Wastewater Treatment 4.23 4.29 4.34 4.37 4.45 4.60 4.60 4.69 4.64 4.65 4.66 4.67 4.71 4.70 4.79 4.76 and Discharge 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Solid Waste Landfill 2.86 3.14 3.34 3.39 3.58 4.01 3.84 3.41 3.57 4.21 3.85 3.49 3.66 3.29 3.42 1.84 (sanitary) Solid Waste Landfill 9.05 9.06 9.08 9.02 8.98 8.88 8.82 8.60 8.46 8.35 8.25 8.03 7.94 7.75 7.69 7.50 (unmanaged) Biological Treatment of 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Solid Waste Incineration of Waste and 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 Open Burning Wastewater Treatment 4.83 4.77 4.66 4.70 4.81 4.83 4.90 4.61 4.45 4.54 4.59 4.71 5.00 5.06 5.17 5.33 and Discharge According to IPCC guidelines, biogenic CO2 emissions from waste management are not included in national GHG emissions calculations. However, methane from the decomposition of biodegradable waste is the primary contributor to GHG emissions from the waste disposal sector. Methane (CH4) has a much higher short-term global warming potential than CO2. 83.9% 92 of the emissions from the waste sector reported in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent are methane [1]. Renewable electricity generation in Türkiye is supported by the Renewable Energy Sources Support Mechanism (YEKDEM) [18]. Both storage facilities producing landfill gas and bio- methanization facilities producing biogas are eligible for feed-in tariffs for the first 10 years. The number of such facilities supported by YEKDEM is growing rapidly. According to YEKDEM's 2021 data, the total annual production included in the license of 85 energy production facilities (landfill gas + biogas) in 55 provinces is 4,124,452 MWh. These facilities have reached a total installed power capacity of 378 MWeeq and contribute to GHG reduction and renewable energy production through the use of methane. Investments in the biological treatment of solid waste have gained importance, especially in Türkiye, where the share of biodegradable waste in the municipal waste composition is high. The incentive mechanism has also been revised in order to reduce the amount of waste sent to landfills and to efficiently recycle waste in processing facilities. In 2021, 470 kt of methane gas will be generated in landfills, of which 396 kt will be recovered and only 74 kt will be emitted into the atmosphere. In unmanaged landfills, methane recovery remained at a very low level and 300 kt of methane were emitted [1]. The amount of methane generated and recovered in landfills by year is shown in Figure 20. 800,00 700,00 Emissions (1000 Ton CO2-eq) 600,00 500,00 400,00 300,00 200,00 100,00 0,00 Years Generated CH4 Recovered CH4 Net emissions CH4 Figure 20. Amount of methane generated and recovered in landfills per year [1] The key legislation, policy and strategy papers relating to the waste sector in Türkiye are listed in Table 22 and Table 23. 93 Table 22. Key legislation on waste sector Key Legislation Purpose and Scope The purpose of the law is to ensure that the environment, which is the common existence of all living beings, is protected in accordance with the principles of sustainable environment and Environmental Law sustainable development. For waste management activities, the (Law No. 2872) Law stipulates provisions on waste minimization at source, classification, collection, transportation, temporary storage, recovery, disposal, reuse of waste, conversion to energy, treatment of wastewater, and reuse of treated wastewater. The Regulation lays down the principles of the zero waste management system and the deadlines for all institutions and organizations to complete the transition to a zero waste management system. The main issues under the Regulation are the prevention of waste at source before generation, the recovery and/or recycling of the part that cannot be prevented, the Zero Waste Regulation establishment of a separate collection system, including at least double collection, the reduction of the amount of waste disposed of by at least 15% in order to obtain a qualified certificate, the separate collection of biodegradable waste and its recovery, the recording of data, the implementation of awareness-raising activities and the participation of points of sale in the deposit return system. In order to provide guidance to target groups that need to establish the Zero Waste Management System, 11 “Zero Waste Zero Waste Management System Guidelines” have been prepared, Implementation specifically for hotels, restaurants and cafeterias, Guidelines institutions/organizations, businesses, educational institutions and dormitories, etc. It also includes measures to prevent food waste and reduce food waste in different places. Communiqué on Composts, and This legislation lays down the principles for defining the technical Communiqué on criteria for these facilities. Should it not be possible to avoid or Management of reduce biodegradable waste, it will not be landfilled, but will be Mechanical Separation, recycled through pre-processing such as composting, bio- Bio-drying and Bio- methanization and bio-drying. methanization Facilities and Fermented Products Electricity generation from renewable energy sources in Türkiye is supported by YEKDEM. Both landfill gas storage facilities and Renewable Energy bio-methanization facilities are eligible for feed-in tariffs for the Sources Support first 10 years. The number of such facilities supported by YEKDEM is growing rapidly. The use of methane in these 94 Mechanism facilities contributes to the reduction of GHG emissions and the (YEKDEM) production of renewable energy. Clean production technologies are used to minimize the negative impact of the activities of the textile sector on the environment, to prevent air and water pollution, and to reduce water and energy consumption, as it is one of the leading sectors in Türkiye and also one of the sectors with the highest water consumption and water pollution. For the purpose of implementation, the Circular on Cleaner Production Practices in the Textile Sector No. 2022/20 Circular on Cleaner has been published. With this circular, the production of textile Production Practices in materials (fibre, fibre, yarn, fabric (including non-woven fabric), the Textile Industry carpet production, etc.), textile pre-treatment (washing (including wool washing), bleaching/bleaching, mercerization, etc.), printing and In all textile facilities that perform any of the dyeing processes and in all textile facilities that perform fabric mercerization; mandatory provisions have been introduced to reduce energy consumption and air pollutant emissions, and to reduce water consumption and pollutant load in wastewater. It lays down technology selection and design criteria for wastewater treatment plants treating wastewater from settlements, the basic technical procedures and practices to be used for disinfection and reuse of treated wastewater, and the disposal of Communiqué on sludge from deep-sea disposal and treatment activities. Annex 7 Technical Procedures of the Communiqué has been revised and, in addition to the reuse for Wastewater of treated effluent as irrigation water, environmental (wetland Treatment Plants creation, wetland recharge, surface and groundwater recharge), industrial (process water, cooling water, boiler feed water) and other (general cleaning) uses have been added. Regulations have been introduced for water reuse (fire water, dust control/field irrigation water, urinal and flush water, etc.). The objective of the Regulation is to protect the environment against adverse impacts of collection, treatment and discharge of Urban Wastewater urban wastewater and wastewater discharges from certain Treatment Regulation industrial sectors, and govern issues relating to collection and disposal of urban wastewater with a population equivalent of more than 2,000. The objective of the Regulation is to lay down legal and technical principles necessary to prevent water pollution, in accordance with the objectives of sustainable development, in order to protect Water Pollution Control the potential of the country's underground and surface water Regulation resources and to ensure their optimum use. The Water Pollution Control Regulation sets standards for all types of wastewater discharges into receiving waters, monitors and inspects discharges, and carries out all types of permitting and approval 95 procedures in this regard. In addition, in regions where irrigation water is scarce and of economic value, the use of purified wastewater that meets the irrigation water quality criteria specified in the Technical Procedures Communiqué of the Water Pollution Control Regulation is encouraged as irrigation water. In addition, to increase the reuse of treated wastewater, regulations and deadlines have been established for metropolitan and provincial municipalities to ensure that at least 10% of the total wastewater treated in urban wastewater treatment facilities is used for agricultural irrigation and recreational purposes, as well as reuse in industrial, environmental and other areas. Table 23. Key policy papers relating to waste sector Policy Papers Goals and Objectives The plan outlines the following measures for the waste sector The industrial use of waste and circular economy practices will be increased. The waste management process will be improved in preventive manner starting from sorting at source. Infrastructure will be supported and developed to ensure that animal waste is stored under appropriate conditions and processed in biogas facilities. Efforts will be accelerated to remove existing barriers such as lack of control, technical knowledge and capacity in the Twelfth Development construction and operation of wastewater treatment plants, and to Plan 2024-2028 develop support mechanisms for their operation in accordance with standards and alternative systems for the disposal of sludge from wastewater treatment facilities. Solid waste management will be made more effective by applying circular economy principles. Zero waste practices will be disseminated and public awareness of waste recycling will be raised. In the framework of the "Zero Waste Project", educational awareness activities will be undertaken and zero waste practices will be implemented at all levels of education. As part of the Nationally Determined Contribution, prevent waste generation and reduce the amount of waste generated in line with principles of circular economy, increase the rate of recovery of municipal waste to 60% by 2035, increase the rate of recovery of methane gas from biodegradable waste, municipalities not subject NDC 2023 to pre-treatment as of 2053. The objectives include ending the managed landfilling of wastewater, increasing the production of RDF from municipal waste, converting wastewater treatment facilities into biorefineries, increasing the percentage of reuse and expanding the areas of use of treated wastewater. Green Deal Action The Action Plan lays down steps to be taken in a wide range of Plan 2021 areas, including tackling climate change, managing green finance, EU border carbon regulation, a green and circular economy, clean, 96 economic and secure energy, sustainable agriculture, sustainable and smart transport and diplomacy. The National Waste Management Plan 2023-2035 is being National Waste finalised. The NWMAP aims to identify the issues that need to be Management and improved or developed in the field of waste management, taking Action Plan into account the current situation data, and to present periodic (NWMAP) 2023-2035 waste management models, providing the required population and waste projections for 2035. “Türkiye's National Strategy and Action Plan on Prevention, Reduction and Management of Food Loss and Waste” was launched and circulated on 20 May 2020. Thus, for the first time in Türkiye's National Türkiye, a National Strategy on Preventing, Reducing, and Strategy and Action Managing Food Loss and Waste and an Action Plan to implement Plan for the Prevention, this strategy have been prepared. The National Strategy and Action Reduction and Plan, which are based on the "Food Use Hierarchy", aim to prevent Management of Food and reduce food loss and waste, conserve and redistribute food for Waste and Loss direct human consumption, use substances no longer used as food and previously subject to food legislation as animal feed, and dispose of food waste. It contains almost 100 action points aimed at achieving the strategic objectives of ensuring recovery. The objective is to develop a management system that will ensure the protection, improvement and sustainable use of water resources in terms of quantity and quality. In order to comply with the EU acquis, the status of sewer, rainwater and wastewater treatment Wastewater Treatment facilities of the provinces in the catchment areas will be assessed, Action Plan 2017-2023 in order to examine both the quantity and quality parameters of underground and surface water resources in the basins and the status of wastewater infrastructure systems, and to determine the investment and financing requisites necessitated by the needs, strategic priorities and objectives in the wastewater sector.

2.5.2. Strategies and actions Policies, measures, objectives, relevant actions, and indicators that will contribute to emission reductions in the waste sector can be examined under different subheadings, taking into account the national GHG inventory report. In the following, strategies (4) with direct reduction potential are first described in the waste sector section of the report according to the IPCC 2006 guidelines. Strategies (3) in the waste sector whose GHG reduction potential cannot be calculated but which support the reduction are then described. Finally, strategies (2) that enable or support GHG emission reductions, although relating to the waste sector, are listed in the national inventory reporting of other sectors. Strategies for the direct reduction of GHG emissions in the reporting of the waste sector 97 The strategies in this section are listed according to the waste hierarchy. A strategy for wastewater management has also been identified. A-S.1: Preventing and reducing waste and wastewater before generation Pursuant to the waste hierarchy, preventing or reducing waste before generation is the preferred method. The most prominent measures are the preparation of the National Waste Prevention Plan and the issuance of a qualified Zero Waste Certificate in the framework of Zero Waste Practices. The major contributor to GHG emissions from the waste sector in Türkiye is the uncontrolled release of methane gas from landfills into the atmosphere. Food waste is also a biodegradable waste and it is possible to prevent and reduce the generation of this waste by taking precautions at all stages from production to consumption and by raising the awareness of all stakeholders, which is the most significant policy for the waste sector. Additionally, the reuse of waste within principles of circular economy is also a type of waste reduction and prevention strategy. Actions to be taken in this regard will directly contribute to the reduction of GHG emissions. GHG emissions from wastewater will be reduced thanks to studies on the efficient use of industrial and municipal water. Strategy Actions A-S.1.1 Preparing a National Waste Prevention Plan A-S.1: Preven A-S.1.2 Conducting best practice studies with different stakeholders (farmers, ting producers, hotels, restaurants, wholesalers, retailers, workplaces, consumers, etc.) to and prevent and reduce food waste and other biodegradable waste before it occurs, and reduci establish a roadmap on this issue. ng waste A-S.1.3 Conducting studies on best practices, including extended producer and responsibility, to increase the rate of waste reuse in compliance with circular economy wastew principles. ater before A-S.1.4 Issuing qualified zero waste certificate genera tion A-S.1.5 Conducting water efficiency studies to reduce the amount of wastewater subject to treatment and discharge. A-S.2: Improving waste recycling and recovery rates Preventing the generation of waste is the most effective way of avoiding the waste of both energy and raw material resources and is a fundamental factor in protecting the environment and ensuring the sustainable use of natural resources. Waste reduction involves reducing the quantity and hazardous nature of waste. For this reason, waste prevention and waste reduction 98 have been identified as a top priority in all waste management legislation, particularly environmental legislation. The waste management hierarchy is used as a tool to determine the priority of waste management, to view waste as a valuable resource, and to evaluate processes that protect the environment from the most appropriate to the least appropriate. The hierarchy indicates the order of preference in the actions to be taken by creating a pyramidal scheme to reduce waste and protect and manage resources. According to the ideal waste management hierarchy, preventing and reducing waste where it is generated and reusing waste where it cannot be prevented are the priority steps in the waste management hierarchy. Wastes that cannot be reused must be recycled, recovered, or recovered as energy in order to be introduced into the economy. However, if no suitable recovery method is available, final disposal of waste should be preferred. Therefore, effective implementation of the waste management hierarchy through prevention and reduction at source, reuse, and recycling of waste through treatment in the nearest and most appropriate facility ensures minimization of environmental impacts. Proper collection of waste, depending on its type, with at least a dual collection system or, for some wastes (e.g. beverage packaging), a deposit return system, and delivery to the appropriate recycling facility is the essential first stage of material recycling. From 12 January 2020, the “Zero Waste Certificate” will be issued to local administrations that have established the “Zero Waste Management System” in the framework of the “Waste Regulation”, which was prepared for the purpose of adopting, implementing, and disseminating the zero waste approach across the country by establishing the general principles and application principles for the establishment of the “Zero Waste Management System” in the framework of the “Zero Waste Project” has been initiated. With the Law No. 7261 of 24.12.2020 on the Establishment of the Turkish Environment Agency and Amendments to Certain Laws, in order to prevent environmental pollution and ensure the protection, improvement, and development of green areas, and to undertake activities for the establishment, operation, monitoring, and control of a waste management system at the national level. The Turkish Environmental Protection Agency (TEA) was established. In line with all these developments, the rate of municipal waste recycling has been accelerated. On the way to the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, the municipal waste recycling rate target for 2035 has been set at 60%. In order to achieve these goals, it is planned to increase the number and capacity of biological treatment facilities and the amount of biodegradable waste sent to these facilities, increase the production of solid-liquid fermented products and compost suitable for use in agriculture, and reduce the amount of waste sent to managed landfills. Strategy Actions A-S.2: A-S.2.1 Updating NWMAP, taking into account policies to reduce GHG emissions Impro ving A-S.2.2 Improving waste-sorting at source by type (biodegradable waste and other waste recyclable waste). 99 recycli A-S.2.3 Expanding the deposit return system for the collection of high value materials ng and recove A-S.2.4 Increasing the number and capacity of biological treatment facilities for the ry recovery of biodegradable waste and the amount of biodegradable waste diverted to rates these facilities. A-S.2.5 Increasing the amount of solid-liquid fermented products and compost produced from biodegradable waste with criteria suitable for agricultural use. A-S.2.6 Treating waste not suitable for material recovery using thermal technologies suitable for energy recovery A-S.3: Reducing amount of untreated waste deposited to sanitary landfills In accordance with the studies on municipal waste management conducted since 1991, the number of sanitary landfills has increased significantly. The number of sanitary landfills has increased from 2 in 1994 to 93 at present. These facilities provide regular storage services to 1,241 municipalities and 89% of the urban population. The target is to end regular landfilling of municipal waste not subject to pre-treatment by 2053. Strategy Actions A-S.3: A-S.3.1 Updating and implementing Provincial Zero Waste Management Reducing System Plans amount of untreated A-S.3.2 Increasing the number and production capacity of facilities for the waste preparation of refuse derived fuels (RDF) from municipal waste that is not deposited to suitable for recycling or recovery. sanitary landfills A-S.3.3 Terminating acceptance of waste at unmanaged landfill sites A-S.4: Improving wastewater management and treatment infrastructure 87.9% of the wastewater discharged by municipal agglomerations was treated in 2020, and the share of advanced biological treatment among the wastewater treatment processes has increased in recent years. While in 2018, 48% of the waste water generated in the urban areas was treated by advanced biological treatment, in 2020 this rate approaches 51%. [17]. This trend is expected to contribute to the reduction of GHG emissions. In addition, the increase in anaerobic digestion units at wastewater treatment plants is enabling methane recovery applications to become prevalent. According to studies by the Ministry of the Environment, Urbanization, and Climate Change, 46% of the sewer sludge produced in 2020 would be used as an additional fuel, alternative raw material, or for energy recovery, while 39% would be landfilled. The objective is to ensure fully sustainable management of the sludge produced in Türkiye by 2053 and to establish a wastewater treatment infrastructure based on circular economy principles. 100 Strategy Actions A-S.4.1 Increasing methane recovery rates at wastewater treatment plants A-S.4: Improving A-S.4.2 Increasing the number of wastewater treatment plants with wastewater sustainable sludge management that prioritises the beneficial reuse of management and sludge within principles of circular economy. treatment infrastructure A-S.4.3 Establishing sustainable waste water management in the framework of principles of circular economy Strategies to support the reduction of GHG emissions in the reporting of the waste sector A-S.5: Developing human resources and social awareness as part of zero waste practices and reduction of GHG emissions The Climate Council adopted a recommendation: “In order to increase social awareness in the framework of zero waste practices and reduction of GHG emissions, capacity should be increased by first creating practical training modules for educational institutions and all stakeholders”. Training of stakeholders and raising social awareness are very important for sustainable waste management and efforts will be made to achieve this goal. Measures will also be taken to improve working conditions in the waste sector and to address the need for skilled and qualified labour. Strategy Actions A-S.5.1 Incorporating and promoting climate change, zero waste, water use, circular economy, green and environmental competences and green jobs in formal education curricula. A-S.5: Developing A-S.5.2 Building capacity of relevant stakeholders and trainers on zero human resources waste, water use, circular economy and reducing GHG emissions and social awareness as part A-S.5.3 Promoting written, audio, visual and social media activities of zero waste (promotional videos, website, etc.) that raise awareness of zero waste, water practices and use, circular economy and GHG emission reduction among all stakeholders. reduction of GHG emissions A-S.5.4 Identifying skills and qualifications required by circular economy principles in the waste sector and conducting studies to train a workforce equipped with these skills and improve employment conditions. A-S.6: Developing incentive and financing mechanisms to improve waste management, taking into account circular economy principles and GHG emission reduction The Climate Council adopted a Recommendation: “Incentive mechanisms should be developed to improve effective waste management in order to reduce GHG emissions in the industrial and service sectors”. Incentive and financing mechanisms need to be developed for the waste sector to develop in line with climate change mitigation targets and circular economy principles. 101 The key legislation on national waste and wastewater management will be revised taking into account EU harmonization processes, GHG emission impacts and targets. These revisions will pave the way for favourable and advantageous financing mechanisms. Strategy Actions A-S.6: A-S.6.1 Updating national waste and wastewater management legislation by Developing means of a participatory process, taking into account circular economy incentive and principles, zero waste and GHG emission reduction targets. financing mechanisms to A-S.6.2 Developing favourable financing mechanisms to support projects improve waste and investments that prevent waste at source, collect waste separately at management, source, reduce, reuse, recycle and recover waste, reduce the amount of taking into waste diverted to landfills and increase the recovery and reuse of treated account circular wastewater. economy principles and A-S.6.3 Working on relevant specification formats in the context of circular GHG emission economy requirements in line with Green Public Procurement (GPP) reduction principles. A-S.7: Increasing R&D activities and developing technological infrastructure to improve waste management, taking into account circular economy principles and GHG emission reduction The Climate Council adopted a recommendation: “Necessary studies should be conducted to develop tools to support value chain and life cycle assessment and to determine GHG reduction impacts”. In this context, material-based life cycle assessment studies will be conducted and GHG reduction effects will be determined. The objective is to convert biogas from biodegradable waste into high value-added products and introduce them into the economy. R&D studies are intended to be conducted in this field. Additionally, as part of the GHG emission reduction target and principles of circular economy, R&D studies will be conducted on reuse of treated wastewater, material recovery from wastewater and treatment sludge, reduction of the amount of treatment sludge produced at the facility, beneficial use of treatment sludge, and reduction of GHG emissions from wastewater treatment facilities. It is planned to develop digital technology applications such as advanced sensor technologies, artificial intelligence and remote sensing to optimise waste and wastewater management processes and energy efficiency. Strategy Actions A-S.7: A-S.7.1 Establishing a legal framework for monitoring circular economy, Increasing identifying indicators for monitoring and including necessary indicators in the R&D activities official statistical programme. 102 and A-S.7.2 Developing technologies to convert biogas from biodegradable waste developing into biomethane equivalent to standards of natural gas, biobutanol or hydrogen technological that can be used as biofuel. infrastructure to improve A-S.7.3 Conducting material life cycle assessment studies to determine the waste GHG emission reduction potential of waste materials. management, taking into A-S.7.4 Conducting R&D studies to support the sustainable management of account wastewater treatment facilities in line with circular economy principles and circular GHG emission reduction targets. economy principles and GHG emission A-S.7.5 Developing digital technology applications such as advanced sensor reduction technologies, artificial intelligence and remote sensing to ensure process optimization and energy efficiency in waste and wastewater management. Strategies that ensure or support GHG emission reductions in the reporting of other sectors while related to the waste sector A-S.8: Increasing use of waste as raw material / resource in production processes The Climate Council adopted the following recommendations: “Relevant ministries, municipalities, and industrial facilities should work together to increase RDF production in order to reduce emissions” and “In the framework of the circular economy targets, reuse, use of waste as by-products, alternative raw materials and mandatory use of products obtained by recycling/recovery should be undertaken”. The aim is to implement these decisions, which will have an impact on the reporting of GHG emissions in the industrial sector, in coordination with stakeholders in the waste sector. A strategy and action plan paper is likewise being prepared, which will provide a roadmap for Türkiye in line with the EU Circular Economy Action Plan and its annexes (taking into account the principles of the EU Green Deal). The `National Circular Economy Strategy and Action Plan` is a national strategy and will focus on the entire life cycle of products and will include actions at the stages of product design, production and production processes, consumption, waste management, and use of secondary raw materials. The plan will also include sectoral actions on materials such as plastics, critical raw materials, construction, and biomass, as well as horizontal activities on innovation, investment, and monitoring. It aims to establish and promote the use of the eco-label for various products and services, which is a voluntary reward system created to promote products/services with reduced environmental impacts from the raw material sourcing process to the disposal process, and to provide accurate, non-misleading, scientifically based information to consumers. Industrial symbiosis refers to the merging of two or more economic entities, preferably in close proximity to each other and normally operating independently, to establish long-term partnerships and work in solidarity to improve both environmental performance and 103 competitiveness. In other words, industrial symbiosis brings together independent companies in a more sustainable and innovative approach to resource use. This collaborative network involves the sharing or joint use of all types of facilities, logistics, equipment and expert resources, including the physical exchange of materials, energy, water and/or by-products. As part of this strategy, the aim is to create the legislative infrastructure for industrial symbiosis practices by 2030. Strategy Actions A-S.8.1 Preparing a National Circular Economy Strategy and Action Plan A-S.8: Increasing use of waste as A-S.8.2 Establishing criteria for environmental labelling of different raw material / products and services and the dissemination of best practice. resource in production A-S.8.3 Creating a legal framework to promote industrial symbiosis processes practices A-S.9: Reducing GHG emissions from waste handling equipment & vehicles Waste must be collected separately at source and transported to waste treatment facilities. This operation uses vehicles that produce significant amounts of GHG emissions. Practices such as route optimization and reverse logistics aim to reduce these emissions by encouraging the use of electric vehicles and alternative fuels. These initiatives, to be implemented by decision makers in the waste sector, are expected to reduce the GHG emissions reported in the Energy Sector Transport subheading. Strategy Actions A-S.9.1 Ensuring lower fuel consumption by standardizing and A-S.9: Reducing optimizing routes for waste collection and transport vehicles in GHG emissions accordance with spatial planning or by using reverse logistics options. from waste handling equipment & A-S.9.2 Promoting the use of low-emission, alternative-fuelled and vehicles electric vehicles and, in appropriate cases, rail transport in waste collection and transport by means of appropriate incentive mechanisms. 104

2.6. Agriculture Sector

2.6.1. Current situation Türkiye is endowed with a unique geography, climate and diversity of natural resources. Although these advantages give the chance of growing numerous agricultural products, they come with many different risks, options and scenarios with regard to adaptation and mitigation of climate change. Agriculture sector emission sources include soils where chemical fertilisers are used, rice cultivation, field burning and urea application in crop production; and in the case of livestock breeding, enteric fermentation generated by consumption of feed and manure management. The agriculture sector has a significant place in Türkiye, because it meets food needs of the population of 85 million and constitutes 6% of the country’s GDP and exports as well as 16% of employment [6]. Furthermore, the sector plays a substantial role by providing income to all actors in the agricultural system ranging from production to consumption such as input suppliers, farmers, merchants, workers, exporters, importers, stores, carriers, wholesalers and retailers. On the other hand, Türkiye is a primary producer and exporter of agricultural goods in global markets. Table 24. Agricultural lands in Türkiye, 2022 [19] Thousand % % hectares Grains and other crops 19,470 81.6 Sown area 16,510 Fallow land 2,960 Area of fruits, beverage and spice crops 3,671 15.4 Area of vegetable gardens 718 3.0 Area of ornamental plants 6 0.0 Total cultivated agricultural area 23,864 100.0 62.0 Land under permanent meadows and 14,617 38.0 pastures Total agricultural land 38,482 100.0 In accordance with TURKSTAT data, total agricultural land in Türkiye corresponds to 38 Mha in 2022, 23.9 Mha of which is cultivated area and 14.6 Mha is permanent meadows and pastures. Field crops are grown in 81.6% of the cultivated area, fruits in 15.4% and vegetables in 3.0%. Fallow land makes up 3 Mha of the area where field crops are cultivated [19] (Table 24). The last agricultural census in Türkiye shows that approximately 3 million agricultural enterprises have on average 6 ha of agricultural land and most are family farms. Field crops are grown in 19 Mha of the cultivated agricultural land. In this regard, top three categories are wheat (34.1%), barley (16.4%) and maize (4.7%) which are in the cereals group. Sunflower is the most grown product among oil crops, sugar beet and cotton are the most 105 commonly cultivated crops whereas chickpeas, beans and lentils rank first among legumes and the most grown fodder crops are clover, vetch and sainfoin [19] (Table 25). Table 25. Cultivation area, production and yield of field crops grown in Türkiye, 2022 [19] Cultivated Agricultural Land Production Amount Yield Products Thousand hectares % Tonnes kg/ha Wheat 6,629 34.0 19,750,000 2,979 Barley 3,199 16.4 8,500,000 2,657 Maize 912 4.7 8,500,000 9,321 Sunflower 981 5.0 2,550,000 2,599 Cotton 573 2.9 2,750,000 4,798 Sugar beet 298 1.5 19,253,962 64,717 Chickpea 457 2.3 580,000 1,270 Bean 97 0.5 270,000 2,782 Lentil 343 1.8 445,000 1,299 Clover 644 3.3 19,064,213 29,622 Vetch 342 1.8 4,020,433 11,750 Sainfoin 162 0.8 1,786,207 11,038 Other 1,873 9.6 Fallow land 2,960 15.2 Total land of field 19,470 100.0 crops Field crops are usually produced through traditional methods. About 45,000 farmers grow organic plants in an area of 311,000 ha while 10,000 farmers implement the Good Agricultural Practices (GAP) in an area of nearly 207,000 ha. Organic agriculture and GAP are performed in 1.5% and 1.1% of the total cultivated agricultural land, respectively. In line with the “Use of Chemical Fertilisers” data published by TURKSTAT and MoAF, nitrogen fertiliser is the most commonly used chemical fertiliser in Türkiye. As of 2022, 5.9 Mt of physical fertilisers and 2.3 Mt of plant-based fertilisers were consumed. Of the latter, 1,579,000 tonnes were nitrogen (N), 236,000 tonnes were phosphorus (P) and 108,000 tonnes were potassium (K) fertiliser (Figure 22). The average amount of plant-nutrient-based fertilisers used in 2022 corresponds to 97 kg/ha. Of the 11.3 Mt fertilisers consumed in the same year, 7.5 Mt make up nitrogen fertiliser, 3.5 Mt phosphorus fertiliser and 261,000 tonnes potassium fertiliser (Figure 21). 106 16 000 14 000 12 000 Thousand tons 10 000 8 000 6 000 4 000 2 000 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Nitrogen (%21 N) Phosphate (%17 P2O5) Potassium (%50 K2O) Figure 21. Use of chemical fertilisers in Türkiye [20] The number of livestock in Türkiye rises owing to the supports provided to meet the animal protein needs of the growing population. In 2022, there were 17 million cattle, 45 million sheep and 12 million goats, and 22 Mt of milk and 2 Mt of red mead were produced (Figure 22). Moreover, poultry raising developed. Again in 2022, 2.4 Mt of chicken and 20 billion chicken eggs were produced [21]. 80,0 70,0 60,0 Million headage 50,0 40,0 30,0 20,0 10,0 0,0 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Years Cattle Sheep Goat Figure 22. Number of livestock in Türkiye [21] 107 Figure 23 indicates GHG emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye. In parallel with the climbing livestock number and use of chemical fertilisers, agriculture sector GHG emissions go up by years. 80 70 Emissions ( Million Ton CO2-eq) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Years Enteric Fermantation Manure Management Rice Cultivation Agricultural Soils Field Burning Urea Application Figure 23. Greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye [1] The emissions from agriculture sector which were 46 Mt CO2-eq in 1990 reached 72 Mt CO2-eq by 2021 [1]. (Table 26, Figure 23) Table 26. Greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Enteric 22.40 23.22 23.02 22.64 22.34 21.82 21.79 20.31 19.89 19.96 19.23 18.71 16.97 18.87 18.97 19.68 Fermentation Manure 5.44 5.66 5.53 5.60 5.79 5.52 5.57 5.17 5.35 5.45 5.14 5.10 4.54 4.60 4.59 4.78 Management Rice 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.10 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.16 0.18 Cultivation Agricultural 17.31 17.15 17.53 18.08 15.93 15.87 16.39 16.02 17.31 17.64 16.87 15.11 15.10 16.05 16.59 16.88 Lands Field Burning 0.35 0.36 0.34 0.37 0.32 0.33 0.34 0.35 0.38 0.34 0.34 0.32 0.33 0.33 0.36 0.30 Urea 0.46 0.44 0.46 0.63 0.45 0.43 0.53 0.53 0.66 0.73 0.62 0.53 0.53 0.57 0.63 0.61 Application 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Enteric 20.35 20.58 20.08 19.61 20.95 22.85 25.79 26.91 27.15 26.95 26.98 30.11 32.14 33.37 34.61 34.95 Fermentation Manure 5.03 5.08 4.93 4.86 5.39 5.64 6.43 6.77 7.07 6.96 7.06 7.70 8.51 8.60 9.06 9.14 Management 108 Rice 0.21 0.20 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.25 0.23 0.23 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.26 0.27 Cultivation Agricultural 17.42 16.74 15.25 16.47 17.01 17.42 19.33 20.90 20.76 21.01 23.15 23.61 23.02 24.34 27.39 26.25 Lands Field Burning 0.29 0.26 0.26 0.29 0.22 0.23 0.22 0.24 0.22 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.16 Urea 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.59 0.64 0.56 0.64 0.81 0.79 0.81 1.30 1.45 1.26 1.29 1.66 1.30 Application Enteric fermentation constitutes greater part of the agriculture sector emissions. Its share in the total agriculture emissions is equal to 49%. Enteric fermentation is followed by agricultural lands (36%) and manure management (13%). Total share of the urea application, Field Burning and rice cultivation is about 2% (Figure 24) [1]. Field Burning 0.22% Urea Application Agricultural Lands 36.42% Enteric Fermentation 48.50% Rice Cultivation Manure 0.37% Management 12.69% Figure 24. Shares of greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture sector in Türkiye by source, 2021 [1] The key legislation and policy and strategy papers relating to the agriculture sector in Türkiye are given in Table 27 and Table 28. Table 27. Key legislation on agriculture sector Key Legislation Purpose and Scope The purpose of the law is to ensure soil conversation and development, classification of agricultural lands, determination of Law on Soil sizes for minimum- and sufficient-revenue-earning agricultural Conservation and Land lands, prevention of land disaggregation and planned use of the Use (Law No. 5403) minimum- and sufficient-revenue-earning agricultural lands in line with the principle of sustainable development prioritising environment. 109 The law covers principles and procedures on the classification of lands and soil resources based on scientific rules, determination of sizes for minimum- and sufficient-revenue-earning agricultural lands, prevention of land disaggregation, preparation of land use plans, assessment of their social, economic and environmental dimensions through participatory methods throughout the conversation and development process, prevention of non- purpose and wrong utilization and setting of the protective procedures, and the relevant duties, powers and responsibilities. The purpose of the Law is to ensure that in irrigation areas and areas deemed necessary by the President, the soil shall be efficiently operated and operation thereof shall be protected, that maximum economic yield shall be achieved from unit area, agricultural production shall be raised and utilized continuously and employment opportunities in this area shall be increased, that farmers with inadequate soil or no soil shall be provided and supported with state-owned lands and shall be trained in order to Law on Agriculture establish agricultural family enterprises, that the agricultural lands Reform Regarding which were fragmented in a way that hinders economic Land Arrangement in production, shall be subject to aggregation through expansion Irrigation Areas (Law when needed and within the bounds of possibility; that No. 3083) fragmentation and shrinking of the agricultural lands shall be prevented so that the owner family will be able to live off and make use of its workforce in a sufficient manner; that allocation of agricultural lands for other purposes shall be regulated when it is mandatory; that utilization method for the complete agricultural land shall be identified; and that ownership and disposal procedures for the immovables in other areas deemed necessary by the President shall be subject to regulations due to national security. Pursuant to the regulation, irrigation efficiency should be boosted Regulation on Control to 55% until 2024. The regulation aims to ensure efficient use of of Water Use and the irrigation water, reduction of losses, prevention of its Reduction of Water unauthorized use, supply and distribution of irrigation water and Losses in Irrigation decrease in the relevant usage costs, and to consolidate the Systems coordination between institutions for use of agricultural water. Table 28. Relevant policy papers relating to agriculture sector Policy Papers Goals and Objectives The plan, covering the years 2024-2028, offers a long-lived Türkiye Twelfth Development perspective depending on the vision of creating “a stable, strong, Plan 2024-2028 prosperous, environmental-friendly and disaster-resilient Türkiye which produces high added value based on advanced technology 110 and sustains fair income distribution in the Century of Türkiye”. Fundamental purpose is to create an organized and competitive agriculture sector that approaches economic, social and environmental dimensions of production holistically, uses technology at a high and efficient level, undertakes planned production in the framework of supply-demand equilibrium, utilizes natural resources in an effective and sustainable manner and ensure sufficient and balanced nutrition of society. The plan includes the following measures: Smart agricultural practices shall be scaled up by means of the work models based on digitalization, artificial intelligence and data. Conversation, sustainable use and effective management of agricultural lands shall be achieved. Crop production shall take place in a planned way, yield shall be boosted by using qualified genetic materials and production shall be raised through development of greenhouse growing, particularly in the metropolitan areas with dense population. Investments for improving the infrastructure shall continue in order to achieve food security. Besides, food inspection and services for fighting against plant and animal diseases and pests shall be implemented. Prevention of waste and development of the infrastructure and practices for efficient stock management and marketing shall be ensured to achieve food security. Environmental-friendly agricultural practices shall be supported and promoted with the aim of mitigating GHG emissions as part of the environmental protection and combating climate change. Medium Term Programme contains the following relevant actions: ensuring more effective utilization of soil and water resources by extending climate change-resilient agricultural practices and new Medium Term technologies, maintaining the training, capacity building, R&D Programme 2024- projects and efforts for early warning system in order to combat 2026 agricultural drought, increasing arable and irrigable areas by implementing compelling and encouraging regulations for the protection of agricultural lands, prevention of their use outside intended purpose and effective use. In the Strategic Plan, mission was set as “ecological resource management acting as a model on global scale”. On the other hand, the plan adopted the mission of “assuring food security, security of Strategic Plan of the food supply and human health through ecologic and value-added Ministry of plant and livestock breeding by mobilizing ecologic resources of Agriculture and our country in an efficient, productive and sustainable manner Forestry 2019-2023 under the development model of these resources.” The plan consists of 7 goals. Objectives of MoAF in the Strategic Plan 2019-2023 are listed as follows: 111 - Raising the capacity to cope with climate change, erosion and desertification - Detecting and preventing land degradation and erosion - Measuring possible effects of climate change on agriculture and developing recommendations for taking measures Some of the actions and strategies set as part of these objectives are: compliance and measures against the effects of climate change on agriculture and R&D projects for identifying agricultural drought and reducing its impacts; promotion of the R&D projects for measurement, monitoring and mitigation of the GHG emissions from agricultural activities (plant-based and livestock); development of preventive measures against climate change-driven land degradation and erosion in agricultural land and grasslands; calculation and reporting of GHG emissions and sinks originating from land use and changing land use in our country; updating of the National Agricultural Drought Strategy and Action Plan for 2023- 2027, increase of the institutional capacity regarding climate change; and expansion of the awareness of climate adaptation. Agricultural policies specified by the Nationally Determined Contribution of Türkiye are as follows: controlling methane emissions by regulating animal feed rations; ensuring optimum use of nitrogen fertiliser in crop production; raising fertilisation process in biogas facilities; reducing the use of nitrogen fertilisers alternately with legumes in crop production; improving regulation practices of rational feeding and the number of animals in cattle breeding; using agricultural biomass and fertilisers for electricity generation; mitigation of methane emissions through the advancement of subsurface irrigation system technology in rice NDC 2023 production; improving application methods and standards of minerals and organic fertilisers; training farmers on new methods and technologies; reducing the risks against natural hazards for food security with the practices such as crop rotation, use of agrotechnical methods in forecasting, development of soil and water conservation applications, and forecasting and soil conservation practices to reduce drought and wind erosion and dividing up the available water through sectoral use (e.g. irrigation, industry, energy production) and water allocation plans to making use of the volume of available water in every basin and to maintain the ecosystem. Short term, medium term and long-term objectives were set for the mitigation in agricultural sector. Rational fertiliser use will be National Climate promoted; carbon emissions will be limited by using modern Change Strategy techniques for irrigation, soil cultivation, pesticide use, etc.; organic 2010-2023 agriculture, and production and use of drought-tolerant plants and certified seeds will be supported and increased. Techniques will be developed to boost carbon sequestration in soil and agricultural 112 producers shall be encouraged to adopt such techniques. In order to reduce methane emissions from agricultural activities, appropriate livestock feeding methods, manure management and good drainage conditions in rice cultivation will be increased. In agriculture, mitigation and adaptation strategies reinforce each other. Mitigation technologies increase the resilience of farmers to climate change. Thus, mitigation and adaptation in agriculture will be planned collectively, because the synergy to be created by mitigation and adaptation strategies with effective planning and implementation will also lead to effective results in production increase and reduction of poverty. The Climate Change Action Plan covers the following actions. Under the objective of “lowering the increase rate of GHG emissions from plant and animal production”, Türkiye’s fertiliser consumption inventory will be prepared; analysis-based fertiliser use will be promoted; utilization of animal sourced fertiliser will be raised and farmers will be provided training on this subject; the Climate Change support programme required for spreading grassland-based animal Action Plan of husbandry will be established; feed ratios will be identified and Türkiye 2011-2023 farmers will be trained to reduce methane gas originating from enteric fermentation; measures will be identified to ensure animal production with high genetic performance for meat and milk production; training programmes will be prepared for management and use of animal-sourced fertilisers and establishment of biogas production facilities. The Strategy and Action Plan identifies the provisions relating to data compilation, reporting, monitoring and validation and focuses Climate Adaptation on five primary areas that are significant for Türkiye in setting the Strategy and Action reporting requirements arising from international obligations. Plan of Türkiye 2011- They are water resources management, agriculture and food 2023 security, natural disaster risk management, ecosystem services, biodiversity and forests and public health. The subjects associated with agriculture are about impact and adaptation. In the Action Plan, the topics on GHG mitigation are development of organic agriculture, reduction of chemical fertilisers, Green Deal Action improvement of waste and residue management in agricultural Plan 2021 production, land aggregation activities and increase of renewable energy in agriculture. Action Plan aims to mitigate the impacts of climate change on water Water Efficiency supply in all sectors, particularly residential, agricultural and Strategy and Action industrial water uses. Plan in the Framework of One of the objectives of the plan is to achieve water recovery of up Adaptation to to 50% by applying clean production techniques and water efficiency measures in industry. In line with this objective, a 113 Changing Climate national goal was set, preferred strategies were identified and a 10- 2023-2033 Year Industrial Water Efficiency Action Plan was prepared for 2023-2033. The plan contains the strategies below: advancing measurement and monitoring systems as well as creating up-to-date inventories; developing legal regulations and creating incentive mechanisms for the expansion of alternative (non-conventional) water resources; calculating size of the blue and grey water footprint in agriculture and industry, determining measures to reduce it, and establishing incentives and support mechanisms; and conducting studies to take virtual water content into account in international trade of goods. Some of the decisions taken by the Climate Council are as follows: For combating climate change and reducing GHGs in the agricultural sector, short, medium and long-term national strategies and actions will be formulated and implemented with a focus on farmers. A “Climate-Friendly Agricultural Support Model” will be designed and applied. Agriculture-food value chain will be made sustainable and cyclical by creating an ecosystem-oriented food production model through an integrated approach. In agricultural production, resource efficient consumption of chemical fertilisers and plant protection products will be ensured and monitored. In order to develop organic agriculture in the country, studies will be Climate Council 2022 conducted to raise the production areas and quantities. Necessary studies will be conducted under management and utilization of methane emissions originating from agriculture and waste sectors. For the purpose of reducing the use of chemical fertilisers in agricultural production, effective new generation fertiliser production technologies and the fertilisation systems based on internet of things (IoT), artificial intelligence and sensor technologies will be developed. In line with the zero-waste target, green and environmental-friendly technologies will be upgraded for the production of high economic value biofertilisers (compost, organo-mineral, microbial) protein, dietary fibre and bioactive substances from residues in agriculture and food sector. Under the Action Plan, the actions below were defined: promoting the replacement of tractors and harvesters with new, energy- efficient ones, switching to energy efficient irrigation methods, National Energy supporting energy efficiency projects in the agriculture sector, Efficiency Action encouraging the use of renewable energy sources in agricultural Plan production, identifying agricultural by-products and waste potential to produce biomass and promoting its use, supporting energy efficiency in aquaculture sector. 114

2.6.2. Strategies and actions In section of agriculture sector, there are seven strategies and actions for reaching these strategies. Relevant strategies cover the mitigation of emissions particularly with respect to the activities that make the highest contribution to GHG emissions, and enhancement of efficiency, implementation of loss, waste & residue and soil management, providing financing to implement actions, and training and capacity-building activities. Strategy T-S.1: Mitigating methane emissions from livestock breeding Emissions from livestock have the highest share in the agriculture sector GHG emissions, so regulations on livestock are at the forefront in mitigation of agriculture sector emissions in Türkiye. In the world, the options for reduction of emissions in livestock concentrate on boosting efficiency in production and resource utilization. Functional practices suggested for reducing emissions in cattle and small ruminant breeding are genetic improvement of livestock, and improvements in their feeding, health, management etc., reuse of manure, their utilization in electricity generation from renewable sources (biogas), achievement of sustainability in intensive production and regulations regarding livestock management in meadows and pasture (rotational grazing and regenerative grazing). In line with the strategy of ensuring a healthy and sustainable food and animal feed production and developing alternative resources, the options to mitigate emissions from livestock breeding can also be listed as opting of low-emission food such as fowl, and plant-based alternative protein resources, investigation of cellular agriculture (animal proteins and all cells are produced in bioreactors), searching of alternative protein resources as animal feed, developments in the use of synthetic amino acid, algae, fungi, microbial protein and insects instead of high-protein animal feed and reduction of enteric methane emissions with animal feed additives (vegetable oils, seaweed etc.). For the purpose of reducing emissions in management of enteric fermentation and fertilisers which lead agriculture sector emissions most in Türkiye, the feed additives that repress methane emission in animal feed rations should be researched, defined and approved and their use should be promoted. In this respect, research will be commissioned on the impacts of using animal feed additives in feed rations; a pilot system will be developed to record the feed rations used in big farms; those farms which utilize the additives that repress methane emission in animal feed rations will be identified and training programmes on this subject will be held. Moreover, research for genetic-based animal breeding considering methane emission will be increased, a report that suggests the ideal animal species, breeds and optimum system for each geographical region will be prepared and pilot applications will be put into practice. In order to improve animal manure collection system and methods to make use of manure, application projects will be developed and promoted and pasture land designation, delimitation and improvement works will continue at a rising pace. 115 Strategy Actions T-S.1.1 Conducting R&D studies on investigation, identification, approval and use of the feed additives that repress methane emission in animal feed rations and ensuring the use of approved feed additives Strategy T- S.1: T-S.1.2 Increasing studies on genetic-based animal breeding considering methane Mitigating emission methane emissions T-S.1.3 Increasing research studies on alternative feed resources and executing from pilot applications livestock b reeding T-S.1.4 Improving animal manure collection system and manure utilization methods and disseminating improved methods T-S.1.5 Supporting sustainable livestock grazing through improving grasslands Strategy T-S.2: Increasing efficiency in using chemical fertilisers Excessive use of chemical fertilisers, particularly nitrogen fertilisers, needs to be avoided and fertilisers should be applied at appropriate levels in order to mitigate the agriculture sector emissions. Effective use of fertilisers and improvement of manure management increase food production and reduce emissions. Using the right fertiliser at the right ratio at the right time and place protects soil and water resources as well as ensuring optimum nutrient intake of the plant. Therefore, rational application of chemical fertilisers in crop production and crop rotation with legumes are the most commonly used reduction alternatives. In this sense, fertiliser consumption inventories will be first improved and training for farmers regarding optimum fertiliser use will be increased. Economic and environmental impact analyses on organic and organo-mineral fertilisers will be conducted. It will be searched to discover the opportunities to use granular and liquid fertilisers from biogas plants and domestic organic waste as green fertiliser and compost. As a result, research and assessment reports will be issued. In order to reduce the use of nitrogen fertilisers, supports will be expanded for extending crop rotation with legumes. Awareness-raising activities that aim to generalize Good Agricultural Practices (GAP) and organic agriculture will be increased. Climate-friendly and sustainable crop and livestock production application lists will be prepared specific to each of the seven geographical regions, pilot practices will be implemented and training courses will be organized for the purpose of extending the applications and R&D studies to be conducted for climate- friendly, sustainable and digital agriculture. 116 Strategy Actions T-S.2.1 Preparing fertiliser consumption inventories. T-S.2.2 Increasing research, training and extension activities to promote rational fertiliser use. T-S.2.3 Promoting R&D projects on the use of organic, organo-mineral, compost, Strategy T- green fertiliser etc. as an alternative to chemical fertilisers and disseminating the S.2: results of such projects. Increasing efficiency T-S.2.4 Increasing training and extension activities to extend crop rotation with in using legumes and their cultivation sites in crop production. chemical fertilisers T-S.2.5 Increasing awareness-raising activities that promote Good Agricultural Practices (GAP) and organic agriculture. T-S.2.6 Increasing extension activities to speed up R&D studies in climate- friendly, sustainable and digital agriculture and to disseminate results of the studies. Strategy T-S.3: Reducing use of pesticides and antimicrobials It is aimed to promote R&D studies aiming at developing the products which are alternative to pesticides and antimicrobials, and to expedite registration processes of the developed products. In this respect, research on alternative agricultural control methods will be encouraged to realize the objective of generalizing registration and use of the newly-developed products. Strategy Actions T-S.3.1 Promoting R&D studies to develop alternatives to pesticides and Strategy T-S.3: antimicrobials and expediting registration process for such products. Reducing use of pesticides and T-S.3.2 Reducing use of pesticides and antimicrobials and increasing antimicrobials extension activities for use of alternative products registered and licensed. Strategy T-S.4: Developing loss, waste and residue management in agricultural production Loss and waste in agricultural production refer to the fall in the quantity and quality of agricultural products which happens at all stages of the products from production to consumption. Agricultural residues are the unused parts of the crops. For example, stubble left in the field after wheat is harvested make up residues. The wheat which falls onto the field during the harvest and is not used later becomes a loss. Bread, the last ring of the chain is a residue if it is not consumed. 117 Inventory studies on recycling of agricultural waste and residues will be completed. Furthermore, R&D and awareness activities undertaken to reduce food loss and waste will be boosted. Strategy Actions T-S.4.1 Expediting and scaling up R&D studies on reduction of crop losses Strategy T-S.4: in crop production and reuse of waste and residues. Developing loss, waste and residue T-S.4.2 Completing inventory studies in recycling of agricultural waste and management in residues. agricultural production T-S.4.3 Increasing R&D and awareness activities to reduce food loss and waste. Strategy T-S.5: Increasing efficiency of land and soil management This strategy aims to prevent non-agricultural use, fragmentation, destruction and misuse of the agricultural lands and to create an infrastructure for planning agricultural production. This will be achieved by completing land aggregation registration activities, preparing current detailed soil maps in accordance with international standards and putting them into use, generalizing and monitoring the activities for mitigating land destruction and increasing the relevant R&D studies, and planning agricultural production on the basis of agricultural basins or enterprises and revising agricultural supports to realize the goals under such planning. Besides, direct sowing methods and reduced tillage procedures, agro-forestry and shelterbelt activities will be extended. Strategy Actions T-S.5.1 Completing land aggregation registration activities. T-S.5.2 Preparing and putting into use current detailed soil maps in accordance with Strategy international standards. T-S.5: Increasin T-S.5.3 Promoting and monitoring activities to mitigate land destruction and g monitored and increasing relevant R&D studies. efficienc y of land T-S.5.4 Planning agricultural production on the basis of agricultural basins or and soil enterprises and revising agricultural supports to realize the goals under such planning manage ment T-S.5.5 Increasing extension activities to extend direct sowing methods and reduced tillage procedures. T-S.5.6 Extending agro-forestry and shelterbelt activities in cultivated areas. Strategy T-S.6: Providing farmers with access to affordable financing 118 In order to mitigate emissions in agriculture sector, additional financing will be required for the practices to be executed, particularly at farmers’ level. In the framework of the policy to reduce GHG, environmental impact of the agricultural support and incentives will be analysed and the relevant legislation will be arranged to update such support and incentives as part of the said policy. Data needed to facilitate farmers’ collaboration with banks and women farmers’ access to loans will be identified. Another goal is to design and implement the programmes for enhancing economic diversity in rural areas. In this context, it is planned to prepare green transformation analysis report and green transformation strategy paper and to improve supporting programmes for rural areas. Strategy Actions T-S.6.1 Establishing financing and support models for mitigation activities. Strategy T-S.6: Providing farmers T-S.6.2 Identifying and sharing data needed to facilitate farmers’ with access to collaboration with banks and women farmers’ access to loans. affordable financing T-S.6.3 Designing and implementing programmes for enhancing economic diversity in rural areas. Strategy T-S.7: Promoting training, awareness-raising and capacity-building activities for stakeholders operating in agriculture sector considering gender balance Training is significant for ensuring that all activities aiming at reducing agriculture sector emission, are embraced and undertaken by the stakeholders of agriculture sector. It is aimed to designate the target audience to be subjected to training for switching to low-carbon production in agriculture sector, in line with the sustainable development goals. Thus, a fair transition process will be implemented with a programme in which social dialogue mechanism functions effectively, everyone is treated equally and green and decent job opportunities are increased. It is planned to provide training to all stakeholders in agriculture sector, especially less privileged groups, farmers and technical workers. Strategy Actions Strategy T-S.7: Promoting T-S.7.1 Identifying target audience to receive training in line training, awareness-raising with Sustainable Development Goals. and capacity-building activities for stakeholders T-S.7.2 Promoting training and capacity-building activities for operating in agriculture stakeholders in agriculture sector. sector considering gender balance 119

2.7. Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) Sector

2.7.1. Current situation Türkiye has experienced favourable developments in the last four decades in terms of forest cover. According to forestry statistics, forest cover increased from 20.19 Mha to 23.11 Mha in the 1972-2021 period. The main strategy in the LULUCF sector is defined as “proactive sustainable forest management” as it is essential to focus on enhancing the productivity of ecosystems and forest cover in order to utilise the full mitigation and adaptation capacity of forests, and protect forests from the harmful impacts of climate change and pressure from other land uses. Since Türkiye is located in an ecologically fragile geographical region, sink areas, especially forests, are considered as the most important basis for combating climate change, erosion and desertification. The current data of General Directorate of Forestry (GDF) [22] indicates that the forest lands reached 23,245,000 ha as of 2022, and that the area of undisturbed forests over 10%, defined as productive forests, reached 13,707,843 ha. According to the same source, the size of degraded (intermittently disturbed: below 10% cover) forest lands is 9,537,157 ha. It can be said that most of these degraded forest lands are not suitable for conversion to productive forests and some of them should be preserved in their current state for biodiversity. The forest land subject to the national GHG inventory is 22.9 Mha in 2021 in accordance with the EU Copernicus programme, of which 19.7 Mha is forest cover and 3.2 Mha is intermittently disturbed woodland (degraded forest). According to current GHG inventory data, total emissions in 2021 increased by 157% compared to 1990; sequestration by the LULUCF sector, which covered approximately 30.2% of all emissions in 1990, decreased to 8.3% in 2021. The reason for this decrease is the fact that the increase rate of emissions is higher than the increase rate of sink areas and the factors such as forest fires, drought, etc. threatening the LULUCF sector due to climate change. With a new system established in 2019 in the General Directorate of Forestry and General Directorate of Agricultural Reform, which are the responsible institutions for LULUCF GHG inventory and reporting (NIR Türkiye, 2023), Türkiye used an international forest definition to ensure international comparability in UNFCCC reports. The calculation differences resulting from this definition are explained in the NIR report. The new system uses sensitive spatial infrastructures enabling the monitoring of land and land use changes. According to the new system, country areas are divided into 8 ecozones. The data sent by GDF to the Food and Agriculture Organization and published in the Global Forest Resources Assessments report (2020) indicate that the forest land in our country is increasing rapidly (Table 29). 120 Table 29. Changes in forest lands in Türkiye according to Food and Agriculture Organization Global Forest Resources Assessments Report [22] 1990-2000 2000-2010 2010-2015 2015-2020 1000 ha/y Forest land expansion (a) 38.71 94.85 110.47 119.18 Afforestation 22.65 62.91 75.36 80.20 Naturally 16.06 31.94 35.11 38.98 Deforestation (b) 2.22 1.38 1.03 1.17 Forest land net change (a-b) 36.49 93.47 109.44 118.01 LULUCF (Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry) in Türkiye is a net sink based on the growth of wood biomass and forest expansion, where the key sector is forest lands and harvested wood products. The annual GHG sequestration amount, which was 66.5 Mt CO2-eq in 1990, reached 77 Mt CO2-eq in 2014, but decreased over time and according to the recent inventory figures, it decreased to 47 CO2-eq in 2021. Based on the growth and increment figures, due to large forest fires (the 2021 mega fire alone has emissions of about 10 Mt CO2-eq), drought and high wood production, carbon sequestration in 2021 was quite low compared to previous years, being approximately 20 Mt CO2-eq below the 1990 sequestration level. Approximately half of this decrease is due to the 2021 fires, and the other half is due to climate-related productivity loss and increased wood production due to the utilisation of wood from trees damaged by forest fires and felling in burned areas due to the increasing demands of the wood sector to use domestic materials. [1](Table 30, Figure 25). Table 30. Total greenhouse gas emissions and LULUCF sequestration in Türkiye, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Total Emissions 219.5 226.8 233.1 240.8 234.4 248.2 267.6 278.8 280.3 277.8 298.9 279.7 285.6 304.8 314.4 337.6 LULUCF Removals -66.5 -67.4 -67.5 -66.6 -68.0 -67.8 -67.1 -70.4 -70.6 -71.2 -68.1 -70.8 -69.3 -71.2 -69.7 -71.8 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Total Emissions 358.0 391.7 388.5 395.2 398.8 428.6 448.2 440.2 459.5 475.0 501.1 528.6 523.1 508.7 524.0 564.4 LULUCF Removals -71.5 -71.8 -67.9 -70.8 -71.9 -75.6 -73.4 -76.5 -76.9 -72.8 -73.1 -75.0 -69.8 -62.7 -56.9 -47.1 121 2020 2018 2016 2014 2012 2010 2008 Years 2006 2004 2002 2000 1998 1996 1994 1992 1990 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Emissions (Million ton CO2-eq) Total Emissions LULUCF Removals Figure 25. Total greenhouse gas emissions and LULUCF sequestration in Türkiye [1] A detailed analysis of sequestration of the LULUCF sector indicates that there is a decrease in the forest category after 2017 (Table 31, Figure 26). Table 31. Distribution of LULUCF sector sequestration by categories, Mt CO2-eq [1] 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Forest land -63.60 -65.08 -64.72 -64.85 -66.61 -65.33 -65.33 -67.73 -68.22 -68.69 -64.38 -67.31 -65.54 -66.81 -65.61 -66.60 Agricultur al land 0.00 0.08 0.15 0.14 0.22 0.15 0.14 0.08 0.15 0.11 0.04 0.09 0.31 0.18 0.43 0.21 Grassland 0.00 0.08 0.19 0.25 0.38 0.29 0.42 0.23 0.41 0.42 0.10 0.12 0.29 0.18 0.41 0.26 Wetland 0.00 0.04 0.09 0.25 0.22 0.16 0.12 0.15 0.37 0.26 0.18 0.01 0.15 0.03 0.08 0.03 Settlement 0.03 0.07 0.10 0.10 0.13 0.14 0.13 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.15 0.20 0.19 0.27 0.27 122 Other lands 0.04 0.13 0.14 0.17 0.18 0.25 0.17 0.29 0.26 0.19 0.18 0.28 0.22 0.39 0.31 Harvested Wood Products -2.91 -2.57 -3.38 -2.62 -2.51 -3.36 -2.88 -3.49 -3.77 -3.73 -4.34 -4.04 -5.00 -5.18 -5.70 -6.28 (HWP) 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Forest land -66.93 -66.14 -62.38 -65.08 -65.87 -67.51 -65.70 -67.47 -67.11 -62.94 -62.37 -65.32 -60.19 -54.00 -48.22 -33.95 Agricultur al land 0.44 0.29 0.47 0.21 0.45 0.20 0.42 0.22 0.31 0.46 0.34 0.37 0.35 0.38 0.39 0.39 Grassland 0.55 0.42 0.61 0.49 0.64 0.40 0.64 0.47 0.75 0.98 0.66 0.71 0.71 0.77 0.78 0.72 Wetland 0.11 0.05 0.14 0.10 0.41 0.17 0.61 0.38 0.17 -0.02 0.27 0.29 0.22 0.19 0.19 0.23 Settlement 0.35 0.35 0.38 0.36 0.43 0.39 0.44 0.40 0.42 0.42 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.42 0.42 Other lands 0.49 0.46 0.54 0.43 0.60 0.44 0.65 0.54 0.56 0.76 0.62 0.65 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.69 Harvested Wood Products -6.50 -7.25 -7.70 -7.41 -8.59 -9.74 -10.51 -11.08 -12.05 -12.54 -13.10 -12.13 -11.97 -11.22 -11.28 -15.73 (HWP) Years 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 10 0 -10 Emissions (Million ton CO2-eq) -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90 Forest Land Gcropland Grassland Wetland Settlements Other Land Figure 26. Distribution of LULUCF sector sequestration by categories. [1] According to the recent GHG national inventory report (NIR, 2023), the mitigation capacity of the LULUCF sector is substantially left to forest management and secondly to the Harvested 123 Wood Products subcategory, while the contribution of lands converted to forest land (LCFL) remains limited. While all other five land categories are net emission sources according to the recent inventory data (1990-2021), lands converted to forest lands (LCFL) and Harvested Wood Products (HWP) with forest lands have mitigated close to 47.15 Mt CO2-eq. However, the share of AR was less than 1% of total mitigation. As a result, harvested wood products (HWP) and Forest Management (FLRFL) accounted for up to 96% of emissions and sequestration in the sector. Additionally, these two categories (FLRFL and HWP) are key categories of the sector in the GHG inventory of Türkiye (ranking in the top 95% of total emissions). However, HWP pool should not be considered as true sequestration. Carbon sequestered in the HWP category has a half-life depending on the product type. Therefore, according to the IPCC 2006 guidance, at the end of the half-life, all sequestered carbon is released to the atmosphere. In other words, it is a carbon reserve assumed to be released into the atmosphere over time instead of sudden oxidation (emission) of the wood raw materials produced, and it is in fact a spread of emission over time. The release of this reserve into the atmosphere slows down as long-life wood products are used. From another point of view, the use of these harvested wood products instead of products with high carbon footprint will contribute to the decrease due to the substitution of products with low carbon footprint [1] (Table 32). Table 32. Greenhouse gas emissions/sequestration of LULUCF categories in 2021 [1] -47,145.76 NET -33,605.74 Forest lands (+10,000 Forest fires emissions included) (FL) -339.71 Lands converted to forest lands (LCFL) 387.48 Agricultural lands (CL) 722.48 Grasslands (GL) 229.99 Wetlands (WL) 420.85 Settlements (SL) 685.80 Other lands (OL) -15,700 Harvested wood products (HWP) -49,670.49 Sequestration 2,446.59 Emissions (Excluding forest fires) The key legislation as well as policy and strategy papers relating to Turkish LULUCF sector are shown in Table 33 and Table 34. Table 33. Key legislation on LULUCF sector Key Legislation Purpose and Scope Forest Law (Law No. The purpose of the Forest Law is to ensure the protection, 6831) management, and development of forests, as well as the ownership of forests by the state. The law requires the state to combat all 124 kinds of damages to forests (human-induced damages such as forest fires, felling, clearing, utilisation, grazing, occupation; abiotic damages such as snowfall, blizzards, avalanches and snow fractures; and biotic damages such as insects, fungi, and animal related damages). Furthermore, utilisation of forests, management and all kinds of permits and easements are undertaken by the state. The state has the responsibility to undertake activities to increase the number of forests (afforestation, combating erosion, soil conservation operations against disasters such as floods, landslides, avalanches, etc., reconstruction, rehabilitation works, integrated and holistic basin projects to combat desertification and to improve the socio-economic status of people residing in forest villages). Additionally, the follow-up and penal provisions of forest offences are clearly stated in the law. The purpose of this Law is to ensure the identification, delimitation and allocation of grasslands, summer quarters, winter quarters and public grasslands and pastures, previously allocated by various laws or in use since ancient times, on behalf of village Law on Pastures (Law or municipal legal entities, their use in accordance with the No. 4342) determined rules, increasing and maintaining their productivity through maintenance and rehabilitation, continuous supervision of their use, their protection and changing their intended use when necessary. The purpose of the law is to lay down principles and procedures for soil conversation and development, classification of Law on Soil agricultural lands, determination of sizes for minimum- and Conservation and Land sufficient-revenue-earning agricultural lands, prevention of land Use (Law No. 5403) disaggregation and planned use of the minimum- and sufficient- revenue-earning agricultural lands in line with the principle of sustainable development prioritising environment. Table 34. Key policy papers relating to LULUCF sector Policy Papers Goals and Objectives Forests resilient to climate change will be established and management plans will be developed to increase the sink area functions of forests. The contribution of forests to combating disasters, drought, and desertification, protecting biodiversity and Twelfth water resources, improving ecosystem services and balancing land Development Plan degradation, as well as to health, food, tourism and energy sectors 2024-2028 will be increased. The use of forest products for the longest possible period within a circular economy will be encouraged, and their reuse and recycling rates will be increased. Voluntary carbon market and green certification practices relating to forestry will be developed. Internationalisation of Turkish companies in the forestry sector will 125 be supported. Forestry statistics will be harmonised with international standards. Forest-based products and services will be diversified with a focus on exports in accordance with the principles of sustainable forest management, and the share of sector in the economy will be increased. Preventive measures against forest fires will be increased and firefighting capacity will be enhanced. The National Climate Change Strategy covering the period 2010- 2023 includes short-, medium- and long-term strategic objectives. Such objectives include evaluating the status of the forestry in Türkiye with a focus on deforestation and forest degradation, which are of critical importance in terms of combating climate change, and National Climate developing strategies to address the problems; afforesting and Change Strategy rehabilitating 2.3 Mha of land under the National Afforestation 2010-2023 Campaign; establishing a central geographical information system for all land use categories in Türkiye and developing a monitoring model based on maps and satellite data to calculate the changes between land use categories; promoting the increase of open green space systems in urban areas and improving urban forestry. In the scope of the action plan; under the objective of increasing the amount of carbon sequestered in forests, preparation and implementation of a new action plan for 2013 and following years in terms of carbon sequestration of Afforestation Action Plan; under the objective of integrating the climate change factor into land use and National Climate land use change management strategies until 2015; encouraging Change Action Plan energy forestry on lands ecologically and economically inconvenient 2011-2023 for agricultural use; enhancing the protection status of peat bogs in Türkiye, taking into account their high carbon sequestration properties; determining the carbon sequestered in settlements. Among the actions under the objective of enhancing institutional capacity is the restructuring of the Climate Change and Bioenergy Working Group established within GDF. The Plan includes the objectives of improving degraded forest lands National Action Plan with appropriate techniques and methods in order to increase forest to Combat cover; protecting and developing natural resources with a holistic and Desertification participatory approach in accordance with the principles of 2015-2023 sustainable land management. The Strategy includes the following objectives relating to climate change: implementing erosion control, afforestation and in-forest grassland improvement projects on 1,620,000 ha of land until 2023; National Water increasing normal/productive forest lands, which currently account Basin Management for 50% of forests in the basins, to 75% in 2023, to be achieved in Strategy 2014-2023 degraded forest lands with improvement and afforestation activities; increasing the amount of carbon sinks, which is currently 15.5 Mt per year, to 16.7 Mt in 2015 and 20 Mt in 2023. 126 In the Strategic Plan, the vision is "a model ecological resource management on a global scale" and the mission is "to mobilise the ecological resources in our country in an effective, productive and sustainable manner with a development model perspective and to ensure economic security, food supply security and human health through ecological, plant and animal added value". There are seven objectives in the plan and the objectives relating to climate change in the 2019-2023 Strategic Plan of MoAF are as follows: - Increasing the capacity to combat climate change, erosion, and desertification Strategic Plan of the - Identifying and preventing land degradation and erosion Ministry of - Measuring the possible impacts of climate change on agriculture Agriculture and and developing preventive measures Forestry 2019-2023 Within the scope of these objectives; adaptation and measures against the impacts of climate change on agriculture and R&D projects for determining agricultural drought and reducing its impacts, measurement-monitoring and mitigation of GHG emissions from agricultural activities (crop and livestock) and expansion of R&D projects for low carbon agriculture, development of measures to prevent land degradation and erosion due to climate change in agricultural lands and grassland lands, actions and strategies such as calculating and reporting GHG emissions and sinks originating from land use and land use change in Türkiye, updating the Agricultural Drought Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan of Türkiye so as to cover years 2023-2027, increasing institutional capacity on climate change, and raising awareness on climate adaptation. GDF Strategic Plan presents objectives under four goals: (G1): To Protect Forests and Forest Resources Against Biotic and Abiotic Pests, (G2): Develop Forests, Increase Efficiency and Expand Lands, (G3): Provide Social Benefits from Goods and Services Produced by Forests, (G4): Improve Institutional Capacity. The objectives within the scope of G1 are to increase preventive measures and strengthen response capacity in combating forest fires; to monitor the health of forest ecosystems and to preserve forest existence and health General Directorate primarily through natural and naturally appropriate preventive of Forestry Strategic measures. The objectives within the scope of G2 are to increase the Plan 2019-2023 fertile forest area to 14 Mha; to increase the implementation rate from 9% to 100% in a total potential area of 330,000 ha determined to be suitable for industrial afforestation; to increase the forest cover to 30% of the country's total surface area; to combat erosion in order to reduce soil loss and to improve grassland improvement studies. Within the scope of G4, to complete the information systems and technology infrastructure; to develop and scale up the forest information system. 127 Outputs and decisions of the Climate Council relating to the Land Use sector include promotion of sustainable land use, prevention of erosion and degradation, environment-based solutions, preservation of wetlands, restoration and protection of ecosystems (forest, Climate Council grassland, wetlands, etc.). Carbon stocks will be preserved through 2022 protective land use policies. The report on land use also emphasises the need to harmonise EU policies on forestry and land use with global initiatives. A further decision of the Council is the need for a stronger forest fire management system. In the NDC, combating desertification is prioritised for 2023-2030 in the LULUCF sector. Under combating desertification, the objectives include improved/sustainable forest management; promoting nature NDC 2023 and/or technology-based solutions increasing sink capacity, such as afforestation, rural and agricultural land conservation and grassland improvement; and preventing, controlling and mitigating desertification and land degradation.

2.7.2. Strategies and actions The LULUCF sector includes six carbon pools (above and belowground biomass, soil, litter, deadwood and wood products) in six land use categories (forest, agricultural, grassland, wetland, settlement, other). All of forestry except energy use, carbon dioxide emissions and sequestration of the agricultural sector, carbon cycles in grasslands and wetlands, and GHGs sequestered and emitted in settlements are included in the scope of this sector. Therefore, LULUCF action plan is relating to multiple subsectors. However, since the main sink area is forests and the agriculture sector is addressed separately in the Action Plan, the emphasis of the LULUCF sector in the Plan is on forests. Five key policies are included within the scope of this sector. Sectoral framework transition projects are proposed to implement and strengthen these strategies in the following years. Strategy L-S.1: Increasing GHG sequestration annually by protecting and sustainably managing ecosystems and increasing sink areas, and reducing ecosystem-based emissions This strategy constitutes the basis of LULUCF policies. The basis of the sector is to continuously increase the sink capacity in carbon pools annually. As the sink capacity increases, annual carbon sequestration also increases. The sink capacity can be increased primarily by the correct use of land and good management of the ecosystems on it. Increasing the sink capacity in forests is mainly possible in two ways: first, carbon-oriented forest management, and second, conservation of ecosystems. By implementing this conservation-utilisation balance correctly in the forestry category, carbon will be sequestered in ecosystems and long-life wood products, and substitution benefits will be provided by reducing the use of fossil-fuelled alternative products. This group of actions aim to increase the live biomass per unit area in all ecosystems, particularly forests, over time, to protect it and partially to preserve it in long-life wood 128 products. Balanced forest management and conversion of all activities into carbon positive is required for maximum carbon sequestration. This is called "carbon-oriented forest management" or "advanced forest management" and constitutes the basic component of climate-friendly forestry. Two approaches are proposed for afforestation. The first one is basin-based planning of afforestation. This will facilitate the integrated management of mitigation and adaptation in the LULUCF sector. For instance, conflicts relating to mitigation such as afforestation, forest management and grassland improvement may have a risk reduction effect against disasters such as floods and droughts. The other approach is proactive afforestation. Proactive forest management can also be included in this approach. The important point is to consider a management approach in which all activities are planned, particularly afforestation and restoration, taking into account the possible impacts of climate change by evaluating the medium- and long-term effects. Strategy Actions L-S.1.1 Developing and monitoring sector-wide strategies, action plans, macro-planning, and targets, particularly in forestry and agriculture, in a manner to increase sink capacity L-S.1.2 Transitioning to a proactive, result-oriented, and basin-scale approach in afforestation/rehabilitation/restoration, taking into account the integrity of ecosystems, and creating a basin-based afforestation roadmap L-S.1.3 Identifying potential areas suitable for afforestation/plantation by SL-S.1- supporting geographical information systems and remote sensing methods in Increasing GHG addition to field measurements sequestration annually by L-S.1.4 Protecting soil carbon sinks by enhancing the combat against land protecting and degradation, erosion-sedimentation, and desertification due to land misuse sustainably managing L-S.1.5 Promoting digitalisation across the sector to cover all land types ecosystems and (wetlands, grasslands, etc.), especially forestry and agriculture increasing sink areas, and L-S.1.6 Initiating technical and legal arrangements to prevent emissions from reducing all practices that may damage forests and other land uses ecosystem-based emissions L-S.1.7 Developing and disseminating carbon, water and biodiversity objective functions in forest planning and management in technical terms L-S.1.8 Increasing the technical capacities of institutions by conducting applied pilot studies with Climate Change Focused Framework Transition Projects L-S.1.9 Increasing the effectiveness of regulations to limit human activities that may damage natural life and ecosystems in and around forests, wetlands and forests close to urban areas 129 L-S.1.10 Establishing a technical and legal mechanism in cooperation with municipalities and relevant ministries to determine, monitor and increase the proportion of woody green spaces in urban areas L-S.1.11 Promoting projects and studies for the restoration and rehabilitation of river corridors and ecosystems in agricultural lands, grasslands, wetlands, and settlements L-S.1.12 Supporting poplar, fruit farming, olive farming and climate-friendly agricultural practices in agricultural areas, especially women and young entrepreneurs, technically and financially with new incentives L-S.1.13 Strengthening and promoting incentives for afforestation of fast- growing and income-generating species in unproductive agricultural lands, unless it is possible to restore these lands to agriculture L-S.1.14 In all land planning scales and processes, focusing on nature-based solutions (NBS) that will increase green carbon sink capacity instead of grey solutions in a manner to prioritise upstream basin management L-S.1.15 Preparing and putting into effect an action plan for the rehabilitation of grassland areas in a manner to increase soil carbon stock annually in the period between 2025-2038 L-S.1.16 Implementing and promoting climate-friendly agricultural practices in agricultural lands in a manner to increase soil carbon stock annually in the period between 2025-2038 Strategy L-S.1: Increasing GHG L-S.1.17 Disseminating good practices (nature-based solutions, biochar, sequestration reduced ploughing, etc.) that promote soil fertility and carbon stock increase in annually by all land uses protecting and sustainably L-S.1.18 Identifying desertified areas subject to erosion and land degradation, managing monitoring these areas with various indicators, particularly soil carbon stocks, ecosystems and and developing and disseminating basin management practices and tools to increasing sink find solutions areas, and reducing L-S.1.19 Increasing the total amount of protected areas and developing site- ecosystem-based specific management strategies to enhance the mitigation and adaptation emissions capacities of these areas L-S.1.20 Reducing pressures on wetlands, protecting them from harmful impacts, especially drainage and pollution, and rehabilitation of damaged wetlands L-S.1.21 Enhancing the process for prevention of forest fires, early detection of fires and early and effective response to fires L-S.1.22 Increasing the use of technology in firefighting, increasing the efficiency of resource utilisation with artificial intelligence supported decision support systems 130 L-S.1.23 Increasing the proportion of land and marine protected areas to 30% in line with the targets of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework adopted by the 15th Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity and the EU Biodiversity Strategy L-S.1.24 Preparing an Ecosystem-Based National Management Strategy for Protected Areas, Ecosystem-Based Climate Change Action Plan and ensuring their integration into management plans L-S.1.25 Preparing an Ecosystem-Based National Spatial Planning Strategy and integrating it into Spatial Plans Strategy L-S.2: Ensuring transition of forestry and agricultural enterprises to a circular bioeconomy with high added value This action set aims to contribute to value-added, sustainability and circular economy, and includes actions that will ensure the efficient use of wood raw material and mitigate the increasing demand. The action set also includes actions aimed at enabling all small, medium and large enterprises to get a larger share of global markets. Strategy Actions L-S.2.1 Supporting family , small/medium and large-scale enterprises with high production and marketing capacity that can reach international markets in the Strategy L- non-wood forest products sector by increasing and expanding the support, S.2: supporting social projects to reduce wood consumption in forest villages and Ensuring supporting economic income-increasing activities to prevent rural migration transition of forestry and L-S.2.2 Within the scope of climate-friendly agriculture, support for family, agricultural small/medium and large-scale enterprises with high production and marketing enterprises capacity that can reach international markets should be maintained and to a circular increased, and the sector, especially women entrepreneurs, should be supported bioeconomy technically and financially with new incentives with high added value L-S.2.3 Expanding and enhancing incentives for forest industry companies to increase added value, efficiency and recycling Strategy L-S.3: Doubling project supports to 2020 level by 2030 to strengthen sector in terms of R&D and innovation In order to improve added value and circularity in the land use sector, support for R&D and innovation should be increased. Supports will increase the added value of production in the sector and thus improve the efficient use of raw materials and increase the use of technology in combating climate change, particularly in forestry and agriculture. 131 The strategy aims to scale up R&D and innovation across the sector in a wide spectrum from GHG inventory reporting to the use of new technologies in combating climate related external factors and disasters. Precision forestry, digitalisation and the increase in efficiency to be achieved through the use of artificial intelligence are also included in this strategy. In the sector, these two approaches can create a positive impact especially in decision support processes and can lead to efficiency increases and related emission reductions over time. Additionally, the use of technology and innovation have a key role in identifying and mitigating climate-related negative impacts. Strengthening ecosystem monitoring systems in this context is also important in terms of understanding the impacts of climate change. In parallel with international studies on carbon sequestration by plants growing in aquatic environments, which is called blue carbon, the subject of increasing R&D supports is also included. Drought is another subject where R&D and innovation activities should be increased. There is a serious risk of drought in our country. It can cause a decrease in production in agriculture, a decrease in yield in forestry and grasslands, as well as diseases and deaths. It is aimed to increase support for integrated innovative solutions to mitigate the effects of drought in this context. Strategy Actions L-S.3.1 Strengthening the combat against disaster and climate change-related forest damages that may cause damage to sink areas through technological, preventive, and educational projects and increasing R&D support on the effects of these damages on carbon stocks L-S.3.2 Enhancing technical infrastructure for GHG emission and sequestration calculations Strategy L-S.3: L-S.3.3 Supporting research on the technology-based requirements of the Land Use Doubling and Forestry sector and developing a sector specific project incentive mechanism project supports L-S.3.4 Increasing the use of digitalisation, remote sensing methods (such as to 2020 satellite-based, drone use) and robotic technologies to improve productivity in level by forestry and land use 2030 to strengthen L-S.3.5 Supporting projects for conducting climate projections and vulnerability sector in analyses for forestry and land use by using projection outputs terms of R&D and L-S.3.6 Promoting scientific studies and technologies for integrated drought innovation solutions, including the development of drought-resilient species, taking into account biodiversity in afforestation and planting L-S.3.7 Integrating data-driven artificial intelligence into decision-making processes L-S.3.8 Ensuring more effective participation in ecosystem monitoring networks such as Long-Term Ecological Monitoring Network, ICP Forests, Integrated 132 Carbon Observation System and similar ecosystem monitoring networks, encouraging long-term experimental basin and ecosystem monitoring studies for detailed and precise monitoring and analysis of precipitation-runoff processes, promoting them in different ecozones of our country L-S.3.9 Supporting research on the development of underwater ecosystems in coasts and seas and creating blue carbon sinks Strategy L-S.4: Increasing number of technical personnel and professionals trained in carbon management in sector The strategy aims to develop sector-wide scientific, institutional, and human capacity. Development of the public and private sector capacities is emphasised. It is also emphasised that local governments should be supported in order to ensure the increase and management of green spaces. Actions on increasing technical and human capacity in various subsections such as forest damages, erosion, desertification, climate-friendly agriculture, wetlands, climate change risks, GHG calculations are included. Strategy Actions L-S.4.1 Improving scientific, institutional, and human capacity in combating forest losses and damages (fire, disease, etc.) L-S.4.2 Raising awareness in combating forest losses and damages (fire, disease, etc.) L-S.4.3 Increasing scientific, institutional, and human capacity and awareness on the effects of climate change on desertification and erosion Strategy L-S.4: L-S.4.4 Improving scientific, institutional and human capacity in combating Increasing wetland losses and damages (drought, drying, misuse of wetlands, etc.), raising number of awareness technical personnel and L-S.4.5 Providing climate-friendly and low-carbon agriculture training for professionals researchers, technical personnel and farmers trained in carbon L-S.4.6 Providing training on wetland conservation and climate-friendly management in fisheries practices to technical personnel and people engaged in agriculture, sector livestock and fisheries with traditional methods in wetlands L-S.4.7 Providing training for technical personnel on climate-friendly forestry, especially on mitigation and management of climate change risks L-S.4.8 Preparing and implementing a training programme for municipalities on river corridor restoration L-S.4.9 Training technical personnel on GHG emission and sequestration calculations and international reporting obligations in the LULUCF sector 133 L-S.4.10 Establishing climate change units in institutions directly relating to the management and reporting of sink areas, improving institutional capacity on the basis of experts and authority Strategy L-S.5: Developing technology infrastructure for LULUCF sector Two actions are included in this strategy. First, it is aimed to develop early warning systems and to support R&D and innovation investments in this field. The second action is on remote sensing technologies and modelling in GHG projections and monitoring. It is aimed to support technology-oriented cooperation projects between private sector and public sector and start-up companies established by young entrepreneurs and to increase the level of technology in the sector continuously. Strategy Actions L-S.5.1 Developing and operationalising estimation and early warning Strategy L-S.5: systems for drought, floods, forest fires and landslides Developing technology L-S.5.2 Increasing R&D capacity for the estimation and verification of infrastructure for emissions and sequestration on land use with remote sensing and LULUCF sector atmospheric models, particularly developing satellite-based observation, and analysis systems 134

2.8. Cross-Cutting Issues

2.8.1. Just Transition When implementing mitigation and adaptation policies as part of climate response, it is important to achieve just transition by providing all segments of society with justice and employment, without further deepening social inequalities. In this context, the principles of gender equality and women’s empowerment become even more significant among the core principles that determine development efforts. This approach, developed with a human-oriented understanding of development, emphasizes women’s empowerment and grounds on the effective engagement of women and men in development-related processes. Actions are taken at different levels to develop a gender sensitive approach and create an inclusive content in climate change policies and mitigation strategies. They include: • Grounding on an inclusive approach which is careful to leave no one behind (e.g., identifying and taking measures to overcome the obstacles to engagement in training planning by different segments of society), • Ensuring that everyone equally benefits from any activity for an approach that avoids the reproduction of inequality, • Identifying and taking measures against the issues that may lead to the reproduction of inequality in existing activities for a corrective approach to achieve equality. Implementing a transformative approach to achieve equality involves identifying how the social segments that require support/empowerment, including women, affect the topic of climate change and mitigation, how they are affected by it, and how they will be affected by the actions to be taken in this regard, and acting with an inclusive and participatory approach in all the processes. However, social differences such as gender, age, disability status, educational level, socio- economic status, etc., may lead to differences in terms of the impacts to result from the mitigation strategies and actions and the outputs and results they aim to achieve. For this reason, it is important that the following measures are taken in implementing mitigation actions. Analytical Steps: Analytical studies and informed, concretely applicable and inclusive works will be executed in order to take into consideration the needs that vary based on gender, age, disability and socio-economic status, etc. Steps towards Engagement and Inclusion: As a core principle that enables the inclusion of different experiences in the actions and the visibility of different needs, engagement is regarded as the most important tool of inclusion. It is important to employ methods such as analysing the areas of concern and priority of stakeholders and ensuring favourable conditions for engagement suitable for anyone, with a view to ensuring the effective participation of women 135 and men from different sectors, areas of concern, socio-economic levels, disability status, age range, etc., in the processes relating to climate change. Approach to Include People with Disability: The United Nations launched its Disability Inclusion Strategy in June 2019. In 2020, it was aimed to make disability a part of the climate change solution process by ensuring the engagement of individuals and disability organizations in Conference of the Parties meetings, other United Nations climate change meetings and organizations and by identifying the relevant capacity-building tools, in order to improve the inclusion of people with disabilities. Educational and Informative Steps: During the training and capacity-building activities, an inclusive approach covering different subject positions such as gender, age, disability and socio- economic status will be developed in the informative phases and the stages of designating the target audience. All materials to be used in the training and capacity-building activities will be presented in accessible formats. Sustainable lifestyles and sustainable patterns of consumption and production are essential to reduce GHG emissions and enhance resilience to the unavoidable impacts of climate change. Success in this regard requires broad cooperation among public and private sectors, NGOs, and people. Education, training, public awareness, public engagement, public access to information, as well as encouraging all members of society to engage in the climate action through international and national cooperation, are key to successful climate actions. In this context, it is essential to plan for the inclusion of the youth in the process, as well. Steps for Adopting New Technologies: Given the central importance of developing and deploying new technologies for mitigation targets, gender, disability, and age variables should be considered in identifying the target audience for the adoption of technological innovations. Steps relating to Green Jobs and Research and Development Activities: In the context of the action plan, progress with egalitarian principles is crucial in the development process of new jobs, new research areas, and new sectors that have emerged within the framework of the green economy across all sectors. Steps relating to Incentives, Employment and Entrepreneurship: The Action Plan includes actions covering entrepreneurship support, incentives for enterprises, and creation of employment areas. In order to avoid creating new inequalities and maintaining the existing ones and to encourage equality and take transformative steps, an inclusive and egalitarian approach will be taken in implementing these actions. Regarding all these factors, the topic of just transition stands out especially in the context of European Green Deal studies. After the European Green Deal was announced by the EU on 11 December 2019 in line with the target to make Europe the first climate neutral continent by 136 2050, the Türkiye Green Deal Action Plan was published on 16 July 2021. Additionally, with Türkiye becoming a Party to the Paris Agreement in 2021, the process of transitioning to green economy with a net zero emission target gained momentum. With the Presidential Circular No. 2021/15, 20 specialized working groups including the Specialized Working Group on Just Transition Policies governed by the Ministry of Labour and Social Security were created with a view to following up on the implementation of the Green Deal Action Plan, guide the efforts in line with global policy developments, and ensure the required coordination. In this context, based on the requirement to manage the green economy transformation process with a just transition process and to leave no one behind, efforts were launched to minimize the direct impacts of climate change, the changes that will be introduced by the green economy transformation efforts to respond to climate change, and the adverse impacts on labour markets and all social segments, particularly women and vulnerable groups. As indicted in the Climate Council, climate response cannot be considered separately from economic and social components. Türkiye aims to formulate a “holistic” just transition strategy which includes macro-economic and social impacts on a national and regional scale, especially in terms of employment and energy poverty; the differences based on gender, disability and age, as well as impact analyses for such differences. This strategy will be prepared in a way to enable the energy sector to align with low-carbon transformation, without obstructing the right to economic and social development. Policies and programmes on training and employment should be prepared in coordination in order to manage just transition in all sectors, and especially in the energy sector. It is aimed to execute the just transition process through a programme in which the social dialogue mechanism is effectively implemented, no one is left behind, and decent green job opportunities are increased. The energy sector must be transformed without causing energy poverty. In this context, with the approach to leave no one behind in energy and technology transformation, it is aimed to ensure that women, in particular, and vulnerable groups are included in decision-making processes and can make effective use of vocational training and skills development programmes and job opportunities. Strategy Actions AG-S.1.1 Formulating a national just transition strategy to achieve green transformation in labour markets and ensure a transition in just conditions AG-S.1: Building AG-S.1.2 Improving the just transition process and social dialogue capacity for just AG-S.1.3 Identifying the new qualification and skill requirements that will be transition introduced with the green transformation process in the labour demand; and conducting studies for edification of labour with new qualifications in line with employmen sectoral and regional needs t transforma AG-S.1.4 Creating standards for the occupations that will change or newly tion emerge during the green transformation process AG-S.1.5 Conducting studies to harmonize the learning curriculum and higher education programmes with the designated new skills framework, preparing and 137 implementing training programmes to meet the labour need that will emerge with the transformation process AG-S.1.6 With an approach to leave no one behind in the green transformation process of sectors, ensuring the engagement of women, in particular, and groups that require special policies in decision-making processes, and conducting studies to ensure their effective use of vocational training, skills building and development programmes and job opportunities AG-S.1.7 Preventing the transformation in the energy sector to lead to energy poverty and conducting studies to protect vulnerable groups in this framework

2.8.2. Carbon pricing mechanisms Carbon pricing instruments encourage emissions reduction by setting a price for GHG emissions. The price signal created changes the patterns of consumption and investment and aligns economic development with climate response. There are two most commonly practiced examples of carbon pricing instruments in the world. One is the Emissions Trading System (ETS), which is a market-based approach, and the other is the carbon tax. ETS is a mechanism that is used to set a cap for GHG emissions causing climate change in order to achieve mitigation targets. Enabling the internalization of a negative externality, this system allows for the cheapest mitigation options to be implemented. In sectors and production methods where mitigation cannot be achieved, allocation (emission permit) is purchased from the market while allocation prices are determined by market dynamics. Furthermore, companies that have completed their green transformation through ETS are able to make use of their excessive allowances on the market, covering a certain extent of their investment costs. Strategy K-S.1: Establishing Emissions Trading System (ETS) in Türkiye Measures for the establishment of ETS in Türkiye are laid down in the Medium Term Programme 2024-2026. Türkiye also aims to establish ETS in line with the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target and Nationally Determined Contributions. The main design element of ETS is to determine which sectors will be covered by the system. The actions under the first strategy include determining the scope of ETS according to existing infrastructure needs and projections. Additionally, Türkiye seeks to align its environment policies with the European Union and accordingly, aims to expand the scope of ETS in line with our current nationally determined contributions and the European Union legislation. After the scope of ETS is determined comes the stage of setting an emissions cap for this scope. At this point, the total amount of emissions (cap) that the enterprises in the scope can release in a certain period will be determined in the context of the current situation of sectors, mitigation targets, international treaties and national circumstances. 138 The carbon pricing implemented to achieve climate targets may increase the production costs of facilities in the short term. In regions where this increase is high and in facilities experiencing intense international competition, production may shift to countries that lack carbon pricing or that are relatively more relaxed in this regard. In this direction, economic, financial, social and technical impact analyses will be performed for energy-intensive sectors, taking into account the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, assumed, current and projected carbon prices, and the risk of carbon leakage. The market phase begins after the allocation of allowances within the cap designated under ETS. Allowance prices are determined by supply and demand dynamics whereas demand and supply are shaped in the framework of mitigation targets and costs. When examining the examples of ETS worldwide, having financial actors in addition to the sectors covered by ETS in these markets is regarded as a design option. In order to consider this issue, evaluations will be conducted on the inclusion of financial actors in the ETS market and legislation will be formulated on financial actors. The allocation of allowances involves two main methods which are free allocation and auction. The auction method enables income generation from ETS. Accordingly, it is envisaged to conduct planning studies and prepare the necessary legislative and practical infrastructure in order to use the income to be generated as part of ETS in a way that secures low-carbon economy and just transition in line with the green development target, by also considering the Nationally Determined Contributions. A pilot period will be launched to ensure the testing of methodologies, institutions and policies and provide participants with a learning period before the implementation phase of ETS. During this period, it is aimed to determine the problems relating to data collection and database management, the potential disruptions in implementing the current legislation, and determine the need for new legislation. In this context, one of the activities under the action includes establishing a pilot period which facilitates the system entry of the facilities that are covered by ETS before the ETS implementation period. Offsetting is a mechanism which enables the creation and sale of carbon credit as a result of reducing the emissions not covered by ETS or removing the emissions in the atmosphere. Allowing the use of offsets in ETS will increase the mitigation options in the market and enables the installations covered by ETS to reduce their mitigation costs. In this context, options and conditions will be defined for offset mechanisms that can be used to fulfil these obligations. It is aimed to consider the needs arising from international conditions in the design of EU-ETS and make designs accordingly, by also taking into consideration the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM), which was built to prevent the production in the EU from shifting to countries without carbon pricing due to the increased costs caused by the carbon fees under the European Union ETS, or similar applications. 139 Free allocation of allowances in ETS design can be based on the historical emissions of installations or a sector-specific benchmarking. Accordingly, it is expected to conduct sectoral benchmark / historical emissions (grandfathering) studies to determine the distribution of free allowances and the implementation period. As ETS will be implemented for the first time in Türkiye, information and visibility studies will be conducted on ETS applications in order to ensure active stakeholder engagement and inform the stakeholders. Strategy Actions K-S.1.1 Determining the scope and functioning of ETS in line with the current infrastructure, needs and projections K-S.1.2 Expanding the scope of ETS and ensuring the necessary legislative alignment in line with the current Nationally Determined Contributions, in a way that ensures structural alignment and by taking into account the EU legislation K-S.1.3 Determining the emissions cap in the by taking into consideration the economic and social impacts, sectoral potential and technological means in the context of the current situation of emission-intensive sectors, mitigation targets, international treaties and national circumstances K-S.1.4 Conducting economic, financial, social and technical impact analyses for energy-intensive sectors by taking into consideration the 2053 Net Zero Emission Target, assumed, current and projected carbon prices, international adaptation and Strategy mitigation policies and the risk of carbon leakage K-S.1: Establis K-S.1.5 Conducting evaluation studies for including financial actors in the ETS hing market and formulating legislation on financial actors Emissio ns K-S.1.6 Planning for the use of the income to be generated as part of ETS in a way Trading that secures low-carbon economy and just transition in line with the green System development target by taking into account the Nationally Determined Contributions, (ETS) in and preparing the necessary legislation and practical infrastructure in this regard Türkiye K-S.1.7 Establishing a pilot period to facilitate the system entry of the installations covered by the scope before the ETS implementation period K-S.1.8 Defining the national and international offset mechanisms and conditions that can be used in fulfilling the obligations K-S.1.9 Assessing the ETS design needs arising from international conditions and making designs accordingly K-S.1.10 Conducting sectoral benchmark/historical emissions (grandfathering) studies to determine the distribution of free allowances and implementation period K-S.1.11 Conducting information and visibility studies on ETS practices on a sectoral basis 140 Strategy K-S.2: Conducting infrastructure studies on other carbon pricing instruments The second strategy of carbon pricing mechanisms is to conduct infrastructure studies on other carbon pricing instruments. By implementing complementary carbon pricing within or outside the ETS, emission reductions can be incentivized through carbon pricing in designated sectors. In this context, analyses will be conducted regarding the role of a complementary carbon pricing mechanism to ETS which is planned to be established in Türkiye. Türkiye applies an indirect carbon pricing method based on fuel. Transforming the indirect pricing under Special Consumption Tax (SCT) into open pricing is an internationally applied method that can contribute to emissions reduction. In this context, it is aimed to conduct studies to add carbon content into the tariffs list No. (I), annexed to the Special Consumption Tax Law in the Turkish Taxation System, with a view to designing a complementary carbon tax mechanism to establish a national carbon price where required. Strategy Actions K-S.2.1 Conducting analyses on the role of a complementary carbon Strategy K-S.2: pricing mechanism to the Emissions Trading System in the carbon Conducting pricing process infrastructure studies on other carbon K-S.2.2 Conducting studies to add carbon content into the tariffs list pricing instruments No. (I), annexed to the Special Consumption Tax Law under the Turkish Taxation System Strategy K-S.3: Building infrastructure for voluntary carbon market and national offset system Voluntary carbon market is a non-central market in which private actors exchange, on a voluntary basis, certified carbon credits representing the removal or reduction of GHGs in the atmosphere. The Communiqué on Voluntary Carbon Market Registration, published in the Official Gazette of 09.10.2013, regulates the principles and procedures regarding the registration of the projects developed with a view to achieving GHG emissions reduction and obtaining carbon certification in Türkiye. The Communiqué includes an obligation whereby project owners, international voluntary carbon standards institutions and independent verifiers must register through the registration system. As a component of this strategy, it is aimed to update the existing voluntary carbon market registration system. It is also aimed to build a national carbon crediting system, due to the possibility that the ETS could allow for offsetting and since the reduction achieved in the country as a result of Article 6 of the Paris Agreement is important for the Nationally Determined Contributions. As part of this target, evaluation studies will be conducted to build a national carbon offset system. 141 Accordingly, it is aimed to determine the sectoral focal points of the national system that is aligned with international systems, developing national standards and methodologies aligned with international standards for selected sectors, and conducting authorization and accreditation works required for the verification system. Works will be undertaken for the effective promotion of the voluntary carbon market in order to ensure stakeholder engagement and information on the studies on the national offset system and voluntary carbon market. Strategy Actions K-S.3.1 Updating the existing carbon market registration system K-S.3.2 Conducting evaluation studies to establish a national carbon offset system Strategy K-S.3: Building K-S.3.3 Determining the sectoral focal points of the national system, infrastructure for developing international standards and methodologies in line with voluntary carbon international standards and building infrastructure for selected sectors market and national K-S.3.4 Conducting the authorization and accreditation works required for offsetting a verification system under the national system that is aligned with international systems K-S.3.5 Working on the effective promotion of the voluntary carbon market Strategy K-S.4: Conducting studies to evaluate participation in Article 6 of Paris Agreement Article 6 of the Paris Agreement includes the market-based mechanisms and non-market approaches that member states can use to achieve the targets set in their Nationally Determined Contributions. Market-based mechanisms, which are addressed under Articles 6.2 and 6.4. Article 6.2 covers the transfer of internationally transferred mitigation outcomes (ITMO) through intergovernmental bilateral agreements, whereas Article 6.4 represents the central market built under UNFCCC, in which the private sector can also participate. Article 6.8 of the Agreement, on the other hand, covers supporting all other actions, which are non-market-based and do not include mitigation outcome transfer, required for the parties to achieve their climate targets. The final strategy involves conducting studies to evaluate participation in the collaborative approach practices of Article 6 of the Paris Agreement. The activities planned as part of the evaluation include studies on determining Türkiye’s role in the applications relating to Article 6 of the Paris Agreement, and sectoral evaluation studies on participation in the pilot applications launched by various countries for the purpose of such applications. 142 Strategy Actions K-S.4.1 Conducting studies to determine Türkiye’s role in the Strategy K-S.4: applications relating to Article 6 of the Paris Agreement as part of Conducting studies to Nationally Determined Contributions evaluate participation in Article 6 of Paris Agreement K-S.4.2 Conducting sectoral evaluation studies on participation to the pilot applications launched by various countries in the applications covered by Article 6 of the Paris Agreement 143 3. Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP)

3.1. Energy Sector Action Responsible Relevant Implementation Action Monitoring Indicators Description No Institution Institutions Period Strategy E-S.1: Reducing carbon intensity of electricity generation In line with the Türkiye National Energy Plan, it is EMRA ● Installed power Increasing installed solar power aimed to increase the amount of installed solar E-S.1.1 MoENR TEIAS 2024-2030 capacity reaches capacity power capacity, which is a renewable energy TEDAS 32,900 MW source, in the supply of electricity. It is aimed to increase the installed wind power capacity in line with Türkiye National Energy Plan. It is aimed to focus on applications that will EMRA ● Installed power Increasing installed wind power increase the lifetime of wind and solar power E-S.1.2 MoENR TEIAS 2024-2030 capacity reaches capacity plants through innovative maintenance and repair 18,100 MW techniques, and create standards for the disposal of the power plants after decommissioning without harming the environment. MoENR It is recommended to continue assessing the EMRA ● Installed power Increasing installed hydropower SWH economic potential of hydropower, and implement E-S.1.3 EUAS 2024-2030 capacity reaches capacity pumped-storage HPP applications by considering MoEUCC TEIAS 35,100 MW economic, social and environmental factors. TEMSAN ● Geothermal and It is aimed to increase the total installed Increasing both installed MoENR EMRA biomass installed geothermal and biomass power capacity, which are E-S.1.4 geothermal and biomass power MoAF TEIAS 2024-2030 power capacity reaches renewable energy sources, in line with the Türkiye capacity MoEUCC Municipalities 5,100 MW in total National Energy Plan. It is aimed to increase the installed power capacity Boosting hydrogen use in ● Electrolyser installed TENMAK as required by the Türkiye Hydrogen Technologies electricity generation and power capacity reaches EMRA Strategy and Roadmap and the Türkiye National E-S.1.5 increasing installed electrolyser MoENR 2024-2030 2,000 MW TEIAS Energy Plan. It is aimed to increase the use of power capacity during the plan ● Roadmap on BOTAS green hydrogen as an energy storage and flexibility period Electrolyser instrument in electricity generation from 14 Techniques is renewable energy sources. It is aimed to follow the developed principle recommended in EU’s 4th Energy Package, to meet the renewable electricity generation which is required for hydrogen production from the additional resource that is allocated for hydrogen production. It is aimed to increase the installed biomass power MoAF EMRA capacity, which is listed as another renewable Universities E-S.1.6 Developing a biomass roadmap MoENR 2024-2025 ● Roadmap is developed energy source in the Türkiye National Energy Plan, Private sector and update the legislation in line with the EU MoEUCC organizations legislation. MoIT MoENR Supporting R&D activities to It is aimed to support projects in the energy sector, MoTF ● Number of projects E-S.1.7 mitigate carbon intensity in TENMAK 2024-2030 particularly for R&D activities on carbon capture, MoAF supported (count) electricity generation storage and hydrogen technologies TUBITAK Universities Increasing use of Renewable MoEUCC It is aimed to develop supply- and demand-side EMRA E-S.1.8 Energy Source Guarantee System EXIST 2024-2025 ● YEK-G utilization rate instruments through renewable energy support (YEK-G) and green tariff MoENR mechanisms MoENR ● Roof type solar power MoT plant installed capacity Increasing distributed renewable MoIT (kW) for residential energy applications for small- EMRA MoAF users It is aimed to increase the use of renewable energy E-S.1.9 2024-2025 scale grid users, and residential MoTF ● Roof type solar power sources to the general public units in particular MoLSS plant installed capacity PSB (kW) for commercial KOSGEB users Boosting Renewable Energy ● Amount of installed It is aimed to develop project lists for large-scale Source Area (YEKA) MoENR EMRA power capacity built applications that will become potential YEKAs on E-S.1.10 2024-2030 applications and identifying TEIAS with YEKA method the production side, through renewable energy potential YEKAs (MW) support mechanisms. 14 MoTI MoTF MoENR SWH Designating a roadmap on wind, EMRA It is aimed to formulate a strategy on the use of TENMAK E-S.1.11 solar and wind power TEIAS 2024-2025 ● Roadmap is developed innovative renewable energy sources that are open technologies EUAS to improvement Universities TUBITAK Private sector organizations MoIT MoENR MoTF Developing and supporting R&D MoTI It is aimed to support R&D studies for the use of activities on technologies to TUBITAK ● Number of projects E-S.1.12 TENMAK 2024-2030 renewable energy sources that are open to generate electricity from wave EMRA supported (count) improvement energy TEIAS Universities Private sector organizations Reducing carbon intensity in EMRA It is aimed to reduce the emission factor, grid ● CO2 emissions per electricity generation through EUAS emission factor of which is 0.437 kg CO2/kWh in E-S.1.13 MoENR 2024-2030 electricity generation is increasing low-carbon energy TEIAS 2020, to 0.352 kg CO2/kWh through the new reduced by 20% investments TEDAS renewable energy installed power capacity EMRA EUAS ● Installed power It is aimed to increase the installed nuclear power Increasing installed nuclear E-S.1.14 MoENR TENMAK 2024-2030 capacity reaches 4,800 capacity in electricity supply, in line with the power capacity TENAS MW Türkiye National Energy Plan NRA Strategy E-S.2: Coupling electricity sector with other sectors and supporting demand-side engagement EMRA ● Battery capacity It is aimed to increase storage capacity to ensure E-S.2.1 Boosting battery capacity MoENR TEIAS 2024-2030 reaches 2,100 MW the security of electricity supply TENMAK 14 EUAS MoENR MoIT Enhancing integration of EMRA MoEUCC ● Number of green It is aimed to increase the number of Green E-S.2.2 renewable energy systems into MoTI 2024-2025 charging stations Charging Stations described in the Charging charging infrastructures MoTF (count) Services Regulation TEIAS EXIST MoT MoIT ● Number of training, EMRA promotion and It is aimed to conduct training and awareness- Raising awareness of energy MoENR TEIAS awareness activities raising activities to maintain a high level of public E-S.2.3 efficiency in electricity 2024-2025 EUAS conducted (count) awareness on the efficient use of electricity consumption CHE ● Number of mass media considering gender balance MoNE used (count) NGOs MoAF MoENR It is aimed to conduct R&D studies to promote ● Number of R&D Promoting R&D studies for the MoEUCC R&D on the use of renewable energy in E-S.2.4 TENMAK 2024-2025 projects supported use of solar power in agriculture MoIT agriculture, in such a way that the studies will not (count) TUBITAK adversely affect agricultural lands EMRA BOTAS MoLSS MoNE VQA ● Vocational training is EMRA It is aimed to increase qualified labour and green Delivering training aligned with delivered to at least TEIAS, jobs for transformation in energy. Gender balance green transition on distributed 5,000 personnel E-S.2.5 MoENR EUAS 2024-2030 and equal opportunities will be considered in the systems and low-carbon energy ● Training programmes TENMAK training delivered. technologies updated and developed NGOs (count) Electricity Distribution Companies CHE 14 Universities It is aimed to develop a market that is based on a certification system between energy producers and users, to be significantly used in the energy Developing a white certification MoTF ● White certification efficiency and saving of financial instruments. E-S.2.6 system and market in energy MoENR EMRA 2024-2027 system and market White certification standards will be created and efficiency EXIST built verification processes determined under a regulatory framework. These processes will be monitored and evaluated in a transparent manner Certification of sustainable MoAF biogas and green hydrogen, It is aimed to conduct studies on setting biogas MoENR EMRA E-S.2.7 establishing legislation and ● Certification system legislation standards in sustainable biogas and MoEUCC 2024-2030 standards for biogas, conducting built green hydrogen certification studies, and injection EXIST TENMAK works for injection into natural of biogas into natural gas networks. BOTAS gas networks Strategy E-S.3: Strengthening electrical infrastructure, and reducing technical loss rate in transmission and distribution by increasing efficiency MoENR TEIAS ● Levels of technical loss Reducing nationwide technical It is aimed to reduce the technical loss rate which E-S.3.1 EMRA Electricity 2024-2030 identified in the region loss rate is currently 12% Distribution of distribution (%) Companies ● Rate of smart meter TEDAS use (%) MoENR ● Number of projects Extensifying smart meters and Electricity supported (count) It is aimed to ensure the integration of digital E-S.3.2 EMRA 2024-2030 supporting R&D activities Distribution ● Rate of transforming systems with energy technologies Companies existing meters into TUBITAK smart meters each year, starting from 2026 (%) Raising awareness to ensure the ● Number of training It is aimed to continue training activities to be able energy sector makes more and E-S.3.3 MoENR EMRA 2024-2025 sessions delivered to manage the continuously increasing energy better use of efficiency boosting (count) demand projects 14 Strengthening transmission and ● Reduction in technical distribution lines and taking EMRA loss rate (%) supportive measures for smart MoENR It is aimed to ensure the integration of smart grids Electricity ● Number of micro grids E-S.3.4 grid and micro grid applications TEIAS 2024-2030 with distributed systems, and digital systems with Distribution built (count) to ensure effective system TEDAS digital technologies Companies ● Number of smart grids integration of renewable energy built (count) sources MoENR TEDAS MoIT Electricity EMRA ● Number of It is aimed to regularly renovate grids and Rehabilitating distribution grids, E-S.3.5 Distribution EUAS 2024-2025 rehabilitation studies transformers for the further efficient use of energy including transformers Companies Electricity conducted (count) in the distribution system Generation Companies MoENR MoIT ● “Digital EMRA Transformation Developing a roadmap for digital TENMAK It is aimed to ensure the integration of digital E-S.3.6 EUAS 2024-2025 Technologies Roadmap transformation in energy systems with energy technologies Electricity for Energy in Türkiye” Generation is published Companies Strategy E-S.4: Promoting use of low-carbon production technologies and strengthening alternatives in electricity generation PSB MoTF EMRA TENMAK Conducting technical and MoENR TUNAS commercial feasibility studies ● Feasibility report It is aimed to promote small modular reactors with E-S.4.1 Association 2024-2030 and exploring potential sites for prepared an installed power capacity of less than 300 MW of Turkish use of small modular reactors Electricity Industry EUAS NRA 14 ● Number of secondary MoLSS education, vocational EMRA Implementing education and MoENR high school, associate, NRA training programmes at different MoNE graduate, post-graduate It is aimed to improve the vocational and technical TUNAS levels to rapidly develop the training programmes training capacities in nuclear energy technologies. E-S.4.2 CHE ISKUR 2024-2025 competent human resource (count) Gender balance will be considered in the training CHE relating to nuclear energy and ● Number of nuclear delivered. VQA security energy experts, TENMAK engineers / technicians Universities (count) MoENR Supporting R&D projects for the EMRA ● Number of R&D It is aimed to deal with hydrogen within the E-S.4.3 production, storage, distribution TENMAK BOTAS 2024-2030 projects supported integrity of an energy system, as required by the and use of hydrogen TKI (count) Türkiye Hydrogen Technologies Strategy. TUBITAK Mapping out green and pink hydrogen storage areas, conducting the feasibility studies ● Volume of green and required for transmission and pink hydrogen in the distribution through existing MoENR natural gas distribution It is aimed to increase installed power capacity and natural gas pipelines, TENMAK EMRA network is increased to ensure the distribution of hydrogen through the E-S.4.4 implementing training BOTAS 2024-2030 GAZBIR 2% existing natural gas infrastructure, as required by programmes at different levels ● Legislation published the hydrogen and energy strategies for the rapid development of ● Technical report competent human resources, and prepared undertaking legislative works to determine the appropriate ratio of the hydrogen mixture to be added to distribution lines Identifying the potential supply MoENR and areas of use for resources BOTAS ● Technical feasibility It is aimed to promote and utilize alternative E-S.4.5 TENMAK 2024-2030 such as synthetic methane, MoIT report prepared energy sources synthesis gas, sodium ETI MADEN 15 borohydride, ammonia, methanol, and fuel cell Creating an incentive mechanism regarding hybrid systems in MoIT which small modular reactors and MoENR Small-scale modular reactors can be promoted EMRA ● Incentive mechanism E-S.4.6 clean energy technologies 2024-2030 through medium-scale installed power capacity, TENMAK established (hydrogen, power-to-fuel, power- less overall costs, and rapid building processes. TUBITAK to-x, etc.) can be used concomitantly Strategy E-S.5: Developing a roadmap on carbon capture, utilization and storage to reduce avoided GHG emissions MoIT Exploring emission reduction MoTI technologies such as carbon TENMAK It is aimed to install clean coal technologies for capture, utilization and storage, EMRA ● Technical feasibility power plants that have not completed their and their economic potential, MoENR EUAS E-S.5.1 reports prepared operating life by monitoring the advancements in appropriate supply chain Electricity 2024-2025 (count) and conducting a cost analysis for carbon capture, infrastructure and processes for Generation utilization and storage technologies fossil-fired power plants, and Companies setting targets GDMRE TENMAK MoENR MoIT EMRA EUAS GDMRE ● Number of regions for Electricity Preparing a carbon storage atlas which a carbon storage It is aimed to identify Türkiye’s potential for E-S.5.2 TENMAK Generation 2024-2025 for Türkiye atlas was prepared carbon storage Companies (count) TUBITAK TPAO BOTAS Private sector organizations Developing a roadmap on carbon TUBITAK It is aimed to identify Türkiye’s potential for E-S.5.3 TENMAK 2024-2025 ● Roadmap developed capture, utilization and storage MoIT carbon storage 15 MoENR GDMRE EUAS TENMAK ● Number of pilot MoTF Supporting R&D activities on facilities built (count) PSB carbon capture, utilization and ● Amount of incentive MoENR It is aimed to support the sectoral initiatives for E-S.5.4 storage, implementing pilot TENMAK 2024-2030 granted (TRY) EUAS carbon capture, utilization and storage facilities, and creating incentive ● Number of R&D EMRA mechanisms projects supported TUBITAK (count) 15

3.2. Industry Sector Impleme Action Responsible Relevant Action ntation Monitoring Indicators Description No Institution Institutions Period Strategy S-S.1: Optimizing energy efficiency potential for manufacturing industry It is aimed to conduct energy efficiency surveys and ● The mandatory energy benchmark studies as well as studies to determine efficiency survey report energy efficiency and savings potential on a sectoral Preparing mandatory energy and benchmark report basis (iron-steel, cement, glass, etc.) in emission- and efficiency survey reports and MoIT prepared energy-intensive manufacturing industry sectors. conducting benchmarking MoEUCC 2024- ● Benchmarking reports S-S.1.1 MoENR On a sub-sector basis, many factors (furnace age, studies under the energy TOBB 2026 prepared with indicators efficiency legislation and Sector Unions relating to energy product type, product colour, ratio of cullet used updating savings potential efficiency in selected depending on supply, etc.) other than the operating energy-intensive sectors practices that affect energy efficiency independent of the operator will be taken into consideration, by also considering normalization. Increasing the amount of MoIT, ● Number of projects support by removing through Wil be categorized based on the energy intensity PSB supported on a sectoral a legislative amendment the (high-medium-low depending on the amounts to be MoEUCC basis (count) limit for efficiency increasing designated) of plants or by sub-sectors. TOBB ● Energy efficiency savings project fees, setting MoENR 2024- S-S.1.2 Sector Unions achieved (toe) After implementing efficiency increasing projects, it performance criteria by 2025 MoTF ● Amount of CO2 is planned to conduct a performance assessment considering climate change, KOSGEB emissions avoided (tonne based on the amounts presented in the projects and and supporting projects with relatively high potential for CO2-eq) the actual values. savings DCC MoIT ● Total GHG emissions It is aimed to utilize verified energy efficiency Promoting verified energy MoENR MoT 2024- reduction achieved S-S.1.3 performance enhancements in the offsetting activities efficiency performance MoTF 2028 through verified energy in the carbon pricing system. TSE efficiency performance 15 enhancements through carbon enhancement (tonne CO2- pricing instruments eq) ● The incentive mechanism created Providing support for the ● Number of heat pumping Technical analysis and mapping studies will be expansion of heat pumps in projects supported conducted with regard to the utilization potential of the manufacturing industry 2024- S-S.1.4 MoENR MoIT (count) heat pumps in the manufacturing industry sector, and sectors, conducting 2030 ● Guiding document efficiency increasing project support schemes will be awareness-raising studies and prepared for practitioners encouraged to increase its use preparing guiding documents Promoting the establishment MoIT of digitalization systems for ● The monitoring and The aim is to promote measurement, monitoring and KOSGEB 2024- S-S.1.5 energy efficiency MoENR verification system verification systems to monitor energy efficiency 2025 measurement, monitoring and implemented performance and be able to set accurate targets. reporting activities in SMEs Strategy S-S.2: Increasing use of renewable energy in manufacturing industry ● Amount of emissions avoided (tonne CO2-eq.) ● Amount of renewable Increasing the use of 2024- The aim is to increase the use of renewable energy MoEUCC energy used in industry renewable energy in terms of 2030 (electricity generated from certified renewable S-S.2.1 MoENR MoIT through self-consumption self-consumption in the energy) in terms of the energy utilization of industrial EMRA (MWh) industry sector plants. ● Number of YEK-G certificate utilization in industry (count) Considering the options for MoIT alternative raw materials and MoENR The aim is to revise the legislation on additional fuel S-S.2.2 additional fuel for non- MoEUCC MoT ● The updated legislation and alternative raw material use in a way to ensure recoverable waste, and 2024- TOBB the expansion of the use of waste as resources. engaging in legislative 2026 Sector Unions improvement and promotion 15 activities to increase the use of waste as resources Strategy S-S.3: Reducing carbon footprints and CO2-eq intensity per GDP in manufacturing industry MoENR MoT MoEUCC It is aimed to prepare a roadmap including mitigation TUBITAK Developing a roadmap on ● The sectoral emission strategies and implementation timeline to cover all TOBB 2024- S-S.3.1 reducing carbon footprint in MoIT reduction roadmap industry sub-sectors including primarily energy- and TUSIAD 2026 sub-sectors published (count) carbon-intensive ones. Women experts will be MUSIAD encouraged to participate in the processes. Sectoral Associations TSE MoEUCC PPA MoIT Conducting works to reduce MoENR the clinker ratio in the cement MoAF (SWH) ● Number of tender to be used in public MoTI (KGM) In public procurements relating to cement, this article YFK specifications made by construction and MoTF 2024- will be implemented by making amendments to the S-S.3.2 public institutions, that infrastructure investments, TOKI 2027 technical specifications included in tender include clinker criteria with a view to reducing TOBB documents. (count) carbon footprint on a product TUSIAD basis MUSIAD Sectoral Associations TURKCIMENTO MoTF MoEUCC ● Number of projects Creating mechanisms to New techniques and innovative applications MoENR implemented through provide technical and TUBITAK developed to reduce product carbon footprint will be S-S.3.3 TENMAK 2024- partnership by financial support in the supported. Gender balance will be considered in TOBB 2025 universities/research commercialization phase of project teams. TUSIAD centres aiming at new technological solutions MUSIAD technological 15 for carbon footprint reduction Sectoral transformation and the in industry sectors Associations industry sector (count) KOSGEB ● Number of projects Universities aiming at technological transformation, that are financially supported (count) ● Amount of GHG reduction targeted as part of the projects supported (tonne CO2-eq.) Reviewing the policies on the The aim is to review the policies relating to the provision of the scrap metal ● Amount of scrap metal demand management of scrap metal, which is a MoIT 2024- S-S.3.4 supply required for low MoEUCC collected in the country critical input for the steel production sector, MoT 2025 carbon emission steel (tonnes) particularly for arc furnace facilities, with a production perspective of GHG reduction. It covers the activities required to analyse and monitor the performance of SMEs that are critical in reducing GHG emissions, based on the principle to leave no one behind, in order to achieve green Identifying the SMEs which transformation throughout the supply chain and are critical in GHG emission MoEUCC ● The monitoring system reduce GHGs. The activities will be planned to reduction and creating a MoIT TOBB 2024- established for SMEs include the said SMEs and industrial enterprises, S-S.3.5 monitoring system for their KOSGEB MoENR 2026 particularly innovative firms described as start-ups. climate performance, in order MoLSS Furthermore, the areas of application under the action to contribute to green include identifying the start-ups that work on carbon transformation emission reduction, integrating digital transformation and green transformation, etc., and creating a platform on which they can exchange experiences with industrial enterprises. Strategy S-S.4: Promoting sustainability reporting 15 The platform will aim to ensure the development/harmonization of the necessary standards, and international acceptability of Promoting Corporate verifications. POA ● Number of industrial Sustainability Reporting and Public institutions It includes creating a platform, comprised of relevant CMB 2024- enterprises that report on S-S.4.1 building a platform with the Private sector public and private institutions and organizations, in 2025 sustainability (count) public and private sectors as organizations order to follow the global agenda, contribute to the ● The platform created members sustainable growth and competitiveness of Turkish enterprises, inform on the expanding and further detailed reporting frameworks, and exchange experiences. Publishing Sustainability Reporting Standards for Türkiye aligned with ● The standard issued The aim is to conduct an assessment on building a international standards and POA MoEUCC 2024- ● The third-party assurance third-party assurance or verification system for the S-S.4.2 building a third-party CMB TURKAK 2025 and verification system international recognition of sustainability reports, and assurance and verification established implement this system. system for sustainability reporting Preparing a gradual transition It covers the preparation and implementation of a schedule aligned with the ● Transition schedule, transition schedule for Türkiye in the framework of a European Union on a scale POA MoEUCC 2024- prepared on a scale basis, S-S.4.3 detailed transition schedule expanding from basis with regard to CMB TURKAK 2025 regarding mandatory sustainability reporting which became mandatory in mandatory sustainability sustainability reporting the EU in November 2022 to SMEs in 2027. reporting The aim is to update the CMB’s Sustainability Reviewing the CMB’s ● The updated CMB Principles Coherence Framework in the framework Sustainability Principles Sustainability Principles 2024- of ISSB Standards and GRI (Global Reporting S-S.4.4 Coherence Framework in the CMB POA Coherence Framework 2025 Initiative), with a view to reporting on the impact of context of international sustainability risks and opportunities on business standards and developments value and stakeholders in publicly-traded companies. Strategy S-S.5: Building capacity for manufacturing industry stakeholders Strengthening the know-how MoIT PSB ● Guidelines regarding This includes information, training and workshops that 2024- S-S.5.1 of industrial enterprises, MoENR MoEUCC good practices in terms of include the hand-in-hand assessment and management 2026 of climate risks, mitigation and adaptation. Additionally, particularly SMEs, on climate KOSGEB MoAF GHG reduction (count) 15 change impact mitigation and MoTF ● Training on enhancing it is planned to include women’s business platforms adaptation MoLSS technical capacity in such as KAGIDER and TOBB women entrepreneur CHE mitigation and adaptation boards in the planning relating to training and workshop TOBB works, delivered to at participants, and to look out for gender balance in the TUSIAD least 2,000 SME training and workshops. The activities will be planned MUSIAD representatives to include the said SMEs and industrial enterprises, Sectoral particularly innovative firms described as start-ups. Associations The roadmap will include all vulnerable groups MoEUCC (unemployed youth, vocational high school MoIT graduates, employees who are likely to become MoNE unemployed after green and digital transformation, MoENR Building capacity and people with disabilities, and women). It will also MoFSS Number of capacity- developing a roadmap for just MoLSS 2024- include assessing the results of just transition and S-S.5.2 TOBB building activities transition and transformation 2025 transformation in employment on women’s CHE conducted (count) of employment employment, and the provision of measures to ISKUR maintain and increase women’s employment in the VQA roadmap. Private sector Assessment criteria for the capacity-building training organizations will be determined. Strategy S-S.6: Promoting circular economy and resource efficiency across manufacturing industry ● Number of training In the context of circular economy practices, it delivered to industry Conducting awareness- MoENR includes holding informative, training and other sector stakeholders raising activities on circular MoEUCC NGOs 2024- activities covering resource efficiency, reuse, S-S.6.1 (count) economy and resource MoIT 2026 recovery and alternative raw materials for industry ● Delivering training to at efficiency for sub-sectors MoAF sector representatives. Gender balance will be least 500 sector considered in the activities conducted. representatives Conducting the Green The aim is to support, through the Investment MoENR Transformation Support Incentive System, investments which are aligned Scheme which aims to MoEUCC 2024- ● Number of projects with the circular economy approach in Türkiye, S-S.6.2 MoIT support the investments TUBITAK 2030 supported (50/year) protect natural resources, contribute to climate and covering circular economy TSE sustainability targets, and aim at resource efficient and resource efficiency Universities and low-carbon production. 15 practices, with a view to Private sector achieve the green organizations transformation of the manufacturing industry Drafting legislation on a The aim is to conduct assessments and develop product initiative and digital legislation on sustainable product initiative and MoEUCC ● The digital product product passport system digital product passport system, including the MoIT 2024- passport system S-S.6.3 aligned with the European MoT sector’s adaptation. MoENR 2030 established Union, with a view to In this framework, it will be ensured that a TOBB ● The legislation issued implementing and promoting traceability standard is formulated, made mandatory, the circular economy model and rendered internationally valid. MoIT Developing policies to MoAF The aim is to develop and manage reuse, recycling, MoT 2024- S-S.6.4 promote circular economy MoEUCC ● The updated legislation second-hand and repair options with a view to 2026 models MoENR keeping materials within the cycle. TOBB The aim is to ensure the sustainability of the industry sector in terms of supply and costs by identifying critical raw materials. A roadmap on critical minerals will be developed by TENMAK with a view to introducing national underground resources into the economy with high added-value, meeting the energy MoEUCC and industry raw material demand in a safe and Identifying the raw materials ● The legislation issued MoT 2024- economic manner, diversifying and improving supply critical for green ● The policies developed TENMAK MoENR 2026 resources, and processing the raw materials produced S-S.6.5 transformation and and the roadmap ETİ MADEN and turning them into final products. The Roadmap on developing policies to designated on critical raw TOBB Rare Earth Element Technologies will also be prepared achieve security of supply materials TUBITAK in this context. Furthermore, the green and digital transformation process, which is also known as the “twin process”, deeply affects competition and employment policies. There are numerous risks to the sustainable and secure supply of the raw materials which sit at the centre of the twin transformation process at competitive prices. In 15 this regard, formulating a National Strategic/Critical Raw Material Strategy is extremely important. Strategy S-S.7: Developing new technology options through R&D and innovation with national resources ● Number of studies MoEUCC Supporting R&D and supported (count) TUBITAK MoENR 2024- The support will be delivered in the form of capacity- S-S.7.1 innovation activities aimed at ● Amount of budget and/or TENMAK 2030 building and pilot applications. GHG reduction active support reserved Universities for these activities (TRY) Developing patented pilot TUBITAK MoEUCC The aim is to support value-added energy source, 2024- ● Number of projects S-S.7.2 applications and MoENR product, application and technology development 2030 supported (count) technological solutions TENMAK phases after the R&D phase. Conducting studies and ● Number of studies on implementing pilot MoEUCC This action will be implemented by taking into TENMAK utilization of hydrogen applications for the use of MoIT consideration the “Türkiye Hydrogen Technologies 2024- technologies in industry S-S.7.3 hydrogen technologies in TUBITAK MoENR Strategy and Roadmap” published by TENMAK in 2026 (count) industry, creating incentive Private sector 2023. ● At least 3 pilot mechanisms for use in the organizations applications implemented industry sector The aim is to support the studies on CCUS regarding unavoidable emissions. Goals and policies will be determined by taking into ● Number of studies on consideration the creation of conditions that will utilization of CCUS MoEUCC encourage private sector investments, the technologies in industry Supporting projects on TENMAK MoIT development of industrial centres with CO2 2024- (count) S-S.7.4 carbon capture, utilization TUBITAK MoENR infrastructure, and increasing R&D and innovation to 2030 ● The CO2 Capture, and storage (CCUS) Private sector encourage CO2 storage technologies and reducing Utilization and Storage organizations CO2 capture costs in emission-intensive sectors. Technologies Roadmap With this roadmap to be developed, it is projected for Türkiye that the number of studies and projects implemented for the utilization of CCUS technologies in industry will increase. Developing R&D and MoENR TUBITAK 2024- ● Number of projects The aim is to conduct studies for the electrification of S-S.7.5 application projects on the MoIT 2030 implemented (count) low and medium heat treatment processes, with a electrification of low and MoEUCC 16 medium heat treatments in TUSIAD view to directly reducing GHG emissions in the industrial sectors MUSIAD sector. TOBB Sectoral Associations Strategy S-S.8: Developing sustainable investment instruments and creating suitable sources of finance for investors Making efficient use of sustainable sources of finance MoTF ● Number of projects and The aim is to ensure that the industry sector makes and harmonizing the MoIT TUBITAK 2024- applications supported further efficient use of the international funding S-S.8.1 necessary taxonomy and MoEUCC KOSGEB 2030 through sustainable options which are positioned under the main heading reporting framework in the MoENR sources of finance (count) of climate response. transformation process of the TOBB industry sector MoEUCC Activities including information and training, Providing technical and MoIT ● Number of training and workshops, international and national financial financial support for the MoTF information activities support are projected for SMEs that may experience 2024- S-S.8.2 efforts to decarbonize the KOSGEB MoENR conducted (count) further challenges in technical capacity building and 2030 production and supply chain MoLSS ● Amount of financial access to finance. of SMEs TUBITAK support provided (TRY) On the other hand, if needed, it will be brought to the TOBB agenda to provide support to large firms in this scope. ● The incentive and support mechanism established Developing incentive and It is planned to make an assessment according to MoENR ● Number of energy survey support mechanisms to criteria such as the efficiency classification, operating TOBB 2024- reports issued (count) S-S.8.3 replace existing electric KOSGEB time, operating load of electric motors, and whether Private sector 2025 ● Amount of emissions engines with efficient an “inverter” is used in variable-speed motor organizations avoided (CO2-eq.) engines, particularly in SMEs applications. ● Amount of financial support provided (TRY) Supporting through MoTF ● The regulatory regulations the issuance of MoIT framework which The aim is to support the ecosystem through green/sustainable labelled CMB 2024- S-S.8.4 MoENR diversifies the regulations relating to the issuance of debt instruments in order to 2030 MoEUCC Green/Sustainability green/sustainability labelled debt instruments. support green transformation, MoT labelled debt instruments energy efficiency and 16 technology development projects 16

3.3. Buildings Sector Implement Action Responsible Relevant Action ation Monitoring Indicators Description No Institution Institutions Period Strategy B-S.1: Improving energy efficiency of existing buildings MoEUCC The purpose is to reconcile the Spatial MoENR Address Registration System (MAKS), the Preparing a set of indicators by cross- Municipalities MoI Land Registry and Cadastre Information B-S.1.1 checking the existing databases of the Special 2024-2025 ● Prepared indicator set (GDLRC) System (TAKBIS) and related databases institutions in relation to buildings provincial regarding the existing buildings in the administrations institutions and to create a set of indicators. TURKSTAT MoI GDLRC MoEUCC ● Construction statistics Statistics on buildings in terms of sets of Including building indicator sets in the MoENR published as part of the indicators, compiled on the basis of databases B-S.1.2 TURKSTAT 2026-2030 official statistics programme Municipalities official statistics of existing buildings in institutions, need to Special programme be published and updated on a regular basis. provincial administrations ● All existing buildings to There are approximately 9.5 million buildings be certified with an EPC in Türkiye and 1.4 million buildings that Development of sanctions for the by 2030 receive an EPC. The possible amendment to Improving energy efficiency of MoTF ● At least 50% of the EPCs B-S.1.3 MoEUCC 2024-2030 the Law No. 5627 on Energy Efficiency aims existing buildings and acquisition of an MoENR of existing buildings must to impose sanctions on existing buildings that Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) have an energy do not receive EPC and to improve their performance of class C or energy performance. above. Monitoring of energy efficiency As stipulated in Circular 2023/15 on Energy improvements in public buildings with Public ● Energy efficiency Saving in Public Buildings, the aim is to B-S.1.4 MoENR 2024-2030 improvement rate in an obligation to appoint energy institutions improve and monitor the energy efficiency of managers public buildings obliged public buildings with a floor area of 10,000 16 to appoint an energy m2 or more by 2030, according to the manager (%) reference consumption. With the amendment to the Law on Energy Efficiency, the building sector has been included in the subsidies for efficiency Providing incentives and support ● Number of buildings projects. However, incentives for the building mechanisms for energy efficiency MoENR benefiting from energy sector still need to be implemented. Low- B-S.1.5 MoEUCC 2024-2030 improvements in existing buildings and MoTF efficiency improvements interest loans for thermal insulation of their sustainable operation. (count) residential buildings have been introduced. The aim is to implement energy unit price applications based on energy consumption in buildings with energy performance classes. ● Training provided to at least 100,000 people Awareness-raising activities on buildings will ● At least 2 awareness- continue as part of the Energy Efficiency raising activities per year Strategic Communication Plan. In 2021, the Conducting awareness-raising MoNE undertaken on different Energy Efficiency Awareness Index was activities in order to increase the level MoENR MoEUCC B-S.1.6 2024-2030 communication platforms measured at 163.8 (0-200). The aim is to of awareness of energy efficiency in Municipalities across the country increase this score, which is in the medium- buildings. NGOs ● Raising the Energy high range, to the high-low range. Awareness Efficiency Awareness activities will continue considering gender Index to the high-low balance in training. level (168-184) The Energy Performance Contract (EPC) is a financing mechanism based on repaying the Increasing the use of Energy ● Number of signed Energy MoEUCC initial investment costs of energy efficiency B-S.1.7 Performance Contracts (EPCs) for MoENR 2024-2025 Performance Contracts MoTF or renewable energy projects through the existing public buildings (EPCs) (count) savings achieved in subsequent years, and is intended to be widely used. Strategy B-S.2: Improving energy efficiency of new buildings Preparing and updating national MoEUCC It is intended to set standards for the activities VQA ● Number of professional vocational standards and national MoNE and qualifications of the workforce required B-S.2.1 2025-2030 standards prepared qualifications for the workforce MoENR to promote renewable energy and energy lacking in vocational qualifications, MoLSS (count) efficiency systems in buildings. 16 and implementation and dissemination ISKUR ● Number of updated of examination and certification CHE vocational standards activities according to the prepared Universities (count) national qualifications. NGOs ● Number of VQA Vocational Qualification Certificates issued (count) Developing legal regulations for all new buildings that are to be ● Published amendment to The objective is to construct new buildings B-S.2.2 constructed in accordance with the MoEUCC MoENR 2024-2026 the Regulation on Energy using the energy-efficient building approach. concept of Nearly Zero Energy Performance of Buildings Buildings (nZEB) The standard TS 825 Thermal Insulation Requirements in Buildings and the current legislation will be revised taking into account EU practices. In this context, the standard TS Improving energy limits in TS 825 825 Thermal Insulation Requirements in standard and updating to take account TSE MoEUCC Buildings needs to be updated to take into B-S.2.3 2024-2025 ● Updated TS 825 standard of national/international energy MoENR account the cooling demand as well as the net efficiency approaches. heating energy and to improve the energy limits to bring them to the EU level. The objective is to update the energy limits of the standard according to energy policies and changing climate conditions. Strategy B-S.3: Improving energy efficiency in using electrical appliances, equipment and devices in buildings sector ● At least 1 communication campaign conducted each Raising the awareness of end users on Awareness-raising activities will be MoEUCC year the use of devices, equipment and undertaken on the use of tools, equipment and B-S.3.1 MoENR MoT 2024-2030 ● Raising the Energy appliances with high energy efficiency appliances with a high level of energy MoIT Efficiency Awareness levels efficiency. Index to the high-low level (168-184) 16 MoEUCC Harmonization of regulations on MoENR ● Published amended It is designed to determine and improve the energy efficiency and eco-design of MoT B-S.3.2 MoIT 2024-2030 legislation energy efficiency status of electrical white goods to be implemented White Goods household appliances and equipment. simultaneously with the EU Manufacturers’ Association Strategy B-S.4: Promoting use of district heating and cooling systems ● Preparation of a pre- Implementation of awareness and MoEUCC feasibility report The objective is to promote regional heating promotion studies for the expansion of MoENR B-S.4.1 ILBANK 2024-2025 ● Awareness-raising and cooling systems, particularly in mass the use of regional heating and cooling Municipalities activities undertaken housing estates. systems. (count) The objective is to reduce GHG emissions MoEUCC and save energy by meeting the energy needs Conducting a mapping study to match MoI of buildings with energy efficient and heat pump potential, waste heat TOKI ● Creation of GIS-based renewable energy sources. B-S.4.2 sources and renewable energy sources MoENR ILBANK 2024-2025 maps The objective is to determine the potential of with energy demand in buildings Municipalities ground source heat pumps, produce GIS- Universities based maps and integrate renewable energy NGOs and waste heat sources into the map. Strategy B-S.5: Promoting use of eco-friendly design and construction materials through National Green Certification Scheme (YeS-TR) application As per the Green Certificate Regulation for Promoting the National Green Buildings and Settlements published in 2022, ● Number of buildings Certification Scheme (YeS-TR) and obtaining a green certificate has been defined B-S.5.1 MoEUCC TEA 2024-2025 receiving YeS-TR promoting certified new building and as optional. The purpose of this measure is to certificate (count) settlement projects. promote buildings that will be awarded the YeS-TR certificate. ● Legislation made public and in force Introducing obligation to obtain a YeS- Achieving YeS-TR certification for new ● Number of public B-S.5.2 TR certificate for newly constructed MoEUCC TEA 2024-2030 public buildings is an opportunity both to lead buildings that receive a public buildings by example and to share lessons learned. YeS-TR certificate each year (count) 16 Strategy B-S.6: Ensuring and promoting use of Building Information Modelling (BIM) tools to ensure digital transformation of construction ecosystem MoENR Building Information Modelling (BIM) is MoLSS used in the life cycle of buildings, in ISKUR ● Legislation made public particular in the design, construction and VQA and in force Increasing the use of Building operation phases. Universities ● Training provided to at Information Modelling (BIM) tools in The objective is to develop the technological Municipalities least 1,000 members of the design, construction and operation infrastructure for the use of digital tools based The Union of profession B-S.6.1 of sustainable, energy-efficient and MoEUCC on digital tools, to harmonize national Chambers and 2024-2028 ● Number of seminars and low-carbon buildings, and developing legislation with Building Information Commodity workshops organized and encouraging domestic BIM Modelling (BIM) methodologies, to provide Exchanges of (count) software. training to technical personnel considering Türkiye (TOBB) ● Developed domestic BIM gender balance in participation, and to Private sector software (count) support the digital transformation of the organizations construction sector. NGOs Ensuring and promoting the production The objective is to produce BIM-based and use of information-laden smart projects that integrate information-rich digital objects relating to building materials MoIT ● Number of smart objects building materials, providing the necessary and their adaptation to the global BIM MoEUCC NGOs manufactured (units) B-S.6.2 environment for the construction, ecosystem in the creation of a Private sector 2024-2028 ● Foundation of a National dissemination and global integration of sustainable and performance-oriented organizations BIM Library sustainable and performance-oriented built environment. structures. 16

3.4. Transport Sector Implement Action Responsible Relevant Action ation Monitoring Indicators Description No Institution Institutions Period Strategy U-S.1: Ensuring modal shift to maritime/railway transport Ensuring modal shift to railway transport ● Increase in Fast Train line use (passenger and passenger-km) ● Increase in High-Speed Train line DGRTS use (passenger and passenger-km) GDII ● Increase rate in the share of railway Expanding High-Speed TCDD passenger transport in total Train and Fast Train Transport Inc. road+railway passenger transport MoTI It is aimed to provide a shift from road and air to U-S.1.1 network in line with the DHMI 2024-2030 (%) TCDD railway. Transport and Logistics DGCA ● Increase rate in the share of railway Master Plan Logistics passenger transport in total Coordination air+railway passenger transport (%) Board ● Increase in Fast Train line lengths (km) ● Increase in High-Speed Train line lengths (km) ● Increase in line lengths (km) TCDD ● Increase in cargo transport on Fast TCDD Train lines (tonnes and tonne-km) Developing railway Transport Inc. ● Increase in cargo transport on all cargo transport in line MoTI Private sector It is aimed to provide a shift from road and air to U-S.1.2 2024-2030 railway lines (tonnes and tonne- with the Transport and organizations railway. km) Logistics Master Plan operating ● Increase rate in the share of railway railway cargo transport in total railway- transport road transport (%) 16 ● Shift rate (vehicle-km) from rubber-tired transport (private and public transport) to urban railway passenger transport (vehicle-km) ● Increase in Urban Rail System line lengths (km), It is aimed to provide a shift in passenger TCDD Developing railway MoTI ● Increase in the number of lines with transport to urban rail systems. TCDD U-S.1.3 passenger transport Municipalities 2024-2030 connection between urban rail Transport Inc. with urban rail systems system and suburban operation on Suburban transport and urban rail systems are GDII main railway (count) included in the Urban Rail System. ● Increase in Urban Rail System use (passenger and passenger-km) ● Number of transfers from suburban lines to urban public transport systems (number of passengers) ● Increase in the amount of resources allocated (TRY) Providing support for MoEUCC ● Number of Urban Rail System Supports may include grants, financing, credit increasing intermodal TCDD U-S.1.4 MoTI 2024-2030 connection/transfer feasibility facilities, etc. for both feasibility studies and integration in Urban ILBANK projects (count) implementation projects. Rail System transport Municipalities ● Number of new Urban Rail System connection/transfer projects (count) Ensuring modal shift to maritime transport Supporting inter-city ● Annual amount of support and Municipalities operating inter-city ferries will be U-S.1.5 maritime passenger MoTI Municipalities 2024-2030 incentives granted (TRY) stakeholders. transport Developing urban ● Increase in the number of urban maritime passenger maritime services (number of trips) MoTI It is aimed to support and develop maritime U-S.1.6 transport and 2024-2030 ● Increase in the number of urban Municipalities passenger transport within the coastal provinces. infrastructure in coastal maritime users (passengers, provinces passenger-km) 16 ● Increase in maritime cargo Supporting maritime transport (tonnes and tonne-miles) MoTI MoTF It is aimed to support and develop maritime U-S.1.7 cargo transport and 2024-2030 ● Increase in the amount of Municipalities cargo transport. infrastructure incentives granted for cabotage transport (TRY) Enhancing intermodal cargo transport ● Increase in the number of railway lines operating to Organized Improving the Industrial Zones, ports, etc. (count); connections of railways increase in transport on these lines It is aimed to improve the service network of with cargo centres such (tonnes and tonne-km); railways, ports, organized industrial zones, as ports, organized MoTI TCDD U-S.1.8 2024-2030 ● Increase rate of facilities, logistics logistics centres, factories, and mining sites in industrial zones, MoIT centres and OIZs with railway coordination with the Transport and Logistics logistics centres, connection (%) Master Plan. factories, and mining ● Increase rate in the share of railway sites cargo transport in total railway- road transport (%) Promoting railway and ● Increase in the amount of It is aimed to promote intermodal and combined maritime intermodal containers transported (TEU) U-S.1.9 MoTI 2024-2030 railway and maritime cargo transport. and combined cargo ● Increase in the number of vehicles transport transported (count) Strategy U-S.2: Increasing efficiency in transport sector Promoting public transport systems and increasing efficiency ● Published public transport-oriented Public Transport-Oriented Urban Planning can Promoting public urban planning legislation and be briefly explained as the establishment of transport-oriented Municipalities MoEUCC roadmap; “Urban Transport Demand Analysis Zones U-S.2.1 2024-2030 practices in urban MoTI ● Published legislation/guidance on (UTDAZs)” where basic needs (education, planning design, operation and promotion of health, work, etc.) are provided within 15-20 park-and-ride systems minutes access by public transport. 17 ● Published legislation/policy papers on micromobility and pedestrian service level ● Number of Urban Transport Demand Analysis Zone (UTDAZ) maps prepared (count) ● Increase in commercial, educational, etc. units due to density and diversity in land use around the main stops of UTDAZs (count) MoEUCC MoFSS ● National smart card and/or mobile Introducing smart PTT system that can be used in public card systems Intelligent transport implemented at the Municipalities Support on gender, age, disability, and social enabling fare Transport national scale U-S.2.2 MoTI 2024-2030 equality/justice will be provided. Coordination collection/charging to Systems (ITS) ● Increase in smart card use in public with the Türkiye Card project will be ensured. encourage the use of relevant and intermediate public transport public transport institutions (passenger) and organizations ● Increase in the number of transfer stops between public transport and other modes (count) Integrating public MoEUCC ● Increase in transport Coordination with developments regarding transport systems MoTI services/modes included in smart smart cards will be ensured. with each other and TCDD card systems (count) U-S.2.3 Municipalities 2024-2030 Technical and training support for with other urban TCDD ● Increase in the number of implementation will be provided to rubber-tired transport Transport Inc. intermodal transfers (count) municipalities by the central government. modes DoTMC ● Increase in the capacity and use of park-and-ride systems around public transport stops (number of vehicles) 17 ● Amount of shift from private vehicle use to public transport (passenger and vehicle-km) ● Increase in safe bicycle parking capacity (number of parking spaces) ● Increase in the use of shared micromobility systems with public transport (passenger, passenger- In order to enhance access to public transport km) Enhancing (first-km and last-km), stops will be ensured to ● Increase in the length (km) and use micromobility/walkin MoEUCC comply with accessibility standards, bicycle U-S.2.4 Municipalities 2024-2030 of bicycle paths around public g options around MoTI paths will be constructed, infrastructure and transport stops (passenger-km) public transport stops sharing systems for micromobility vehicles such ● Pedestrian service level increase as bicycles and e-scooters will be supported. (number of pedestrians) ● Prepared urban micromobility roadmap ● Increase in the number of urban rubber-tired public transport lines Support on gender, age and social and frequencies (count); Increasing the equality/justice will be provided; compliance of ● Increase in rubber-tired public transition from public transport system components (vehicles, MoEUCC transport line use (passenger and U-S.2.5 private vehicle use to Municipalities 2024-2030 stops, etc.) with accessibility standards for MoTI passenger-km), rubber-tired public people with mobility restrictions (people with ● Amount of shift from private transport disability, elderly, pregnant, with children, etc.) vehicle use to rubber-tired public will be ensured. transport (passenger, passenger- km) Planning public Implementation of accessibility standards is a transport services in MoTI ● Published public transport service requirement to ensure the inclusiveness of public accordance with MoEUCC planning guidance U-S.2.6 Municipalities 2024-2030 transport services. Intelligent Transport Systems transport demand and MoFSS ● Increase in public transport application for optimised public transport will be accessibility Universities occupancy rates (%), developed through TUBITAK guided projects; standards 17 ● Reduction in emissions per research centres in universities will be passenger-km (tCO2-eq/passenger- supported. km) Making private and shared transport more efficient ● Published integrated micromobility mobility plan preparation legislation Micromobility modes shall be defined and ● Number of awareness-raising activities legislation on their priorities and Increasing safe MoTI ILBANK for micromobility transport modes such integration in urban plans shall be U-S.2.7 micromobility in urban MoEUCC 2024-2027 TEA as bicycles, e-scooters (pcs, number of developed. Bicycle lanes on existing and transport Municipalities campaigns, number of people reached) new roads to be constructed will be ● Length of bicycle paths divided from addressed with different roadmaps. traffic (km) Support on gender, age, disability, and ● Published legislation and roadmap for social equality/justice will be provided; shared vehicle/demand-based transport compliance of public transport line MoTI Promoting rubber-tired ● Increase in the number of organizations elements (vehicles, stops, etc.) with MoTF U-S.2.8 shared/demand-based 2024-2030 providing shared transport services accessibility standards for people with MoEUCC transport Municipalities (count) mobility restrictions (people with disability, MoFSS ● Increase in the use of shared transport elderly, pregnant, with children, etc.) will (passengers, passenger-km) be ensured. Definition and criteria of traffic congestion ● Published urban traffic management shall be elaborated; emission reduction can legislation and roadmap for emission be achieved by implementing Intelligent reduction Transport Systems ensuring fluidity in MoTF ● Published Intelligent Transport systems congested areas. Congestion charging will Reducing emissions due MoTI for Road Transport Emission Reduction be introduced in urban centre/attraction to traffic flow and U-S.2.9 MoEUCC KGM 2024-2030 legislation points. Since emission levels increase at congestion caused by Municipalities ● Amount of congestion reduction in speeds other than the lowest emission private vehicle use ITS Türkiye intelligent transport systems corridors range of current engine technologies (30 (delay times) km/h-80 km/h), exceeding 50 km/h for ● Amount of congestion reduction in private transport in urban transport creates urban centres (delay times) a considerable time saving advantage over public transport. However, motor vehicle 17 ● Increase in the number of 30 km/h speed speeds above 50 km/h have a negative limit control corridors in urban centres impact on micromobility due to traffic and pedestrian priority areas (km) safety. ● Reduction in emissions on roads operated above 50 km/h in urban areas (t CO2/km) ● Reduction in emissions on inter-city roads operated above 90 km/h (t CO2-eq / km) Promoting the use of new generation, low/zero emission vehicles Since the vehicle-km values of public fleets (municipal buses, corporate vehicles, etc.) Promoting low/zero ● Increase in the number of low/zero are very high compared to private vehicles, U-S.2.10 emission vehicles in All Public MoTF 2024-2030 emission vehicles (count); increase in it is aimed to prioritise the replacement of public vehicle fleets Institutions their usage (vehicle-km) these vehicles with low/zero emission vehicles. ● Published “Urban Centres Low Emission Zones” roadmap Increasing the use of MoEUCC ● Increase in the capacity of parking low/zero emission MoIT spaces allocated/prioritised for low/zero It is aimed to increase the use of low/zero U-S.2.11 vehicles in urban Municipalities MoENR 2024-2030 emission vehicles in urban centres emission vehicles for health benefits in centres and attraction MoTI (count) urban centres and pedestrian priority areas. points EMRA ● Increase in the number of Electric Vehicle charging stations in urban centres (count) Making cargo transport more efficient ● Published National Roadmap for Road Preparing a national Cargo Transport Emission Reduction It is aimed to conduct studies in road cargo transport MoIT ● Published ITS Strategy and Action Plan coordination with the Transport and U-S.2.12 MoTI 2024-2030 emission reduction MoENR for Emission Reduction in Road Cargo Logistics Master Plan in order to reduce roadmap Transport road cargo transport emissions. Strategy U-S.3: Use of sustainable/clean energy sources in transport systems 17 Expanding electrification in transport systems MoTF MoENR ● Increasing the length of electric railway EMRA lines (km) Supporting MoEUCC ● Increase in the number of electric sea electrification of Municipalities vessels (count) vehicles used in MoTI MoIT Transition to electric vehicles in sea vessels U-S.3.1 2024-2030 ● Increase in electricity supply railway/maritime TCDD and railway vehicles will be supported. infrastructure capacity at coastal transport and airline TCDD facilities (kwh) ground operations Transport Inc. ● Increase in the number of electric DoTMC railway vehicles (count) Railway train operators Making existing vehicles capable of Supporting research on MoIT ● Amount of research incentives granted operating with electric motor/battery will U-S.3.2 electrification of TUBITAK TENMAK 2024-2030 (TRY) facilitate the financing of electric vehicle existing vehicles Universities transition. Supporting research on It is aimed to support the development of MoIT ● Amount of research incentives granted electric vehicle battery domestic and long-range battery U-S.3.3 TUBITAK TENMAK 2024-2030 (TRY) systems and increasing technologies required for the transition to Universities their lifetime electric vehicles. Increasing the use of alternative sustainable fuels In addition to the fact that the use of Increasing the use of CORSIA compliant sustainable aviation MoENR ● Increase in CORSIA compliant CORSIA compliant MoTI fuel is mandatory for international flights, U-S.3.4 EMRA 2024-2030 sustainable aviation fuel production sustainable aviation DGCA it is aimed to increase its use in domestic TOBB (tonnes) and usage (tonnes) fuels in air transport flights in order to reduce national emissions. MoTI ● Number of alternative fuelled buses Increasing the rate of MoEUCC (count) and increase in their usage alternative fuel use in It is aimed to plan in coordination with the U-S.3.5 Municipalities MoIT 2024-2030 (vehicle-km) urban/rural bus developments in the electric bus sector. EMRA ● Increase in the number of hybrid/new transport ILBANK generation public transport buses (count) 17 ● Transition rate from diesel buses to alternative fuelled buses (%) Encouraging the use of ● Published renewable energy sources renewable energy Renewable energy investment supports for MoEUCC roadmap and guidance for Electric sources in electric residential charging points and commercial U-S.3.6 MoENR MoTF 2024-2030 Vehicle charging points/stations vehicle charging charging stations will be separately EMRA ● Increase in the renewable energy usage stations planned. rate in transport (%) Planning and development of charging station MoTI ● Number of vehicle charging stations infrastructure in MoENR It is aimed to develop charging U-S.3.7 MoIT 2024-2030 (count) required number and EMRA infrastructure for electric vehicles. ● Amount of incentives granted (TRY) location in the road network for increased use of electric vehicles MoIT Supporting research for MoTI alternative fuelled In addition to Electric Vehicles, it is aimed TURASAS U-S.3.8 vehicles TUBITAK ● Amount of support granted (TRY) to support research on alternative fuels TURK (LNG/Hydrogen, Bio- such as LNG, hydrogen, methanol, etc. PATENT CNG, Bio-LNG, etc.) TENMAK U-S.4: Engaging in necessary infrastructure activities for sectoral decarbonisation Modelling and estimation studies in transport systems It is aimed to establish a database for MoEUCC ● Prepared province-based, vehicle and transport-related GHG emissions based on Creating a transport U-S.4.1 MoTI Municipalities 2025-2030 fuel technology based national transport distance (urban, suburban, inter-city), emissions database TURKSTAT and mobility database transport system and mode, and vehicle technology. Preparing sustainable It is aimed to make emission calculations urban mobility plans MoEUCC ● Published Sustainable Urban Mobility under the Sustainable Urban Mobility Plan (SUMP) and MoTI Plan (SUMP) legislation and to calculate the emission reduction U-S.4.2 Municipalities 2024-2027 sustainable urban MoT ● Number of metropolitan municipalities, potentials of scenarios and to ensure logistics plans (SULP) ILBANK provincial municipalities, and district complementarity between Sustainable in metropolitan Urban Mobility Plan / Sustainable Urban 17 municipalities and municipalities with Sustainable Urban Logistics Plans and local climate action urban and district Mobility Plans (count) plans. centres ● Published Sustainable Urban Logistics Plan (SULP) legislation ● Published “Mobility Service” legislation and policy It is aimed to develop Sustainable and Developing new MoEUCC ● Published “shared mobility” (vehicle and Smart Mobility Strategy and Action Plan, generation mobility DoTMC U-S.4.3 MoTI 2024-2030 ridesharing) legislation and policy Shared Mobility and Mobility Service management policies MoIT papers legislation and Next Generation Mobility and legislation Municipalities ● Published “Sustainable and Smart Management policies. Mobility Strategy and Action Plan” ● Developed carbon footprint calculation application tool for passenger/cargo Providing support for transport based on routes and modes person/product-based ● Number of carbon footprint tool users transport related carbon TSE It is aimed to provide support to EU U-S.4.4 MoTI 2024-2027 (count) footprint calculation in harmonisation studies. ● Number and use of total emission passenger and cargo calculation interface and Intelligent transport Transport Systems reporting applications for commercial vehicle fleets (count) Electric Vehicle Sector Supports Developing an PSB MoEUCC electrical energy MoTI ● Developed National Transport This action will be coordinated with the U-S.4.5 demand estimation EMRA 2024-2025 MoENR Electricity Estimation Model energy sector. model for transport MoIT purposes TURKSTAT In provinces with multistorey building Developing a national stock and insufficient vehicle parking ● Published national roadside EV charging intelligent EV MoENR facilities in each parcel, it will be required and parking legislation U-S.4.6 integrated charging and MoEUCC EMRA 2024-2027 to establish slow charging stations in public ● Number of developed management parking management Municipalities areas (vehicle parks, roadsides, etc.) and interfaces and users (count) interface operate them along with the demand for vehicle parking. Coordination with the 17 services provided by EMRA will be ensured. Preparing legislation on placing batteries on the ● Legislation on batteries and recycling of MoENR It is aimed to plan the end-to-end market and recycling MoEUCC batteries harmonised with the EU CHE management of battery production, U-S.4.7 and providing research TUBITAK 2024-2027 ● Support budget for Electric Vehicle TENMAK secondary use and recycling with the support for electric MoIT TURK PATENT battery recycling focused project (TRY) Energy and Waste sectors. vehicle battery recycling 17

3.5. Waste Sector Implement Action Responsible Relevant Objectives / Monitoring Action ation Description No Institution Institutions indicators Period Strategies for the direct reduction of GHG emissions in the reporting of the waste sector A-S.1: Preventing and reducing waste and wastewater before generation A plan will be drawn up to include Preparing a National Waste ● Preparation of a National Waste A-S.1.1 MoEUCC 2024-2028 national and regional measures for the Prevention Plan Prevention Plan prevention and reduction of waste. Exemplary good practice studies will be conducted, such as data collection and Conducting best practice MoNE inventory, demand-driven agricultural studies with different MoLSS production planning, information on stakeholders (farmers, TOBB (Union ● Development of a roadmap for the production technologies used to value producers, hotels, restaurants, of Chambers prevention and/or reduction of production residues and by-products, wholesalers, retailers, and Commodity MoEUCC food waste and other dissemination of packaging solutions that workplaces, consumers, etc.) Exchanges of A-S.1.2 MoAF 2024-2030 biodegradable waste reduce food loss and waste, and to prevent and reduce food Türkiye) Municipalities ● Completion of at least 10 increasing food literacy. waste and other NGOs studies/projects with stakeholder Studies will be conducted to ensure biodegradable waste before it Private sector involvement gender and age balance in training, occurs, and establish a organizations meetings and workshops, and to identify roadmap for achieving this MoIT the qualified workforce, competencies objective. and vocational needs that will be required. 17 MoIT MoLSS Studies will be conducted to promote the Conducting studies on best MoTF reuse of waste. Gender and age balance practices, including extended MoAF ● At least 10 completed will be considered in training, meetings producer responsibility, to MoNE A-S.1.3 MoEUCC 2024-2027 studies/projects in the field of and workshops, and the qualified increase the rate of waste Municipalities reuse workforce, competences and vocational reuse in line with circular TOBB needs that will be required will be economy principles. NGOs identified. Private sector organizations Criteria and rating for Silver, Gold and Platinum Zero Waste Certificates, which Issuing qualified zero waste ● Number of qualified zero waste also measure waste prevention and A-S.1.4 MoEUCC 2024-2030 certificate certificates issued (units) reduction, will be determined by principles and procedures to be published. ● Completion of at least 5 clean production studies/projects in the Exemplary best practice studies will be field of reduction of industrial conducted, such as the installation and water consumption and efficient reuse of rainwater harvesting systems in use of water. MoAF urban areas and the reduction of leakages Conducting water efficiency ● Completion of at least 5 MoIT in water transmission. studies to reduce the amount MoEUCC studies/projects in the field of A-S.1.5 MoLSS 2024-2030 Gender and age balance will be of wastewater diverted for Municipalities urban water use reduction and MoNE considered in the studies, training, treatment and discharge. water use efficiency NGOs meetings and workshops, and the ● The maximum average quantity of qualified workforce, qualifications and water per person per day that is vocational needs that will be required will drawn from the potable water and be identified. utility water network by the municipalities is 120 litres. A-S.2: Improving waste recycling and recovery rates Updating NWMAP, taking NWMAP will be updated to cover the A-S.2.1 into account policies to MoEUCC 2024 ● Updated NWMAP period 2023-2035. reduce GHG emissions 18 ● Number of local governments, buildings and premises that have implemented and certified a zero- Improving waste-sorting at MoNE waste management system with As part of the studies to be conducted source by type MoEUCC Municipalities separate collection at source under the Zero Waste Regulation, the aim A-S.2.2 2024-2030 (biodegradable waste and TEA Buildings and (count) is to promote the separate collection of other recyclable waste). premises ● The ratio of the amount of waste waste at source. that is collected separately at source to the total amount of waste (in %). ● The ratio of the amount of Expansion of the deposit and beverage packaging collected NGOs With the deposit refund system, the target return system for the through the deposit refund system A-S.2.3 TEA Private Sector 2024-2030 for the collection rate is expected to reach collection of high value to the amount of beverage Organizations 90% by the year 2030. materials packaging placed on the market has reached 90%. Increase the number and ● Number (count) and capacity The first step is to ensure that market and capacity of biological (tonnes) of biological processing market waste, park and garden waste, treatment facilities for the Municipalities facilities biodegradable waste from food A-S.2.4 recovery of biodegradable Private Sector MoEUCC 2024-2030 ● Amount of biodegradable waste production facilities and points of sale waste and the amount of Organizations collected separately at source and (retail, restaurants, catering) are sent to biodegradable waste sent to sent directly to biological bioprocessing facilities without being these facilities. treatment facilities (tonnes) mixed with other waste. 18 ● Amount of compost produced from biodegradable waste and used in agriculture (in tonnes) Increasing the amount of ● Amount of solid-liquid fermented Through the expansion of separate solid-liquid fermented Municipalities products produced from collection activities at source, the products and compost MoAF A-S.2.5 2024-2030 biodegradable waste (tonnes) efficiency of the production of compost produced from biodegradable MoEUCC ● Number and capacity of facilities and fermentation products from waste with criteria suitable producing compost and solid- biodegradable waste will be increased. for agricultural use. liquid fermented products according to appropriate criteria (number, tonnes) Treatment of waste that is not ● Rate/quantity of municipal waste suitable for material recovery treated in thermal facilities that is The use of thermal technologies will be A-S.2.6 by means of thermal Municipalities MoEUCC 2024-2030 not suitable for material recovery assessed as part of NWMAP and relevant technologies suitable for (%, tonnes) legislation. energy recovery A-S.3: Reducing amount of untreated waste deposited to sanitary landfills Provincial Zero Waste Management System Plan: Plans will be prepared in a MoEUCC format determined by MoEUCC, Updating and implementing ● Number of provinces adopting Local prepared by the Local Environment A-S.3.1 Provincial Zero Waste Municipalities 2024-2025 completed waste management Environmental Board and containing the principles of the Management System Plans plans (count) Boards Zero Waste Management System to be implemented by local administrations within the borders of the province. Increasing the number and ● Amount of RDF produced from capacity of facilities for In line with principles of circular MoEUCC NGOs municipal waste (tonnes) preparing refuse derived fuel economy, waste that cannot be materially A-S.3.2 Municipalities Private sector 2024-2030 ● Number of facilities producing (RDF) from municipal waste recycled is processed in RDF's treatment organizations RDF from MSW (units) and total that is not suitable for facilities by defining its standards. production capacity (tonnes) recycling/recovery. 18 Necessary investments will be made to ensure that waste is processed in waste Terminating acceptance of ● Reduction of municipal waste sent treatment facilities and that waste intake A-S.3.3 waste at unmanaged landfill Municipalities MoEUCC 2024-2025 to irregular dumping landfills and is discontinued through monitoring and sites dumping sites (%, tonnes) inspection activities at unmanaged landfills. A-S.4: Improving wastewater management and treatment infrastructure The aim is to increase the efficiency and capacity of existing anaerobic digesters in Municipalities ● Number of anaerobic digesters in wastewater treatment plants or to build Increasing methane recovery Management of waste water treatment plants new ones. A-S.4.1 rates at wastewater treatment MoEUCC 2024-2030 the wastewater operated by local administrations Anaerobic digesters are present in 29 of facilities infrastructure in Türkiye (count) the municipal wastewater treatment plants in Türkiye and this number will be increased. Increasing the number of This measure aims to operate the plants wastewater treatment ● Number of wastewater treatment in a circular economy by using the facilities with sustainable Municipalities facilities equipped with sludge organic-rich stabilised sludge generated sludge management that Management of MoEUCC management systems A-S.4.2 2024-2030 in the wastewater treatment plants as a prioritizes the beneficial the wastewater ● Rate of reduction in the amount of raw material, fuel or supplementary fuel, reuse of sludge in accordance infrastructure sewer sludge disposed of in while at the same time reducing the with principles of circular sanitary landfill sites (%) amount of sludge sent to landfill. economy. This measure aims to operate wastewater treatment facilities in a resource- and MoEUCC energy-efficient manner that contributes Establishing sustainable Management of MoAF to climate change and sustainability goals waste water management in ● The reuse rate of treated A-S.4.3 the wastewater MoIT 2024-2030 in line with the circular economy the framework of principles wastewater reached 15%. infrastructure approach, to protect water resources and of circular economy Municipalities to save water by reducing the amount of wastewater discharged into the receiving environment. Strategies to support the reduction of GHG emissions in waste sector reporting A-S.5: Developing human resources and social awareness as part of zero waste practices and reduction of GHG emissions 18 At present, issues relating to the environment, climate change and energy efficiency have been introduced into teaching materials and the inclusion of Incorporating and promoting these subjects in the curriculum as climate change, zero waste, electives has been put on the agenda. For water use, circular economy, A-S.5.1 MoNE MoEUCC 2024-2025 ● Number of schools offering example, the “Environmental Education green and environmental elective courses (count) and Climate Change” course, which has skills and green jobs in been approved by the Board of Education formal education curricula. and Discipline, will be taught as an elective in 6th, 7th or 8th grade secondary schools for a total of 72 hours, 2 hours per week. Training will be extensively implemented, including distance learning, documented, monitored and evaluated, MoNE Building capacity of relevant and training content will be regularly Universities stakeholders and trainers on ● Training of at least 10,000 people updated. To ensure accessibility for Municipalities A-S.5.2 zero waste, water use, MoEUCC 2024-2025 through education and awareness- people with disabilities, audio İSKUR (Turkish circular economy and raising activities description, sign language, visual Employment reducing GHG emissions description, voice-over, etc. will be Agency) included in content formats. Age and gender balance will be considered in the training. Promoting written, audio, visual and social media activities (promotional The aim is to raise awareness of the videos, website, etc.) that ● Number of news releases and circular economy and climate change in A-S.5.3 raise awareness of zero MoEUCC MoCT (RTUK) 2024-2025 announcements in printed, audio, society and to increase public waste, water use, circular visual and social media (count) understanding. economy and GHG emission reduction among all stakeholders. 18 Identifying skills and MoEUCC qualifications required by MoNE circular economy principles CHE The aim is to take measures to improve in the waste sector and Universities ● Number of studies conducted working conditions in the management of A-S.5.4 conducting studies to train a MoLSS İSKUR 2024-2030 (count) waste and to address the need for skills workforce equipped with VQA and qualified labour. these qualifications and NGOs improve employment Private Sector conditions. Organizations A-S.6: Developing incentive and financing mechanisms to improve waste management, taking into account circular economy principles and GHG emission reduction Updating national waste and wastewater management legislation through a Legislation on national waste and ● Update on national waste and participatory process, taking wastewater management is being revised A-S.6.1 MoEUCC 2024-2030 wastewater management into account circular under the coordination of the Ministry of legislation economy principles, zero Environment, Urbanization and Climate. waste and GHG reduction targets. Developing advantageous financing mechanisms to MoIT support projects and MoTF investments that prevent Incentive and financing mechanisms will Municipalities ● Number of incentive and funding waste at source, collect waste be developed led by MoEUCC to develop NGOs mechanisms developed (count) A-S.6.2 separately at source, reduce, MoEUCC 2024-2030 the waste sector in line with climate Private Sector ● Amount of incentive awarded reuse, recycle and recover change objectives and circular economy Organizations (TRY) waste, reduce the amount of principles. TSKB waste disposed of in landfills National Banks and increase the recovery and reuse of treated wastewater. Working on relevant specification formats in the MoTF The aim is to integrate circular economy context of circular economy A-S.6.3 PPA MoEUCC 2024-2030 ● Updated tender formats requirements into the relevant requirements in line with MoT specification formats. Green Public Procurement (GPP) principles. 18 A-S.7: Increasing R&D activities and developing technological infrastructure to improve waste management, taking into account circular economy principles and GHG emission reduction Establishing a legal framework for monitoring circular economy, identifying ● Legal framework for the A monitoring and tracking system will be A-S.7.1 indicators for monitoring and MoEUCC TURKSTAT 2024-2026 definition of indicators for developed in line with principles of including necessary monitoring and supervision circular economy. indicators in the official statistical programme. Developing technologies to MoIT convert biogas from MoNE • Amount of aid granted (TRY) biodegradable waste into The aim is to convert the biogas into EMRA A-S.7.2 biomethane of a standard TUBITAK 2024-2030 ● Number of projects assisted products with a high added value and to Universities equivalent to natural gas, (units) introduce them into the economy. Private Sector biobutanol or hydrogen that Organizations can be used as biofuel. The aim is to identify, report and manage MoNE the GHG impacts of the various stages of Conducting material life MoIT the life cycle, starting with the acquisition cycle assessment studies to MoEUCC ● Number of material-based life Universities of raw materials, including all relevant A-S.7.3 determine the GHG emission TUBİTAK 2024-2030 cycle assessment studies NGOs production, transport, use by the reduction potential of waste conducted (count) Private Sector consumer and disposal as waste after use, materials. Organizations and to determine the GHG emission reduction potential. As part of the GHG reduction target and principles of circular economy, the aim is Conducting R&D studies to to conduct R&D studies on the reuse of support the sustainable Universities treated wastewater, the recovery of management of wastewater MoEUCC NGOs ● Number of R&D studies materials from wastewater and treatment A-S.7.4 treatment facilities in line MoIT 2024-2030 Private Sector conducted (count) sludge, the reduction of the amount of with circular economy TUBİTAK Organizations treatment sludge produced at the facility, principles and GHG emission the beneficial use of treatment sludge and reduction targets. the reduction of GHG emissions from the wastewater treatment plant. 18 Developing digital technology applications such MoEUCC as advanced sensor MoENR technologies, artificial The aim is to increase the use of local TUBİTAK ● Number of patented technologies A-S.7.5 intelligence and remote MoIT 2024-2030 technologies in the management of waste Universities developed (count) sensing to ensure process and wastewater. Private Sector optimization and energy Organizations efficiency in waste and wastewater management. Strategies that provide or support GHG emission reductions in the reporting of other sectors, regardless of their relevance to the waste sector. A-S.8: Increasing use of waste as raw material / resource in production processes Preparing a National Circular ● Prepared National Circular The National Circular Economy Strategy A-S.8.1 Economy Strategy and MoEUCC PSB 2024 Economy Strategy and Action and Action Plan will be prepared under Action Plan Plan the coordination of MoEUCC. The Ecolabel is a label that represents a Establishing criteria for ● Number of products and services voluntary reward system created to environmental labelling of MoT for which eco-label criteria are set promote products/services with reduced different products and A-S.8.2 MoEUCC Private Sector 2024-2027 (count) environmental impacts from raw material services and the Organizations ● Number of eco-labelled products sourcing to disposal and to provide dissemination of best and services (count) accurate, non-misleading, scientifically practice. based information to consumers. MoIT MoENR MoAF MoT ● Number of training and Creating a legal framework The aim is to lay down the legal Organized awareness-raising activities A-S.8.3 to promote industrial MoEUCC 2024-2030 infrastructure for the practice of industrial Industrial Zones undertaken on the practices of symbiosis practices symbiosis. Private Sector industrial symbiosis Organizations Municipalities TOBB A-S.9: Reducing GHG emissions from waste handling equipment & vehicles 18 Ensuring lower fuel consumption by standardizing and optimizing Municipalities This measure aims to reduce the number ● GHG emissions from waste routes for waste collection Relevant Private of vehicle rounds and the total number of A-S.9.1 MoEUCC 2024-2030 collection and transport vehicles and transport vehicles in Sector rounds in the high-cost waste collection (tonnes CO2-eq) accordance with spatial Organizations process. planning or by using reverse logistics options. ● Amount of GHG emissions from vehicles used to collect and Promoting the use of low- Municipalities transport waste (in metric tonnes emission, alternative-fuelled Union of of CO2-eq) and electric vehicles and, in Municipalities MoTI ● Number of low emission vehicles, The aim is to reduce the use of transport appropriate cases, rail A-S.9.2 of Türkiye MoEUCC 2024-2030 vehicles powered by alternative related fossil fuels in the collection and transport in waste collection Relevant Private TCDD fuels and electric vehicles used for transport of waste. and transport through Sector waste collection and transport appropriate incentive Organizations (count) mechanisms. ● Amount of fossil fuel saved (tonnes) 18

3.6. Agriculture Sector Implement Action Responsible Related Action ation Monitoring Indicators Comment No Institution Institutions Period Strategy T-S.1: Mitigating methane emissions from livestock breeding ● At least three research studies conducted to discover impacts of the use of feed additives Conducting R&D Additives and their usage rates will be NGOs in animal feed rations studies on search, identified depending on the species, race (TURKIYEM ● Pilot system which will record the developed identification, approval and current weight of livestock. BIR, CBAT, feed rations used in farms with livestock of and use of the feed MoAF Recovery of the microbial flora in TUYEKAD) 100 and more heads T-S.1.1 additives that repress (TAGEM), 2024-2030 digestive system of the animals will be TUBITAK, ● Number of farms which use the feed methane emission in (GKGM) evaluated as well. Participation of at Universities, additives that repress methane emission, in animal feed rations and least 20 people in every training will be Private Sector feed rations ensuring the use of ensured and gender balance will be Organizations ● Training programme for instructors held for approved feed additives considered. the use of feed additives in animal feed rations (count) ● At least five research studies conducted to TUBITAK, identify methane emission in breeding Increasing studies on Universities, evaluation index MoAF genetic-based animal NGOs ● At least five research studies on animal Consideration of methane emission in T-S.1.2 (TAGEM, 2024-2030 breeding considering (TURKIYEM improvement animal improvement will be ensured. TIGEM) methane emission. BIR, CBAT, ● Report that suggests the ideal animal species, TUDKIYEB) breeds and optimum system for each geographical region 18 ● At least 10 research studies on the Pastures, water resources, coarse fodder, Increasing research production of animal feed with domestic TUBITAK different geographical areas and other studies on alternative resources MoAF Universities, types of animal feed will be identified to T-S.1.3 feed resources and 2024-2030 ● At least 10 Pilot applications which reflect (TAGEM) Private Sector reduce import and cost of feed in large executing pilot the research results about the production of Organizations livestock, small livestock, poultry applications. animal feed with domestic resources, on the raising and fisheries. field MoEUCC MoENR ● At least seven application projects about Municipalities, animal manure collection systems, one in Producer each geographical region Organizations, ● Number and capacity (MW) of biogas NGOs, facilities RDAs ● Manure-based waste quantity (tonne) IPARD Improving animal collected for the biogas facilities in Innovative approaches will be sought to Managing manure collection Agriculture-Based Specialised Organized minimize loss of organic substances in MoAF Authority, system and manure Industrial Zones manure collection system and utilization T-S.1.4 (TAGEM, IPARD 2024-2030 utilization methods and ● At least three R&D pilot studies applied of manure. Gender balance will be DTP, GDAR) Agency, disseminating improved ● Training courses held for animal manure considered in training courses. Agriculture- methods management (count) Based ● Number of livestock enterprises with Specialised developed waste collection infrastructure Organized (count) Industrial ● Number of equipment pools established with Zones animal manure application and climate- (TDİOSB), friendly machinery and equipment (count) Universities, TUBITAK 19 ● Increased pasture area found to be 13.14 Mha in 2022 to 14.6 Mha ● Increased delimited pasture area found to be

12.67 Mha in 2022 to 14.6 Mha Municipalities, ● Improved pasture area of minimum 0.2 Mha Supporting sustainable TUBITAK, Increase of the number of grazing plans MoAF livestock grazing Universities, which was 1773 in 2020, by 100% Efforts for supply of qualified coarse T-S.1.5 (DGPP, 2024-2030 through improving Producer ● Two scientific research studies and pilot fodder will be raised. TAGEM) pastures. Organizations, applications performed in at least two NGOs regions for monitoring, control and feedback of the grazing plan ● Number of pilot applications which involve the use of granular and liquid fertilisers generated at biogas facility Strategy T-S.2: Increasing efficiency in using chemical fertilisers Producer Fertiliser consumption inventory comprised by Quantity of fertilisers used based on the Preparing fertiliser MoAF Organizations, T-S.2.1 2024-2030 the products which have the largest cultivation plant species will be specified and consumption inventories (DGPP) NGOs, area and require fertiliser most monitored. Universities 19 As a result of identifying the fertiliser- intensive crops across the country, it is aimed to hold training and extension activities in the provinces and districts where fertiliser-intensive crops are produced most, and to achieve the optimum fertiliser use by giving the MoAF (DGPP, ● Research with a focus on conducting and fertiliser quantity needed by the plant in GDAR), generalizing soil and leaf analyses and Increasing research, line with the recommendations on MoAF Producer developing practical methods for these training and extension fertiliser use. T-S.2.2 (TAGEM, Organizations, 2024-2030 analyses at farmers’ level (count) activities to promote For this reason, soil analyses are DTP) NGOs, ● Training courses for farmers and extension rational fertiliser use. significant and it will be ensured that Universities, activities held for optimum fertiliser use fertilisation programmes will be TUBITAK (count) prepared based on the soil analyses and Right Fertiliser Use strategies (4R-4 Right Precise Nutrient Usage - application of the right fertiliser at the right ratio at the right time and in the right place) will be implemented and extended. ● Number of environmental impact analyses regarding organic and organo-mineral Promoting R&D MoAF fertiliser supports projects on the use of (GDAR), ● Number of R&D projects on the use of R&D projects regarding the use of organic, organo-mineral, MoAF Universities, agricultural waste and residues through agricultural waste and residues through compost, green fertiliser (DGPP, TUBITAK, T-S.2.3 2024-2030 enrichment with different methods (compost, enrichment with different methods etc. as an alternative to TAGEM, Municipalities, biocoal etc.) (compost, biocoal etc.) will be chemical fertilisers and DTP) Producer ● Investigation about the opportunities to use undertaken. disseminating the results Organizations, plant and residential organic waste as green of such projects. NGOs, fertiliser and compost and research and assessment reports issued as a result (count) 19 ● Number of training and extension activities MoAF undertaken for planting of legumes (count) (GDAR) ● Number of extension activities (count) Planting of the same crops consistently Universities, ● Expansion of the cultivation areas for will be prevented. Fallow lands will be Increasing training and Municipalities, legumes by 10% shrunk. Nitrogen content in soil will be extension activities to Producer ● Reduction of fallow land by 10% increased with artificial methods. extend crop rotation MoAF (DTP, Organizations, ● Establishment of monitoring, control and T-S.2.4 2024-2030 Legumes planting will be raised to with legumes and their DGPP) Legumes reporting mechanisms include more plant-based protein food in cultivation sites in crop Industrialists, ● Public service ad prepared for boosting food consumption. A gender sensitive production. National consumption of legumes approach will be adopted in content and Legumes ● Number of training courses held for method of training courses. Council, instructors NGOs ● Cooking shows with legumes content which are broadcast continuously (count) ● Two needs analysis prepared as part of GAP TURKAK, (Good Agricultural Practices) and organic To generalize nature-friendly TSE, agriculture agricultural techniques in Türkiye which Municipalities, ● Impact analysis report on GAP (Good are increasingly applied around the Increasing awareness- Producer Agricultural Practices) and organic world in terms of cultivation area and raising activities that MoAF Organizations, agricultural support production, the challenges and barriers promote Good (DGPP, NGOs, ● Increase of production amount as part of T-S.2.5 2024-2030 to GAP and organic agriculture will be Agricultural Practices TAGEM, RDAs, IPARD GAP and organic agriculture by 20% (In identified and objectives and actions (GAP) and organic DTP) Managing 2022, production amount of GAP crops and will be defined to overcome such agriculture. Authority, organic crops corresponded to 6 Mt and 1.5 challenges and barriers. A gender IPARD MT, respectively sensitive approach will be adopted in Agency, ● A minimum of 1000 training courses content and method of training courses. Universities organized at least one in each region (seven geographical regions) 19 It will be ensured that emission-reducing ● Lists of climate-friendly and sustainable crop practices are identified for every product production and livestock practices prepared in every region and they are turned into Increasing extension in at least two provinces in every region recommendation lists. One of the STB (Ministry activities to speed up (seven geographical regions) important tools employed in reduction is MoAF of Industry R&D studies in climate- ● At least five pilot practices executed digitalization (e.g. lower input usage (GDAR, and T-S.2.6 friendly, sustainable and 2024-2030 ● Number of training courses held with UAVs, sensors, chips, robots, DTP, Technology), digital agriculture and to At least one climate-friendly digital software etc.). TAGEM) TUBITAK, disseminate results of agriculture-themed R&D project promoted in In particular, national technologies to be Universities the studies. every region (seven geographical regions) in advanced for small family businesses order to develop national technology for will contribute considerably. A gender reduction of GHG emissions sensitive approach will be adopted in content and method of training courses. Strategy T-S.3: Reducing use of pesticides and antimicrobials Promoting R&D studies to develop alternatives STB, Alternative products will be developed ● At least 10 research studies promoted to pesticides and TUBITAK, to avoid excess use of agricultural MoAF regarding alternative agricultural control T-S.3.1 antimicrobials and Municipalities, 2024-2030 pesticides which are harmful for (TAGEM) procedures expediting registration RDAs, environment, human health, biodiversity ● At least two registered and licensed products process for such Universities etc, to lower costs and to reduce import. products. ● At least seven training courses held for instructors regarding alternative control Reducing use of methods pesticides and Municipalities, ● Number of training courses organized for Use of the alternative products antimicrobials and MoAF (DTP, Producer farmers (count) developed will be scaled up. A gender T-S.3.2 increasing extension GKGM, Organizations, 2024-2030 ● Number of extension activities (count) sensitive approach will be adopted in activities for use of DGPP) NGOs, ● Area of application (ha) identified for the use content and method of training courses. alternative products RDAs of alternative products registered and licensed. ● Amount of support (TRY) provided for the use of alternative products Strategy T-S.4: Developing loss, waste and residue management in agricultural production 19 ● At least three research studies and training programmes prepared for every product group ● Implementation of at least one chosen MoEUCC, research study in each of seven geographical Expediting and scaling MoI, regions of Türkiye up R&D studies on TUBITAK, Utilization of plant waste with a cyclical MoAF ● Number of training courses held for lowering reduction of crop losses Municipalities, approach will be ensured. A gender T-S.4.1 (TAGEM, 2024-2030 loss of products during and after harvest in crop production and RDAs, sensitive approach will be adopted in DTP) ● Appropriate instructional content formed for reuse of waste and Producer content and method of training courses. female and male producers (videos, residues. Organizations, handbooks, posters, illustrated descriptions NGOs etc.) (name) ● At least five public service ads, social media campaigns and public disclosure and awareness activities MoEUCC, MoI, TURKSTAT, Municipalities, Completing inventory The prepared inventory on waste and Producer ● Inclusion of agricultural waste and residue studies in recycling of residue recycling aims to compile and T-S.4.2 MoAF Organizations, 2024-2030 recycling in the official statistical programme agricultural waste and monitor information. NGOs, ● Completed inventory residues. Development Agencies, RDAs, Universities 19 MoEUCC, MoI, Municipalities, Increasing R&D and ● At least three research studies conducted MoAF RDAs, Current studies will be broadened by awareness activities to ● At least one research study implemented T-S.4.3 (TAGEM, Producer 2024-2030 adding gender analysis and/or through a reduce food loss and ● Number of awareness activities undertaken GDEUFR) Organizations, gender sensitive content and method. waste. ● Number of training courses organized Consumer Organizations, NGOs Strategy T-S.5: Increasing efficiency of land and soil management Municipalities, Completing land MoAF [State Producer T-S.5.1 aggregation registration Hydraulic 2024-2030 ● Area of 14.3 Mha subjected to aggregation Ongoing studies will be speeded up. Organizations, activities. Works (DSİ)] NGOs MoAF It will be ensured that the mapping Preparing and putting [General processes which have been already into use current detailed MoAF Directorate of ● National Soil Information System which was made to identify the nature of T-S.5.2 soil maps in accordance 2024-2027 (GDAR) Forestry improved and made sustainable agricultural land are executed in with international (OGM)], accordance with international standards. standards. Universities Current National Soil Information System will be improved. ● Reduction in the quantity of spoilt MoAF (destructed) areas (ha) (OGM), ● Quantity of restored areas in agriculture TUBITAK, Promoting and MoEUCC sector (ha) Universities, monitoring activities to (GDCDE), ● Number of research studies conducted Municipalities, mitigate land destruction MoAF ● Training courses organized for disseminating Activities for conserving agricultural T-S.5.3 RDAs, 2024-2030 and monitored and (GDAR, research results (count) land will be expanded. Producer increasing relevant R&D TAGEM, ● Quantity of areas subjected to the practices Organizations, studies. DTP) aiming at balancing land destruction (ha) NGOs ● At least one R&D project executed in every region (seven geographical regions) for balancing land destruction 19 MoAF (GDAR), Planning agricultural MoTF Action plans will be prepared for every production on the basis ● Action plan prepared for every province (or TUBITAK, province to ensure the growing of proper of agricultural basins or MoAF for every pilot province) Universities, crops for soil, water and ecosystem. T-S.5.4 enterprises and revising (DGPP, 2024-2030 ● Quantity of areas subjected to planning (ha) Municipalities, They will be integrated with the agricultural supports to GDL) ● Amount of support given based on the action RDAs, supporting system. realize the goals under plan (TRY) Producer such planning. Organizations, NGOs ● Increase in the areas subjected to direct sowing (%) The aim is to boost the quantity of areas Universities, Increasing extension ● Increase in the areas subjected to reduced subjected to direct sowing and reduced Municipalities, activities to extend MoAF tillage (%) tillage and to establish a monitoring, RDAs, T-S.5.5 direct sowing methods (GDAR, 2024-2030 ● Monitoring, control and reporting control and reporting mechanism for Producer and reduced tillage DTP) mechanism established such systems. A gender sensitive Organizations, procedures. ● Number of training courses for farmers approach will be adopted in content and NGOs (count) method of training courses. ● Number of extension activities (count) ● At least five pilot practices about agro- forestry and shelterbelt activities ● Number of training courses on agro-forestry Universities, works which were held for instructors in It is aimed to execute agro-forestry and Municipalities, every region (seven geographical regions) shelterbelt practices which are among Extending agro-forestry MoAF RDAs, ● Number of training courses on shelterbelt nature-based solutions for reduction. A T-S 5.6 and shelterbelt activities (GDAR, 2024-2030 Producer works which were held for instructors in gender sensitive approach will be in cultivated areas. DTP, OGM) Organizations, every region (seven geographical regions) adopted in content and method of NGOs ● Number of public service ads, social media training courses. campaigns, public disclosure, training and awareness activities undertaken regarding agro-forestry and shelterbelt Strategy T-S.6: Providing farmers with access to affordable financing 19 PSB, MoTF, ● Report issued under the analysis on BRSA, MoAF environmental and economic impacts of the BAT, It is aimed to bring agricultural support Establishing financing (GDAR, current agricultural support and incentives in Banks, and incentives of banks up to date in line T-S.6.1 and support models for DGPP, GDL, 2024-2030 the framework of GHG mitigation Agricultural with the reduction strategies and expand mitigation activities. DGFA, ● Legislation introduced for updating of Credit credit facility opportunities. SDD) agricultural support and incentives in the Cooperatives, framework of GHG mitigation Producer Organizations Pursuant to PDPL, livestock breeders should declare Operation Registration Certificate, which contains recorded PSB, operation information (ear tag no.) and MoAF ● Prepared data report required by the is obtained via Livestock Information (GDAR), financing institutions System. The certificate can be received Identifying and sharing BRSA, MoAF ● Pilot system established to share the from Provincial and District Directorate data needed to facilitate BAT, (DGPP, necessary data with the financing institutions of Agriculture and through e- T-S.6.2 farmers’ collaboration Banks, 2024-2030 GDL, DGFA, ● Pilot system established to identify loan need government portal. with banks and women Agricultural SDD, DTP) of women farmers and raise their loan usage In case that the women farmers farmers’ access to loans. Credit registered to Farm Accountancy Data Cooperatives, Network system where their economic Producer and physical data are recorded, share Organizations their information in this way, priority will be given to them in loan usage process. 19 MoAF (ARDSI), MoLSS, SGK, Development Agencies, TZOB, ● Green transformation in rural areas and Cooperatives, impact analysis report issued Broadscale and accessible support Designing and Women's ● Green transformation strategy paper issued programmes should be prepared and put implementing MoAF Cooperatives, ● Supporting programmes prepared/applied into use for the purpose of enhancing T-S.6.3 programmes for (GDAR, 2024-2030 Producer (count) economic variety in rural areas as part of enhancing economic OGM) Associations, ● Number of projects bolstered up under the green transformation process. diversity in rural areas. Provincial Programmes to Promote Rural Development Directorates, Investments Regional Directorates, Municipalities, International Organizations, NGOs Strategy T-S.7: Promoting training, awareness-raising and capacity-building activities for stakeholders operating in agriculture sector considering gender balance TZOB, Cooperatives, Identifying target Producer audience to receive MoAF ● A guide prepared for identifying the target The aim is to form and publish a guide Associations, T-S.7.1 training in line with (TAGEM, 2024-2025 audience in order to identify the target audience Municipalities, Sustainable PERGEM) considering gender balance. International Development Goals. Organizations, NGOs 19 MoAF (OGM), Universities, ● Training provided to at least 500 technical TZOB, personnel employed in public sector Training for producer organizations and Promoting training and Cooperatives, ● Training provided to at least 20 enterprises in all kinds of technical personnel, capacity-building MoAF Women's private sector, NGOs and producer especially agricultural engineers, T-S. 7.2 activities for (PERGEM, Cooperatives, 2024-2025 organizations veterinarians, food engineers and stakeholders in TAGEM), Producer ● At least three training courses on project technicians will be increased. A gender agriculture sector. Associations, preparation provided to international sources sensitive approach will be adopted in Municipalities, of funds content and method of training courses. International Organizations, NGOs 20

3.7. LULUCF Sector Impleme Action Responsible Relevant Action ntation Monitoring Indicators Description No Institution Institutions Period Strategy L-S.1: Increasing GHG sequestration annually by protecting and sustainably managing ecosystems and increasing sink areas, and reducing ecosystem-based emissions ● Increase in the annual net sequestration (gains-losses) in the forest category (forest management) each year in the period 2025-2030 compared to Developing and monitoring the previous year sector-wide strategies, action MoAF (GDF, ● Average annual increment It is aimed to strengthen the planted volume plans, macro-planning, and GDAR, (m3/ha/year) in the period 2025- representing the living biomass in forest ecosystems L-S.1.1 targets, particularly in TAGEM, DCC 2025-2030 2030 being above the average of and the increment determining the annual carbon forestry and agriculture, in a DGPP, the previous 5 years for all forest sequestration. manner to increase sink GDNCNP) types (coniferous, leafy, mixed capacity and intermittently disturbed) ● Negative net emissions in agricultural land and grassland categories (tonnes CO2-eq sequestration). Mitigation and adaptation in the LULUCF sector Transitioning to a proactive, should be planned and monitored at the basin scale ● Amount of afforestation/ result-oriented, and basin- in order to see the interaction between mitigation rehabilitation/ restoration area scale approach in MoAF (GDAR, and adaptation and to manage them more effectively. (forest, grassland, wetland, etc.) afforestation/rehabilitation/re DGPP) It is aimed to conduct studies in line with the L-S.1.2 MoAF (GDF) 2024-2025 (ha/year) storation, taking into account MoEUCC relevant strategy papers, especially the National ● Prioritisation for investment with the integrity of ecosystems, (GDCDE) Basin Rehabilitation Strategy (NBRS), and to a scientific approach at the river and creating a basin-based establish legislation on basin-based management by sub-basin scale afforestation roadmap establishing NBRS regulations and instructions for the results according to parameters such as 20 prioritising, where, which species, for what purpose and what kind of forest structure are to be used. Identifying potential areas MoAF suitable for (GDAR, Studies on areas suitable for afforestation were afforestation/plantation by MoAF TAGEM, ● Total amount of area suitable for conducted in our country. supporting geographical (GDF) 2024- L-S.1.3 DGPP) afforestation/plantation It is aimed to update and elaborate these studies so information systems and MoEUCC 2030 MoEUCC identified on Treasury lands (ha) as to include planting, to identify the potential and remote sensing methods in (GDCDE) (DGGIS) to enable prioritisation. addition to field Municipalities measurements ● Amount of change in land cover monitored spatially in certain periods with the help of the National Land Cover Classification and Monitoring System (NLCC&MS) (ha/year) MoAF Protecting soil carbon sinks MoAF ● Change in soil carbon stock (TAGEM) by enhancing the combat (GDF, (tonnes C/ha/year) Land use planning should be enhanced through against land degradation, GDAR) 2024- ● Net increase in soil carbon stock integrated plans and practices in main basins and L-S.1.4 MoEUCC erosion-sedimentation, and MoEUCC 2030 value measured at fixed sub-basins in accordance with the ability (DGGIS) desertification due to land (GDCDE) sampling points in response to categories. TURKSTAT misuse prevention of land misuse Universities (tonnes C/ha) ● Amount of desertification, erosion and sedimentation identified and reported temporally and spatially every two years MoAF ● Number of digitised data Promoting digitalisation (GDAR, (count) 2024- Intra and inter-institutional data flows will be L-S.1.5 across the sector to cover DGPP, MoEUCC ● Number of digitalised 2025 enabled by digitalisation. all land types (wetlands, GDNCNP, applications (production, GDF) afforestation, etc.) (count) 20 grasslands, etc.), especially MoEUCC ● Decision Support System forestry and agriculture (GDCDE) Platform for Balancing Land Destruction ● Number of technical and legal regulation studies put into Initiating technical and practice (count) legal arrangements to DCC ● Amendments to national It is aimed to minimise emissions with the MoAF (GDF, 2024- L-S.1.6 prevent emissions from all MoENR forestry legislation, particularly technical and legal arrangements to be made. GDAR) 2025 practices that may damage (GDMPA) Forest Law and National Parks forests and other land uses Law ● Published land use change bases (count) ● Amount of forest area managed for carbon, water, and biodiversity purposes (ha) ● Relevant legal and technical regulation updates (Communiqués No. 295, 298, 299, 302 and 308) Functions in ecosystem-based planning, ● Number of Forest Management Developing and particularly carbon sequestration, biodiversity, and Plans in which forest ecosystem disseminating carbon, water water production, are required to be continuously Universities services are integrated in forest and biodiversity objective MoAF 2024- improved with technical and scientific data. In L-S.1.7 and research areas (count) functions in forest planning (GDF) 2030 addition, it is appropriate to expand these institutes ● Forest ecosystem services map and management in functions to all forests, aiming to strengthen prepared technical terms mitigation and adaptation. ● Number of Forest Management Directorates with Ecotourism Management Plan ● Number of ecosystem-based functional integrated forest management plans (count) ● Number of published Fire Management Plans (count) 20 ● At least 100 experts trained in carbon management (managing land use mitigation), climate The sub-sectors of LULUCF are required to be Increasing the technical adaptation, disaster risk enhanced and transformed in order to contribute capacities of institutions by reduction and disaster more to combating climate change and to be MoAF MoAF conducting applied pilot management minimally affected by its negative impacts. The (GDAR, (GDNCNP) 2025- L-S.1.8 studies with Climate ● Number of research studies and capacities of all institutions involved in this TAGEM, MoEUCC 2030 Change Focused pilot projects developed and process should be continuously increased to GDF) (GDCDE) Framework Transition implemented (count) follow and internalise technical and technological Projects ● Practical training provided to at developments. Gender balance will be considered least 1000 people on sustainable in capacity-building processes. land management, particularly on desertification and erosion ● Published new legal and Increasing the effectiveness MoAF MoAF technical regulations of regulations to limit (GDWM) Ecotourism movements and ecotourism (GDF, ● Rate of recovery in wildlife human activities that may Universities management plans that can be executed under the GDNCNP) 2024- population (number, diversity). L-S.1.9 damage natural life and Public control of relevant institutions in forests near Municipalitie 2025 ● Rate of decrease in the number ecosystems in and around Institutions urban areas can reduce the potential negative s of fires in urban forests (%) forests, wetlands and Private sector impacts of human activities. ● Rate of improvement in wetland forests close to urban areas organizations water quality (%) ● Calculating the forest area per Establishing a technical and capita for each province, The forest area per capita for each province and legal mechanism in publishing it on the website of urban centre will be calculated by MoEUCC, MoEUCC the Ministry and notifying the cooperation with communicated to the municipalities and the MoAF MoEUCC, relevant municipalities by the municipalities and relevant 2024- municipalities will be ensured to set targets and L-S.1.10 (GDF) (GDCDE) end of 2024 ministries to determine, 2025 monitor accordingly. In this context, it is also Municipalitie NGOs ● Publishing the amount and monitor and increase the aimed to increase the number of green spaces by s target of forest area per capita proportion of woody green providing incentives for municipalities to increase spaces in urban areas for each province and urban urban forest areas. centre on the website of the Ministry and notifying the 20 municipalities by the end of 2025 ● Amount, rate and annual change of forest area per capita in the urban centre and province (for each year from 2000 and after) (ha/person) ● Number of published legal regulations (count) ● Number of projects developed and/or incentives granted by municipalities to increase the number of forests and green spaces (count) ● Length (km) and area (ha) of Promoting projects and restored/rehabilitated river studies for the restoration MoAF corridor) and rehabilitation of river It is aimed to increase biomass and soil carbon (GDNCNP, MoAF (GDF) 2024- ● Number of incentivised L-S.1.11 corridors and ecosystems in sinks by restoring river corridors in residential, GDAR) Municipalities 2030 (supported) projects (count) agricultural lands, agricultural, grassland and wetland areas. MoEUCC ● Improvement rate in water grasslands, wetlands, and quality values of our rivers, settlements dams, and lakes (%) Supporting poplar, fruit ● Increase in the amount of farming, olive farming and poplar, olive and fruit farming climate-friendly areas and climate-friendly It is aimed to promote all woody agricultural agricultural practices in MoAF agricultural lands (ha) 2024- products and to pay attention to the distribution of L-S.1.12 agricultural areas, (GDAR, MoAF (GDF) ● At least 500 new entrepreneurs 2030 the number of women/young entrepreneurs especially women and TAGEM) supported in the agricultural involved. young entrepreneurs, sector and gender balance in technically and financially support with new incentives ● Number of projects supported 20 Strengthening and It is aimed to use non-productive agricultural land promoting incentives for as agricultural land, to alleviate the pressure of afforestation of fast- ● Amount of area subject to wood raw material production in natural forests by MoAF growing and income- incentive (ha). encouraging fast-growing species afforestation, to (GDAR, 2024- L-S.1.13 generating species in ● Amount of incentives granted reduce the production pressure in natural forests GDF) 2030 unproductive agricultural (TRY) by providing support to the forest industry to shift lands, unless it is possible ● Amount of afforestation (ha) towards industrial plantations in order to meet to restore these lands to their own raw materials. agriculture In all land planning scales and processes, focusing on nature-based solutions MoAF ● Number of projects to It is aimed to enhance mitigation and adaptation (NBS) that will increase (GDF) implement nature-based MoAF (SWH, 2024- capabilities by disseminating the projects at basin L-S.1.14 green carbon sink capacity solutions (e.g., integrated basin GDNCNP) 2030 scale. instead of grey solutions in MoEUCC projects) a manner to prioritise (GDCDE) ● Amount of projected area (ha) upstream basin management It is aimed to develop and implement management Preparing and putting into ● At least 0.2 Mha new grassland plans for grasslands by increasing soil carbon effect an action plan for the MoAF area rehabilitated each year stock and improving livestock breeding through rehabilitation of grassland MoAF (GDAR, ● Annual carbon stock increase of 2025- correct practices planned to be executed in large L-S.1.15 areas in a manner to (DGPP) TAGEM, 0.16% per hectare in grassland 2030 areas. increase soil carbon stock GDF) areas This action refers to the target of an increase in annually in the period ● Amount of grassland area in and soil carbon stocks by close to 2% per hectare by between 2025-2038 near forests rehabilitated (ha) 2038 on approximately 2-3 Mha of grassland land through multiple restoration projects. Implementing and MoAF ● 0.2 Mha of new areas with promoting climate-friendly climate-friendly agricultural It is aimed to achieve a significant increase in soil MoAF, (TAGEM, 2025- L-S.1.16 agricultural practices in operations each year and an carbon stocks through a wide range of climate- (GDAR) GDF, DGPP) 2030 agricultural lands in a annual carbon stock increase of friendly agricultural practices. TZOB manner to increase soil 0.16% per hectare in these areas 20 carbon stock annually in ● Amount of incentives granted It is aimed to increase soil carbon stocks by close the period between 2025- (TRY) to 2% per hectare by 2038 on approximately 2-3 2038 Mha of agricultural land. Disseminating good practices (nature-based MoAF (GDF, ● At least 10 good practices each It is aimed to protect and increase soil carbon solutions, biochar, reduced MoAF GDAR) 2025- year stock through the development and dissemination L-S.1.17 ploughing, etc.) that (TIGEM, MoEUCC 2030 ● Amount of implemented area of good practices to prevent or mitigate promote soil fertility and DGPP) (GDCDE) (ha) erosion/sedimentation. carbon stock increase in all land uses ● Amount of area subject to Identifying desertified areas various levels of erosion and at subject to erosion and land risk (ha) degradation, monitoring ● Change in soil carbon stocks (t these areas with various MoEUCC It is aimed to establish integrated approaches C/ha/year) indicators, particularly soil (GDCDE) 2024- relating to desertification and erosion, water L-S.1.18 MoAF (GDF) ● Number of projects, carbon stocks, and MoAF 2030 quality, rural development, agricultural yield, applications, and tools developing and (TAGEM) sedimentation, etc. at the basin scale. (application, model, etc.) to disseminating basin combat erosion and management practices and desertification (count) tools to find solutions ● Sediment load carried in rivers Increasing the total amount of protected areas and MoEUCC ● Amount of protected areas developing site-specific MoAF reaching 14% of national It is aimed to increase the protected areas so as to 2024- L-S.1.19 management strategies to (GDNCNP), surface area. prioritise natural ecosystems, taking into account 2030 enhance the mitigation and GDF ● Protected natural old growth natural old-growth forests in particular. adaptation capacities of forest area (ha) these areas Reducing pressures on MoAF (GDF, It is aimed to rehabilitate the wetlands damaged wetlands, protecting them MoAF DGPP and 2024- ● Increase in the amount of L-S.1.20 due to climate change and drought; and restore from harmful impacts, (GDNCNP) GDAR, SWH) 2030 registered wetlands (ha) them to the wetland system. especially drainage and Municipalities 20 pollution, and rehabilitation ● Amount of rehabilitated It is aimed to ensure the harmonisation and of damaged wetlands wetlands (ha) coordination of agriculture and water policies with ● Monitoring system established wetlands conservation policy, and to prevent the for wetlands and protected areas pressure of construction and industrialisation on wetlands. It is aimed to reduce the pressure on the wetland ecosystem by providing alternative livelihoods. ● Reduced number of fires and amount of burnt area (ha) ● Number of fire prevention Enhancing the process for MoI (AFAD) studies and awareness-raising prevention of forest fires, MoNE activities (meetings for local It is aimed to continuously improve fire MoAF 2024- L-S.1.21 early detection of fires and MoAF (SWH) people, brochure-poster management system in order to reduce the number (GDF) 2030 early and effective response KGM campaigns, public service of fires and the amount of burnt areas. to fires Municipalities announcements, etc.) (count) ● Increased number of fire fighting vehicles, equipment, and personnel (count) Increasing the use of ● Number of projects Universities technology in firefighting, implemented to increase the use Municipalities increasing the efficiency of of artificial intelligence (count) It is aimed to use resources more effectively in MoAF Private and 2024- L-S.1.22 resource utilisation with ● Reduced amount of burnt area fire management with artificial intelligence (GDF) public sector 2030 artificial intelligence (ha) methods such as machine learning. technology supported decision support ● Reduction in fire response time companies systems (min) Increasing the proportion of land and marine protected It is aimed to increase land and marine protected MoEUCC 2024- L-S.1.23 areas to 30% in line with MoAF (GDF) ● Protected area rate (%) areas in line with international conventions and (GDPNA) 2030 the targets of the Kunming- EU strategies. Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework 20 adopted by the 15th Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity and the EU Biodiversity Strategy Preparing an Ecosystem- Based National Management Strategy for ● Strategy and action plan It is aimed to prepare ecosystem-based National Protected Areas, MoEUCC 2025- prepared Management Strategy and ecosystem-based L-S.1.24 Ecosystem-Based Climate (GDPNA) 2030 ● Number of integrated Climate Change Action Plan and to ensure their Change Action Plan and management plans (count) integration into management plans. ensuring its integration into management plans Preparing an Ecosystem- Based National Spatial ● Strategy prepared It is aimed to prepare an ecosystem-based MoEUCC 2025- L-S.1.25 Planning Strategy and ● Number of integrated spatial National Spatial Planning Strategy and integrate it (GDPNA) 2030 integrating it into Spatial plans (count) into spatial plans. Plans Strategy L-S.2: Ensuring transition of forestry and agricultural enterprises to a circular bioeconomy with high added value. Supporting family and small/medium and large- ● At least 500 new enterprises scale enterprises with high established per year (50% of production and marketing which will be women or young capacity that can reach investors) international markets in the Cooperatives ● Number of enterprises supported (count) It is aimed to prioritise the supports so as to non-wood forest products MoAF Municipalities 2024- L-S.2.1 ● Information and support ensure rural development and the participation of sector by increasing and (GDF) NGOs 2025 promoting the support, SMEs training provided to 200 people rural youth and women in production stronger. supporting social projects for the establishment of new to reduce wood enterprises (50% of them will consumption in forest be women and young investors) villages and supporting ● Amount of incentives given to economic income- enterprises, cooperatives and 20 increasing activities to unions for production and sales prevent rural migration (TRY) Within the scope of climate-friendly agriculture, support for family, small/medium and large-scale enterprises with high production and GDF ● Number of new enterprises It is aimed to establish companies with higher marketing capacity that can MoAF MoT 2024- established (count) capacity in marketing, logistics and advertising L-S.2.2 reach international markets (GDAR) Cooperatives 2025 ● Number of families supported processes by considering gender balance for should be maintained and Municipalities (count) entrepreneurs. increased, and the sector, especially women entrepreneurs, should be supported technically and financially with new incentives ● Number of companies supported (count) Expanding and enhancing ● Amount of incentives granted MoT incentives for forest (TRY) MoAF MoTF 2024- It is aimed to increase design, technology, i.e. L-S.2.3 industry companies to ● Number of recycling facilities (GDF) Chambers of 2025 added value in the wood products sector. increase added value, established with incentives Commerce efficiency, and recycling (count) ● Amount of recovered material (tonnes) Strategy L-S.3: Doubling project supports to 2020 level by 2030 to strengthen sector in terms of R&D and innovation Strengthening the combat MoAF (GDF, MoAF ● Number of projects against disaster and TAGEM, (GDNCNP) implemented and completed climate change-related It is aimed to support R&D studies to reduce the DGFA) TUSIAD 2024- (count) L-S.3.1 forest damages that may negative impacts of climate-related disasters and MoEUCC TUBITAK 2030 ● At least 15 projects prepared for cause damage to sink damages on sink areas. (GDCDE) mitigation of damages caused areas through Universities by floods and landslides technological, preventive, 21 and educational projects and increasing R&D support on the effects of these damages on carbon stocks ● Developed, updated and It is aimed to continue research and development Enhancing technical MoAF MoEUCC recently created new GIS and activities to improve the level and precision of the infrastructure for GHG (GDF, (DGGIS) 2024- land use sub-datasets LULUCF sector reporting on the basis of emission L-S.3.2 emission and TAGEM, Universities 2030 ● Number of R&D projects factors which are based on remote sensing, sequestration calculations GDAR) TUBITAK implemented and completed geographical information systems and scientific (count) studies. Supporting research on the technology-based ● Incentive mechanism created MoEUCC It is aimed to establish a sector-specific funding requirements of the Land ● Amount of incentives granted MoAF (GDCDE) 2024- mechanism to improve the current national level L-S.3.3 Use and Forestry sector (TRY) TUBITAK Universities 2025 of technology and innovation in the LULUCF and developing a sector ● Number of research projects TUSIAD sector. specific project incentive implemented (count) mechanism Increasing the use of digitalisation, remote It is aimed to increase the precision and accuracy MoEUCC sensing methods (such as of carbon stock and emission calculations by MoAF (GDCDE), 2024- ● Number of projects L-S.3.4 satellite-based, drone use) supporting the development of technologies such TUBITAK Universities 2030 implemented (count) and robotic technologies as digitalisation, precision monitoring, use of TUSIAD to improve productivity in robots etc. in forestry. forestry and land use MoAF ● Updating climate projections in Supporting projects for line with SSP scenarios (TAGEM) conducting climate ● At least 5 research projects on It is aimed to update climate projections in line MoEUCC MoAF projections and 2024- climate projections and land use with SSP scenarios and to contribute to the L-S.3.5 (GDCDE, (GDF, GDAR) vulnerability analyses for 2030 supported in the period between development of land use sector through sectoral DCC) forestry and land use by 2023-2030 vulnerability analyses. TUBITAK using projection outputs ● Number of vulnerability Universities analyses conducted 21 ● Amount of support granted (TRY) Promoting scientific studies and technologies ● Support for at least 5 research for integrated drought MoAF MoAF projects on drought annually It is aimed to support drought-resilient origins and solutions, including the (TAGEM, (GDNCNP) ● Implementation of 5 R&D technological solutions against the risk of 2024- L-S.3.6 development of drought- GDF) TUBITAK projects to increase the success increasing drought intensity and frequency, as 2030 resilient species, taking MoEUCC Universities of afforestation and planting in well as to tolerate the water shortage due to into account biodiversity (GDCDE) TUSIAD arid lands for the relevant increasing temperatures. in afforestation and period planting ● At least 2 supported projects on TUBITAK It is aimed to review the data collection, storage Integrating data-driven big data, data analysis and Universities and analysis activities of the institutions in sector; artificial intelligence into 2024- artificial intelligence L-S.3.7 MoAF Private sector to enhance the technological infrastructure for decision-making 2030 ● Rate of artificial intelligence use organizations reporting, analysis, data dashboarding, advanced processes in internal decision-making and estimation and big data management. estimation processes Ensuring more effective participation in ecosystem monitoring networks such ● Number of Long-Term as Long-Term Ecological Ecological Monitoring Network Monitoring Network, ICP monitoring sites established MoAF Forests, Integrated (count) (GDNCNP, Carbon Observation ● Number of ICP Level 2 GDF) It is aimed to monitor the impacts of climate System and similar monitoring sites (count) MoEUCC 2024- change on forests with the help of mentioned L-S.3.8 ecosystem monitoring MoAF ● Experimental co-basin (GDCDE, 2030 networks and to understand the impacts of climate networks, encouraging monitoring system established GDM) change through more effective participation. long-term experimental and operated to cover all TUBITAK basin and ecosystem components of the ecosystem Universities monitoring studies for ● Number of long-term detailed and precise experimental projects supported monitoring and analysis (count) of precipitation-runoff processes, promoting 21 them in different ecozones of our country Supporting research on It is aimed to obtain information about blue MoAF the development of carbon potential and feasibility by undertaking (DGFA) 2024- ● Number of blue carbon projects L-S.3.9 underwater ecosystems in TUBITAK scientific and technical studies in the DCC 2030 (count) and their areas (ha) coasts and seas and Mediterranean geography with blue carbon Universities creating blue carbon sinks mitigation potential. Strategy L-S.4: Increasing number of technical personnel and professionals trained in carbon management in sector ● At least 2 projects created each year at national and international scale Improving scientific, It is aimed to improve technical capacity in terms TUBITAK ● Training provided to at least 100 institutional, and human of the management, monitoring and reporting of MoAF Universities 2025- people each year and ensuring L-S.4.1 capacity in combating emissions due to losses and damages in (GDF) NGOs 2030 gender balance in training forest losses and damages ecosystems as a result of changing climatic Municipalities ● At least 10 training courses (fire, disease, etc.) conditions. provided each year ● Number of scientific publications released (count) ● At least 10 awareness-raising activities (e.g., public service announcements, documentaries, etc.) each year It is aimed to undertake awareness-raising Raising awareness in MoAF MoNE 2025- ● Number of posts on social activities based on an approach that does not lead L-S.4.2 combating forest losses and (GDF) NGOs 2030 media platforms to raise to gender inequality and that promotes equality damages (fire, disease, etc.) awareness on the issue (count) and participation. ● Number of projects implemented to increase the awareness of forest villagers in firefighting (count) Increasing scientific, ● At least 2 projects created each It is aimed to improve the capacity for MoEUCC 2025- L-S.4.3 institutional, and human MoAF (GDF) year at national and desertification and erosion prevention activities. (GDCDE) 2030 capacity and awareness on international scale 21 the effects of climate MoAF ● Training provided each year and change on desertification (TAGEM) ensuring gender balance in and erosion training ● At least 10 training courses provided each year ● Number of R&D projects implemented and scientific publications released (count) ● Technical training on climate change, desertification, erosion control provided to at least 100 technical personnel each year (count) ● Awareness activities (e.g., public service announcements, documentaries, etc.) on climate change, desertification, erosion control (count) ● At least 2 projects created each year at national and international scale ● Training provided to at least 100 Improving scientific, people each year institutional, and human MoAF (GDF) ● At least 5 training courses It is aimed to undertake awareness-raising capacity in combating MoAF MoEUCC 2024- provided each year activities based on an approach that does not lead L-S.4.4 wetland losses and damages (GDNCNP) TUBITAK 2030 ● At least 5 international and 10 to gender inequality and that promotes equality (drought, drying, misuse of Universities national scientific publications and participation. wetlands, etc.), raising released each year awareness ● At least 5 awareness-raising activities (e.g., public service announcements, documentaries, etc.) each year 21 MoEUCC (GDCDE) Providing climate-friendly MoAF MoAF (GDF) ● At least 10 training courses It is aimed to increase climate-friendly agriculture and low-carbon agriculture (GDAR, Chamber of 2024- provided each year training by considering gender balance in order to L-S.4.5 training for researchers, Agricultural PERGEM, 2030 ● Training provided to at least 100 increase the sink capacity of agriculture for technical personnel, and Engineers DTP) people each year emission mitigation purposes. farmers Universities NGOs Providing training on wetland conservation and climate-friendly fisheries ● At least 5 training courses practices to technical MoAF provided each year 2024- It is aimed to increase training on wetland L-S.4.6 personnel and people (GDNCNP, Universities ● Training provided to at least 200 2030 conservation and climate-friendly fisheries. engaged in agriculture, DGFA) people each year and ensuring livestock, and fisheries with gender balance in training traditional methods in wetlands Providing training for MoAF technical personnel on (GDF) ● Training provided to at least 500 MoEUCC climate-friendly forestry, Chamber of 2024- forest engineers each year It is aimed to increase various training on climate- L-S.4.7 (GDCDE) especially on mitigation Forest 2025 ● At least 10 training courses friendly forestry by considering gender balance. NGOs and management of climate Engineers provided each year change risks MoAF (GDF) ● At least one capacity-building Chamber of Preparing and project prepared until 2025 for MoAF Forest implementing a training the establishment of training It is aimed to train the relevant units in MoEUCC Engineers 2024- L-S.4.8 programme for programme municipalities to gain technical knowledge, skills Municipalitie Chamber of 2027 municipalities on river ● At least one training programme and experience in river corridor restoration. s Agricultural corridor restoration covering at least 100 Engineers municipalities NGOs Training technical ● Providing at least two training MoAF (GDF, DCC, It is aimed to train LULUCF sector experts on personnel on GHG 2024- courses each year on the L-S.4.9 GDAR) MoAF ( new reporting system of UNFCCC which will emission and sequestration 2030 LULUCF sector GHG and Universities TAGEM) enter into force at the end of 2024. calculations and BTR, NC reporting 21 international reporting ● Number of courses, master's and obligations in the LULUCF doctorate programmes on sector Climate Change established in universities ● Providing at least 10 training courses on GHG emission and sequestration calculations and data supply for calculations, training 100 experts as certified experts ● Providing both technical and foreign language training within the scope of training of trainers in cooperation with universities to at least 50 technical personnel working in the relevant units within the responsible institutions and establishing a certification system It is aimed to ensure that the structuring of institutions relating to the development, monitoring and reporting of the LULUCF sector includes units which will undertake the activities Establishing climate change MoAF (GDF, of establishing ecosystem-based climate change units in institutions directly GDAR, ● New units established in policies and strategies, ensuring carbon relating to the management TAGEM, relevant institutions 2024- management in ecosystems, undertaking studies L-S.4.10 and reporting of sink areas, DGFA) DCC ● Number of technical and 2030 on carbon credits, fulfilling UNFCCC obligations improving institutional MoEUCC research personnel in relevant and mitigation commitments, determining the capacity on the basis of (GDCDE) institutions impact of climate change on ecosystems and the experts and authority framework for effective combat against these impacts, and increasing the capacity of technical personnel and researchers providing data for reports. Strategy L-S.5: Developing technology infrastructure for LULUCF sector. 21 Developing and It is aimed to support and implement R&D and MoAF (GDF, ● Number of estimation and early operationalising estimation innovation in order to develop, implement and TAGEM, 2023- warning systems developed L-S.5.1 and early warning systems AFAD disseminate early warning systems in combating GDWM, 2027 (feasibility, design, operational) for drought, floods, forest disasters to other countries and to export SWH) (count) fires and landslides technology. Increasing R&D capacity for the estimation and TUBITAK ● Utilisation rate of satellite-based verification of emissions MoAF (GDF, systems (%) and sequestration on land GDAR, Universities ● Number of models initiated to It is aimed to support initiatives and projects on 2024- L-S.5.2 use with remote sensing TAGEM) Private sector be used in the verification of remote sensing technologies and modelling in the 2030 and atmospheric models, MoEUCC organizations GHG inventory (count) LULUCF sector. particularly developing (DGGIS, ● Number of R&D projects satellite-based observation, GDCDE) developed (count) and analysis systems 21

3.8. Cross-Cutting Issues

3.8.1. Just Transition Responsible Relevant Implementa Action No Action Monitoring Indicators Description Institution Institutions tion Period AG-S.1 Building capacity for just transition and employment transformation According to sectoral and regional analyses, PSB National Just Transition Strategy covering Formulating a national just MoEUCC different policy areas including labour transition strategy to achieve MoIT edification, employment, social protection, ● Just transition strategy AG-S.1.1 green transformation in labour MoLSS MoENR 2024-2026 social assistance, occupational health and safety papers issued (count) markets and ensure a transition MoFSS and immigration will be prepared by MoLSS in just conditions MoNE with a view to managing the climate change and CHE green transformation process through a just transition perspective. Workers’ and Employers’ ● Number of awareness- Awareness-raising and strengthening efforts will Unions and raising exercises for be undertaken in the sectors and workplaces that Confederation social parties (count) require action to protect the jobs and Improving the just transition s ● Number of stakeholder AG-S.1.2 MoLSS 2024-2026 employment of priority employee groups who process and social dialogue meetings conducted TOBB will be affected by the transformation during the (count) just transition process, to ensure the active Turkish ● Number of reports engagement of social parties in the process. Exporters prepared (count) Assembly Identifying the new qualification PSB and skill requirements that will MoEUCC ● Number of reports One of the requirements to achieve green MoIT be introduced with the green prepared (count) transformation in sectors is edification of labour MoENR transformation process in the ● Number of that is suitable for transformation. As part of the AG-S.1.3 MoLSS MoT 2024-2027 labour demand; conducting interinstitutional action, research, policy development and MoAF studies for edification of labour MoTI coordination exercises coordination studies will be conducted for such with new qualifications in line CHE (count) labour edification. with sectoral and regional needs ISKUR 21 VQA TOBB ● Number of vocations with standards One of the requirements to achieve green Creating standards for the MoEUCC changed/updated transformation in sectors is edification of labour occupations that will change or MoIT (count) AG-S.1.4 VQA 2024-2030 that is suitable for transformation. The aim is to newly emerge during the green MoENR ● Number of vocational create standards for the occupations that will transformation process MoLSS standards change or newly emerge, as part of the action. updated/published (count) Conducting studies to MoEUCC harmonize the learning MoIT curriculum and higher education MoAF ● Number of programmes One of the requirements to achieve green programmes with the designated MoNE MoTI updated (count) transformation in sectors is edification of labour AG-S.1.5 new skills framework, preparing CHE 2024-2028 ● Number of new that is suitable for transformation. The aim is to and implementing training TOBB MoENR programmes prepared prepare and implement training programmes to programmes to meet the labour MoLSS (count) meet the labour need, as part of the action. need that will emerge with the ISKUR transformation process VQA With an approach to leave no one behind in the green transformation process of sectors, ensuring the MoEUCC engagement of women, in ● Number of decision- Studies will be conducted to improve the means MoIT particular, and groups that making processes of access of groups requiring special policies to MoENR AG-S.1.6 require special policies in MoLSS 2024-2028 participated by groups decision-making mechanisms, training and PSB decision-making processes, and requiring special employment and increase the inclusivity of MoFSS conducting studies to ensure policies (count) employment during the transformation process. their effective use of vocational training, skills building and development programmes and job opportunities 21 Preventing the transformation in ● Number of reports The aim is to conduct studies for the protection the energy sector to lead to MoEUCC MoENR prepared (count) of vulnerable groups, based on the principle of AG-S.1.7 energy poverty and conducting MoIT 2024-2030 ● Number of workshops leaving no one behind after the energy policies studies to protect vulnerable MoFSS MoLSS conducted (count) to be implemented. groups in this framework 22

3.8.2. Carbon Pricing Mechanisms Action Responsible Relevant Implementati Action Monitoring Indicators Description No Institution Institutions on Period Strategy K-S.1: Establishing Emissions Trading System (ETS) in Türkiye Studies to determine sectoral scopes and emission threshold values will be conducted with regard to the establishment of ETS which is designated CCACB as a mitigation instrument Members Determining the scope and in Türkiye’s Nationally MoLSS functioning of ETS in line with the DCC 2024-2025 ● Legislative provisions relating Determined Contributions K-S.1.1 TOBB current infrastructure, needs and to the ETS scope drafted (NDC). Competitiveness Business projections will be considered in Representative determining the sectors to Organizations be included to ETS, and a just transition system will be established by considering sectoral differences and facility sizes. Expanding the scope of ETS and CCACB After ETS design is ensuring the necessary legislative Members completed, harmonization alignment in line with the current DCC TOBB studies will be conducted K-S.1.2 Nationally Determined 2024-2027 ● Legislation published Business by also considering the Contributions, in a way that ensures Representative regulations made or to be structural alignment and by taking Organizations made by the EU. into account the EU legislation 22 Determining the emissions cap in The current situation of the by taking into consideration the CCACB sectors and mitigation economic and social impacts, Members targets, international sectoral potential and technological DCC TOBB ● Emissions cap technical study treaties and national K-S.1.3 means in the context of the current 2024-2025 Business report prepared circumstances will be situation of emission-intensive Representative considered when sectors, mitigation targets, Organizations determining the emissions international treaties and national cap in the design of ETS. circumstances Conducting economic, financial, The impacts of ETS on social and technical impact analyses CCACB energy-intensive sectors for energy-intensive sectors by Members will be examined by taking into consideration the 2053 MoLSS DCC ● Analysis report prepared for the considering Türkiye’s long- K-S.1.4 Net Zero Emission Target, assumed, TOBB 2024-2025 sectors covered term climate targets, current and projected carbon prices, Business projected carbon prices, international adaptation and Representative allowance scenarios, and mitigation policies and the risk of Organizations carbon leakage risks. carbon leakage CMB One of the alternatives in Borsa Istanbul ETS design is to include EXIST Conducting evaluation studies for financial actors in the DCC EMRA including financial actors in the ETS ● Assessment report prepared and market. It is planned to K-S.1.5 MoTF TOBB 2024-2026 market and formulating legislation relevant legislation make the necessary Business on financial actors evaluations and where Representative required, draft legislation in Organizations this regard. Planning for the use of the income to Income can be generated be generated as part of ETS in a way TOBB from ETS if the sale DCC ● The technical report on the use that secures low-carbon economy MoAF (GDF) method is used in the K-S.1.6 MoTF 2024-2025 of incomes and the relevant and just transition in line with the MoIT allocation of allowances in ETS legislation provisions green development target by taking MoENR ETS. International into account the Nationally MoT examples indicate that 22 Determined Contributions, and MoLSS revenues recovered from preparing the necessary legislation Business ETS are usually used in a and practical infrastructure in this Representative way to secure low-carbon regard Organizations economy and just transition. The necessary planning and legislative works will be undertaken for the possibility of making decisions in line with this purpose. CMB Borsa Istanbul A pilot period that is Establishing a pilot period to MoENR informative and that facilitate the system entry of the EMRA facilitates adaptation will DCC ● The report on the ETS Pilot K-S.1.7 installations covered by the scope EXIST 2024-2025 be defined for the Period design parameters before the ETS implementation TOBB installations covered, period Business before the implementation Representative period of ETS. Organizations CMB Borsa Istanbul One of the design elements TSE of ETS is to allow for offset Defining the national and MoENR in the system. With this international offset mechanisms and DCC ● The offsetting mechanism K-S.1.8 EMRA 2024-2025 mechanism, the facilities conditions that can be used in technical study report EXIST covered can fulfil their fulfilling the obligations Business obligations more cost- Representative effectively. Organizations MoT Design elements will be Ministry of updated in the context of Assessing the ETS design needs Foreign Affairs 2024-2026 the developments regarding DCC ● The report on ETS design K-S.1.9 arising from international conditions MoIT the EU Border Carbon parameters and making designs accordingly MoENR Regulation Mechanism and EMRA other potential similar TOBB applications. 22 Business Representative Organizations It is planned to conduct Conducting sectoral MoENR relevant technical studies in benchmark/historical emissions MoIT the event that sectoral (grandfathering) studies to DCC TOBB ● The sectoral benchmark and K-S.1.10 2024-2026 benchmark and/or determine the distribution of free Business grandfathering reports (count) grandfathering data is used allowances and implementation Representative in the distribution of free period Organizations allowances in ETS design. Information exercises will TOBB be conducted to facilitate MoENR ● At least 10 training sessions the system entry and ensure Conducting information and MoIT held every year the active engagement of K-S.1.11 visibility studies on ETS practices DCC EMRA 2024-2028 ● Reaching at least 500 persons stakeholders, as an on a sectoral basis Business through the Visibility Action emissions trading system Representative Plan and visibility exercises will be established for the Organizations first time in Türkiye. Strategy K-S.2: Conducting infrastructure studies on other carbon pricing instruments In the context of Türkiye’s CCACB mitigation commitment and Members international developments, Conducting analyses on the role of a PMM analyses will be conducted complementary carbon pricing DCC ● The Carbon Pricing K-S.2.1 EMRA 2024-2025 on other carbon pricing mechanism to the Emissions Trading Instruments Analysis Report Business instruments to establish System in the carbon pricing process Representative carbon prices that are stable Organizations and aligned with Türkiye’s targets. DCC Evaluation studies will be Conducting studies to add carbon PSB ● Evaluation conducted to conducted to include content into the tariffs list No. (I), MoTF 2024-2030 Revenue include carbon content in the carbon content into the K-S.2.2 annexed to the Special Consumption Business Administration list no (I) annexed to the tariffs list no (I) annexed to Tax Law under the Turkish Taxation Representative Special Consumption Tax Law the SCT Law in the Turkish System Organizations, Taxation System. MoENR 22 Strategy K-S.3: Building infrastructure for voluntary carbon market and national offset system CCACB The registration system will Members be updated as part of the TSE Updating the existing carbon market DCC ● Updated and actively operating Communiqué on Voluntary K-S.3.1 TOBB 2024-2025 registration system registration system Carbon Market Registration Business published in the Official Representative Gazette of 09.10.2013. Organizations The aim is to establish a national carbon crediting MoENR system, due to the TSE possibility that the ETS Conducting evaluation studies to TOBB could allow for offset DCC K-S.3.2 establish a national carbon offset Business 2024-2025 ● Guiding document published and since the reduction system Representative achieved in the country as a Organization result of Article 6 of the Paris Agreement is important for the Nationally Determined Contributions MoAF Taking into consideration MoEUCC the national circumstances Determining the sectoral focal MoIT of the system to be built, points of the national system, MoENR the methodologies and developing international standards DCC ● Legislation and guiding K-S.3.3 TSE 2024-2026 standards required to ensure and methodologies in line with documents published (count) TOBB Türkiye’s recognition and international standards and building Business acceptability in the infrastructure for selected sectors Representative international arena will be Organizations developed. TSE It is aimed to conduct the Conducting the authorization and ● Legislation and guiding TURKAK necessary works for the accreditation works required for a documents published (count) DCC TOBB authorization and K-S.3.4 verification system under the 2024-2026 ● Number of accredited Business accreditation of verification national system that is aligned with institutions/organizations Representative institutions which are a part international systems (count) Organizations of carbon markets. 22 More information exercises should be conducted due to MoENR the fact that the voluntary EMRA ● At least 4 events/meetings, carbon market, which has Working on the effective promotion K-S.3.5 DCC TSE 2024-2026 workshops, seminars conducted existed in Türkiye since of the voluntary carbon market TOBB every year 2008, will gain prominence TUSIAD with the establishment of a national crediting system and ETS. Strategy K-S.4: Conducting studies to evaluate participation in Article 6 of Paris Agreement Conducting studies to determine PSB It is planned to conduct the Türkiye’s role in the implementation MoTF necessary studies to K-S.4.1 relating to Article 6 of the Paris DCC MoENR 2024-2030 ● Article 6 policy paper prepared determine Türkiye’s role Agreement as part of Nationally Business (buyer/seller) under Article Determined Contributions Representative 6 of the Paris Agreement. Organizations Conducting sectoral evaluation PSB It is aimed to conduct a studies on participation to the pilot MoTF sectoral evaluation to guide applications launched by various MoENR the stage of determining a K-S.4.2 DCC 2024-2026 ● Article 6 policy paper prepared countries in the implementation Business strategy for participation in covered by Article 6 of the Paris Representative the international carbon Agreement Organizations market. 22 4. Institutions Participating in CCMSAP Preparations The following institutions and organizations participated in and/or contributed to the preparation of this Climate Change Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan (CCMSAP): ● Ministry of Environment, Urbanization and Climate Change (MoEUCC) o Directorate of Climate Change o Strategy Development Department o General Directorate of Combating Desertification and Erosion o General Directorate of Environmental Management o General Directorate of Environmental Impact Assessment, Permits and Inspections o General Directorate of European Union and Foreign Relations o General Directorate of Spatial Planning o General Directorate of Meteorology o Turkish Environment Agency o General Directorate of Construction Works o General Directorate of Infrastructure and Urban Transformation Services o General Directorate of Vocational Services o General Directorate of Land Registry and Cadastre o General Directorate of Local Governments ● Presidency of Strategy and Budget (PSB) ● Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources (MoENR) o Department of Energy Efficiency and Environment o General Directorate of Energy Affairs o General Directorate of Mineral Research and Exploration ● Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MoFA) o General Directorate of Energy and Environment o Directorate of European Union Affairs ● Ministry of Industry and Technology (MoIT) o General Directorate of European Union and Foreign Relations o General Directorate of Domestic Technologies o General Directorate of Industry o General Directorate of Strategic Research and Productivity o General Directorate of Industrial Zones ● Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MoAF) o General Directorate of European Union and Foreign Relations o General Directorate of Crop Production o General Directorate of State Hydraulic Works o General Directorate of Nature Conservation and National Parks o Department of Training and Publication o General Directorate of Food and Control o General Directorate of Livestock o General Directorate of Forestry o General Directorate of Water Management 227 o Strategy Development Department o General Directorate of Agricultural Research and Policies o General Directorate of Agricultural Reform ● Ministry of Trade (MoT) o General Directorate of Exports o General Directorate of Trade Research and Risk Assessment o General Directorate of International Treaties and European Union ● Ministry of Treasury and Finance (MoTF) o General Directorate of Foreign Economic Relations o General Directorate of Economic Programmes and Research o Revenue Administration o General Directorate of Debt Office ● Ministry of Interior (MoI) o General Directorate of Population and Citizenship Affairs ● Ministry of National Education (MoNE) o General Directorate of Support Services o Strategy Development Department ● Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure (MoTI) o General Directorate of European Union and Foreign Relations o General Directorate of Maritime Affairs o General Directorate of Communications o General Directorate of Highways o Strategy Development Department o General Directorate of Civil Aviation o General Directorate of Regulation of Transport Services ● Ministry of Labour and Social Security (MoLSS) o General Directorate of Labour ● Ministry of Family and Social Services (MoFSS) ● Scientific and Technological Research Council of Türkiye (TUBITAK) ● TUBITAK-Marmara Research Centre ● Turkish Standards Institute (TSE) ● Turkish Statistical Institute (TURKSTAT) ● Small and Medium Enterprises Development Organization (KOSGEB) ● Bank of Provinces Inc. (ILBANK A.Ş.) ● Turkish Energy, Nuclear and Mineral Research Agency (TENMAK) ● Electricity Generation Corp. (EUAS) ● Turkish Electricity Transmission Corp. (TEIAS) ● Turkish Electricity Distribution Corp. (TEDAS) ● Energy Market Regulatory Authority (EMRA) ● Petroleum Pipeline Corporation (BOTAS) ● Agriculture and Rural Development Support Institution (ARDSI) ● Capital Markets Board ● Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency ● Public Oversight, Accounting and Auditing Standards Authority 228 ● Central Bank of the Republic of Türkiye ● State Railways of the Republic of Türkiye (TCDD) ● TCDD Transport Inc. ● PTT Inc. ● Public Procurement Authority ● Turkish Accreditation Agency ● Vocational Qualifications Authority of Türkiye (VQA) ● Union of Municipalities of Türkiye (UMT) ● Union of Chambers and Commodity Exchanges of Türkiye (TOBB) ● Turkish Industry and Business Association (TUSIAD) ● Independent Industrialists’ and Businessmen’s Association (MUSIAD) ● Council of Higher Education ● Turkish Steel Producers Association ● TURKCIMENTO ● Istanbul Chamber of Industry (İSO) ● Ankara University ● Niğde Ömer Halisdemir University ● Kahramanmaraş Sütçü İmam University ● Kadir Has University ● METU Centre for Solar Power Research and Applications ● Boğaziçi University ● Gazi University ● Ankara Metropolitan Municipality ● Istanbul Metropolitan Municipality ● Gaziantep Metropolitan Municipality ● Eskişehir Metropolitan Municipality ● Konya Metropolitan Municipality ● Kayseri Metropolitan Municipality ● Kocaeli Metropolitan Municipality ● Izmir Metropolitan Municipality ● Relevant NGOs and private sector organizations 229 References [1] TÜİK, «Sera Gazı Emisyon İstatistikleri, 1990-2021,» 2023. [2] ETKB, «2021 Yılı Ulusal Enerji Denge Tabloları,» 2022. [3] EPİAŞ, «Elektrik Piyasası Bültenleri» 2023. [4] EPDK, «Elektrik Piyasası Yıllık Sektör Raporu,» 2023. [5] TÜİK, «Gayrisafi yurt içi hasıla, iktisadi faaliyet kollarına göre A21 düzeyinde cari fiyatlarla değer, pay, değişim oranı, 1998-2022,» 2023. [6] TÜİK, «Yıllık Sanayi ve Hizmet İstatistikleri, 2022,» 2023. [7] TÜİK, «Adrese Dayalı Nüfus Kayıt İstatistikleri,» 2022. [8] TÜİK, «Yıllara göre motorlu kara taşıtları sayısı,» 2023. [9] TÜİK, «Devlet yolu, il yolu ve otoyollar üzerindeki seyir ile yük ve yolcu taşımaları,» 2021. [10] TÜİK, «Taşıt türüne göre taşıt-kilometre istatistikleri,» 2023. [11] TÜİK, «Havayolu istatistikleri,» 2023. [12] TÜİK, «Demiryollarında yolcu taşımacılığı,» 2023. [13] TÜİK, «Atık İstatistikleri, 2020,» 2020. [14] World Bank, «What a Waste: An Updated Look into the Future of Solid Waste Management,» 2018. [15] EUROSTAT, «Municipal waste generation up to 505 kg per person,» 2022. [16] ÇŞİDB, «Ulusal Atık Yönetimi ve Eylem Planı (2023-2035),» 2023. [17] TÜİK, «Su ve Atıksu İstatistikleri Haber Bülteni» 2020. [18] ETKB, «Elektrik Piyasası Yenilenebilir Enerji Kaynakları Destekleme Mekanizması (YEKDEM) Listesi,» 2023. [19] TÜİK, «Bitkisel Üretim İstatistikleri,» 2022. [20] TÜİK, «Kimyasal gübre kullanımı, 2009-2022,» 2023. [21] TÜİK, «Hayvansal Üretim İstatistikleri,» 2023. [22] OGM, «Ormancılık İstatistikleri,» 2023. 230